latex2e (4oct19)

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@52286 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751

130 files changed, 6618 insertions, 8431 deletions

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/README.md b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7679c72c388
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+The LaTeX kernel
+================
+
+Release 2019-10-01
+
+Overview
+--------
+
+This bundle provides the core LaTeX kernel. In addition to this bundle,
+a minimal LaTeX system also needs the files contained in the
+
+- LaTeX team documentation (`doc`)
+- Packages which must be available (`required`). These are
+  - Essential tools (`tools`)
+  - Core graphics and color support (`graphics`)
+  - Key mathematics support (`amsmath`)
+
+This file contains a small set of pointers to other more complete
+documentation on installing and using a LaTeX system.
+
+Documentation
+-------------
+
+Full documentation of the LaTeX system is provided by
+
+- _LaTeX: A Document Preparation System_; Lamport, Addison-Wesley
+- _The LaTeX Companion_, 2ed; Mittelbach and Goossens with Braams, Carlisle
+  and Rowley, Addison-Wesley
+- _Guide to LaTeX_, 4ed; Kopka and Daly, Addison-Wesley
+
+The distribution is described in files ending `.txt` or `.md`; briefly,
+the most significant of these files are
+
+- `README.md` is this file
+- `manifest.txt` lists all the files in this LaTeX distribution,
+   with one line of information about the contents
+- `unpacked.txt` lists all the files in the unpacked LaTeX distribution
+- `legal.txt` and `lppl.txt` (LaTeX Project Public License) describe the 
+   LaTeX copyright, warranty and copying restrictions.
+- `patches.txt` describes the how important changes will be distributed
+   between releases
+- `texpert.txt` contains information about the system that may still be
+   useful for TeX experts
+- `tex2.txt` contains important information for users of extremely
+   old versions of TeX (pre 1990)
+- `autoload.txt` describes a variant of LaTeX that is no longer supported
+- `bugs.txt` describes how to submit a bug report for LaTeX
+
+Other documentation files include files with names of the form:
+
+   <xxx>guide.tex
+
+You will probably need to update your system before you can typeset
+these files.  Each file needs three LaTeX runs.  Some of these are
+also available as PDF files on [CTAN](https://www.ctan.org).
+
+The following files contain further information:
+
+- `ltx3info.tex` gives you some historical information about the LaTeX3
+   project
+- `manual.err` lists errata in _LaTeX: A Document Preparation System_ (Lamport)
+- `tlc2.err` lists errata in _The LaTeX Companion_ (Mittelbach et al.)
+
+The files `ltnews*.tex` (part of the `doc` bundle) contain the LaTeX
+newsletters, the highest number being the most recent. 
+
+For historical reasons, the base distribution and the core documentation
+are bundled separately. Documentation is found in the `doc` bundle. In an
+installed TeX system, `base` and `doc` should be placed within the same
+location; the distinction is therefore primarily of importance when looking
+at the development code.
+
+Installation
+------------
+
+We no longer distribute installation instructions for the various TeX
+implementations. All modern TeX systems include LaTeX as-standard, and end
+users should in general use the release versions supplied in this way.
+
+Release distribution is carried out only through the CTAN archives.
+
+Requirements
+------------
+
+The LaTeX kernel requires the e-TeX extensions to TeX, which were finalised
+in the late 1990s and are available in modern TeX-derived engines. Some new
+features require `\ifincsname`, which is currently available in release
+versions of pdfTeX, XeTeX and LuaTeX, and is being introduced shortly in
+e-pTeX and e-upTeX.
+
+License
+-------
+
+The contents of this bundle are distributed under the [LaTeX Project
+Public License](https://www.latex-project.org/lppl/lppl-1-3c/),
+version 1.3c or later.
+
+-----
+
+<p>Copyright (C) 1989-2019 The LaTeX Project <br />
+<a href="http://latex-project.org/">http://latex-project.org/</a> <br />
+All rights reserved.</p>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/README.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/README.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 9da405eafc9..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/README.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-                       LaTeX Distribution Guide
-                      
-                            2018-04-01
-
-
-WELCOME TO LaTeX!
-
-This file contains a brief distribution guide for the latest standard
-version of the LaTeX document preparation system.
-
-This system is maintained by The LaTeX3 Project Team.
-
-      ********************************************************
-      * Please read this file carefully because it contains  *
-      * important information about other sources of         *
-      * documentation related to this LaTeX system,          *
-      * including what is contained in this distribution.    *
-      ********************************************************
-
-      ********************************************************
-      * The files ltnews*.tex (and related files in the      *
-      * document folder) contain the LaTeX newsletters,      *
-      * the highest number being the most recent.            *
-      *                                                      *
-      * Please print this latest edition and distribute it   *
-      * to all users ... and to anyone else who may be       *
-      * interested.                                          *
-      ********************************************************
-
-
-The LaTeX system is described in:
-
- * LaTeX: A Document Preparation System; Leslie Lamport, Addison-Wesley
-
- * The LaTeX Companion, 2ed; Mittelbach and Goossens with Braams,
-       Carlisle and Rowley, Addison-Wesley
-
- * Guide to LaTeX 4ed; Kopka and Daly, Addison-Wesley
-
-
-This distribution is described in the files ending with .txt.
-
-Here is a brief description of some of these files:
-
- * readme.txt is this file.
-
- * manifest.txt lists all the files in this LaTeX distribution,
-   with one line of information about the contents.
-
- * unpacked.txt lists all the files in the unpacked LaTeX distribution.
-
- * legal.txt and lppl.txt (LaTeX Project Public License) describe the 
-   LaTeX copyright, warranty and copying restrictions.
-
- * patches.txt describes the how important changes will be distributed
-   between releases.
- 
- * texpert.txt contains information about the system that may still be
-   useful for TeX experts.
- 
- * tex2.txt contains important information for users of extremely
-   old versions of TeX (pre 1990).
-
- * autoload.txt describes a variant of LaTeX that is no longer supported.
-
- * bugs.txt describes how to submit a bug report for LaTeX.  
-
-
-
-Other documentation files include files with names of the form:
-
-   <xxx>guide.tex
-
-You will probably need to update your system before you can typeset
-these files.  Each file needs three LaTeX runs.  Some of these are
-also available as PDF files.
-
-
-The following files contain further information:
-
- * ltx3info.tex gives you some historical information about the LaTeX3
-   project.
-
- * the older files ltnews*.* are the news files from previous releases:
-   these contain useful information but be warned that some of it may
-   be out-of-date as these files are never changed.
-
- * manual.err lists errata in:
-   LaTeX: A Document Preparation System; Leslie Lamport, Addison-Wesley
-
- * tlc2.err lists errata in:
-   The LaTeX Companion 2ed; Mittelbach, Goossens et al, Addison-Wesley
-
- * bl2.err lists errata in:
-   Der LaTeX-Begleiter 2ed; Mittelbach, Goossens et al, Addison-Wesley
-
- * grphcomp.err lists errata in:
-   The LaTeX Graphics Companion; Goossens, Rahtz, and Mittelbach,
-   Addison-Wesley
-
- * webcomp.err lists errata in:
-   The LaTeX Web Companion; Goossens and Rahtz, Addison-Wesley
-
-
-We no longer distribute installation instructions for the various TeX
-implementations.  Unless you have a custom-built TeX system, some
-version of standard LaTeX should already be installed on your system;
-look at the system documentation, or ask your system supplier, to
-discover how to update the LaTeX part of the system.
-
-Please do not request updates from us.  Distribution is done only through the
-CTAN archives.
-
-
---- Copyright 2018 the LaTeX3 project.  All rights reserved ---
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/TEMPLATE-IncludeInRelease.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/TEMPLATE-IncludeInRelease.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f1c53d3a33..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/TEMPLATE-IncludeInRelease.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-%</2ekernel>
-%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
-%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2018/12/01}%
-%<latexrelease>                 {\XXX}{Info}%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
-%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
-%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
-%<latexrelease>                 {\XXX}{Info}%
-%<latexrelease>
-%<latexrelease>
-%<latexrelease>
-%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
-%<*2ekernel>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/alltt.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/alltt.pdf
index 0933300eb56..a7728590cd0 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/alltt.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/alltt.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.pdf
index fb366ac7c26..20597b329c3 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.tex
index 7ac0208ba4c..651b59bc20d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 % \iffalse meta-comment
 %
-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
 % in this file. 
 % 
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 % The latest version of this license is in
 %    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
 % and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
-% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+% version 2008 or later.
 % 
 % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
 % 
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/changes-doc.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/changes-doc.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index cd70fad506b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/changes-doc.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-This file lists changes to the LaTeX2e files in reverse chronological order.
-It is provided for convenience only.  It therefore makes no claims to
-completeness or accuracy and it contains some references to files that
-are not part of the distribution.
-=======================================================================
-
-2016-03-31  Joseph Wright  <latex-bugs@latex-project.org>
-
-	* latexchanges.tex: Bring up to date to 2016/03/31
-
-2016-02-01  Joseph Wright  <latex-bugs@latex-project.org>
-
-	* latexchanges.tex: Bring up to date to 2016/02/01
-
-2015-10-27  Joseph Wright  <latex-bugs@latex-project.org>
-
-	* latexchanges.tex: Bring up to date to 2015/10/01 PL2
-
-2015-07-01  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs@latex-project.org>
-
-	* latexchanges.tex: describe the patch level system
-
-2015-04-05  Joseph Wright  <joseph.wright@morningstar2.co.uk>
-       * Clarify reason for \typein change in LuaTeX
-
-2015-04-03  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs@latex-project.org>
-
-	* ltnews22.tex: set date back to Jan
-
-2015-03-31   Joseph Wright  <joseph.wright@morningstar2.co.uk>
-       * New changes.txt file for LaTeX2e core documentation
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/changes.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/changes.txt
index 39c56074ba4..5415b5b0022 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/changes.txt
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/changes.txt
@@ -5,6 +5,161 @@ are not part of the distribution.
 =======================================================================
 
 #########################
+# 2019-10-01 Release
+#########################
+
+2019-09-21  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+	* fontdef.dtx:
+	Make alias definition robust independently (gh/184)
+
+2019-09-16  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltxdoc.dtx (section{Old Comments}):
+	Say that oldcomments may not be accurate any more (gh/180)
+
+2019-09-14  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx (subsection{Lccodes and uccodes}):
+	process UTF-8 chars prior to case changing (github/177)
+
+2019-09-11  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltclass.dtx (subsection{Providing shipment}):
+	Support optional argument for filecontents to allow overwrite
+	and nosearch
+
+2019-08-30  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+	* lterror.dtx (subsection{Tracing}):
+	Dummy defs for \conditionally@traceon and \conditionally@traceoff added
+
+2019-08-29  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx (subsection{Environments}):
+	Make \begin/\end robust
+
+2019-08-27  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+	* lttab.dtx:	Make various commands robust
+
+	* ltspace.dtx:	Make various commands robust
+
+	* ltsect.dtx: 	Make various commands robust
+
+	* ltpictur.dtx: Make various commands robust
+
+	* ltpage.dtx: 	Make various commands robust
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx:	Make \AtBeginDvi robust
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx: Make various commands robust
+
+	* ltmath.dtx:	Make various commands robust
+
+	* ltlogos.dtx:  Make \TeX logo robust
+
+	* ltidxglo.dtx: Make \index and \glossary robust
+
+	* ltfssini.dtx: Various commands made robust
+
+	* ltfssdcl.dtx: Make math accents and delimiters robust
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx: Various commands made robust
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx:  Make \IfFileExists and \InputIf FileExists robust
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx:	Various commands made robust
+	Make assignments by \MakeRobust global as we need to apply them
+	in a group once in a while.
+
+	* ltclass.dtx:	Various commands made robust
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx:	Various commands made robust
+
+	* classes.dtx:	Various commands made robust
+
+	* fontdef.dtx:	Various commands made robust
+
+2019-08-22  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltxref.dtx (subsection{Cross Referencing}):
+	Allow \p@... commands in \refstepcounter definition to have an
+	argument (receiving the \the...). This was previously only the
+	case when varioref was loaded.
+
+2019-07-11  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx (subsection{The mapping table}):
+	Accept typical f-ligatures and st in utf8 encoding (github/154)
+
+2019-07-09  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx (subsection{Housekeeping}):
+	Temp rollback fix for e-pTeX as that engines doesn't yet know
+	\ifincsname (so now features are unavailable there)
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx (subsection{Macros for loading fonts}):
+	Don't set any \f@... macros in \DeclareErrorFont as this side
+	effect is wrong! (pr/4399)
+
+	* ltfssini.dtx (subsection{Miscellaneous}):
+	Explicitly set some defaults for NFSS
+	(because of change to \DeclareErrorFont)
+
+	* slifonts.fdd: Explicitly set some defaults for NFSS
+	(because of change to \DeclareErrorFont)
+
+2019-07-01  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx (section{File Handling}):
+	Support UTF-8 in \includeonly
+	(subsection{Safe Input Macros}):
+	Support UTF-8 and spaces in \IfFileExists and \InputIfFileExists
+
+	* ltclass.dtx (subsection{Providing shipment}):
+	Support UTF-8 and spaces in filecontents environment file name.
+
+2019-04-09  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx: adjustment for extended UTF-8 support in pdftex,
+	supporting UTF-8 in labels and refs and in filenames and typeouts.
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: adjustment for extened UTF-8 support in pdftex
+
+2019-03-06  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+	* nfssfont.dtx (section{The code}): Added a default action
+	"\table\bye" which is the most common case, so one can now simply
+	hit enter and doesn't need to type something in.
+
+2019-02-07  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx (subsection{The mapping table}):
+	Added 27E8 and 27E9 (github/110)
+
+2019-02-07  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx (subsection{Macros for loading fonts}):
+	Changed wording of warning (github/107)
+
+2019-02-07  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx (subsection{Safe Input Macros}):
+	Expand \@filef@und before executing second argument (github/109)
+
+2019-02-06  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx (subsection{The mapping table}):
+	Fixed  U+012F which should have an i not a dotless i (github/122)
+
+2018-12-30  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+	* lttab.dtx (subsection{array and tabular environments}):
+	Add extra \hskip1sp to guard against an \unskip at the start of
+	a c-column cell (gh/102)
+
+#########################
 # 2018-12-01 Release
 #########################
 
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/classes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/classes.pdf
index 6ef4607a192..502249fa08f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/classes.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/classes.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.pdf
index 0ee3268fa1c..b58c4abd532 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.tex
index be77a5f244d..2b3c4b3b001 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 % \iffalse meta-comment
 %
-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
 % in this file. 
 % 
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 % The latest version of this license is in
 %    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
 % and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
-% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+% version 2008 or later.
 % 
 % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
 % 
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cmfonts.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cmfonts.pdf
index b72e4c8e450..c298bad40a7 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cmfonts.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cmfonts.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.pdf
index 87b2945b852..b08cb4a94aa 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.tex
index 4080fcb617d..ed73423510d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 % \iffalse meta-comment
 %
-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
 % in this file. 
 % 
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 % The latest version of this license is in
 %    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
 % and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
-% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+% version 2008 or later.
 % 
 % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
 % 
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/doc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/doc.pdf
index e3599b7e19e..93faf53cd70 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/doc.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/doc.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/docstrip.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/docstrip.pdf
index 98948a6c361..e2360ec12dc 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/docstrip.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/docstrip.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.pdf
index 2d9805bb7de..669aeb39264 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.tex
index 96ed7edf6f4..ec18fab6f8a 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 % \iffalse meta-comment
 %
-% Copyright 1993-2016
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
 % in this file. 
 % 
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 % The latest version of this license is in
 %    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
 % and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
-% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+% version 2008 or later.
 % 
 % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
 % 
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/exscale.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/exscale.pdf
index 27cf9e37757..f9a7789fc02 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/exscale.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/exscale.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fix-cm.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fix-cm.pdf
index 6e928410ea9..fc0cb78ba7d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fix-cm.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fix-cm.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.pdf
index 834113d1729..a8a45dd8d9e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.tex
index 57ed8cf0f43..f3231a8183d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 % \iffalse meta-comment
 %
-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019 
+%
 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
 % in this file. 
 % 
@@ -13,7 +14,7 @@
 % The latest version of this license is in
 %    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
 % and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
-% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+% version 2008 or later.
 % 
 % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
 % 
@@ -34,10 +35,10 @@
  
 \title{\LaTeXe{} font selection}
  
-\author{\copyright~Copyright 1995--2005, \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\
+\author{\copyright~Copyright 1995--2019, \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\
    All rights reserved.}
  
-\date{27 November 2005}
+\date{July 2019}
  
 \begin{document}
  
@@ -184,7 +185,7 @@ Every text font in \LaTeX{} has five \emph{attributes}:
    a common name by the font foundry.  For example, `Adobe Times', `ITC
    Garamond', and Knuth's `Computer Modern Roman' are all font families.
  
-\item[series] How heavy or expanded a font is.  For example, `medium
+\item[series] How heavy and/or expanded a font is.  For example, `medium
    weight', `narrow' and `bold extended' are all series.
  
 \item[shape] The form of the letters within a font family.  For
@@ -211,7 +212,7 @@ The possible values for these attributes are given short acronyms by
 \end{minipage}
 \end{center}
 The `local' encodings are intended for font encodings which are only
-locally available, for example a font containing an organisation's
+locally available, for example a font containing an organization's
 logo in various sizes.
  
 There are far too many font families to list them all, but some common
@@ -231,18 +232,61 @@ ones are:
    \end{tabular}
 \end{minipage}
 \end{center}
-The most common values for the font series are:
+\NEWdescription{2019/07/10}
+The font series is denoting a combination of the weight (boldness) and
+the width (amount of expansion).  The standard supported for weights
+and widths are:
+\begin{center}
+%\begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth}
+   \begin{tabular}{rl}
+  |ul| &       Ultra Light     \\
+  |el| &       Extra Light     \\
+  |l|  &       Light          \\
+  |sl| &       Semi Light      \\
+  |m|  &       Medium (normal)\\
+  |sb| &       Semi Bold       \\
+  |b|  &       Bold           \\
+  |eb| &       Extra Bold      \\
+  |ub| &       Ultra Bold      \\
+   \end{tabular}
+\qquad
+   \begin{tabular}{rlr}
+       |uc|  &       Ultra Condensed  &  50\%    \\
+       |ec|  &       Extra Condensed  &  62.5\%  \\
+       |c|   &       Condensed       &  75\%    \\
+       |sc|  &       Semi Condensed   &  87.5\%  \\
+        |m|  &       Medium          &  100\%   \\
+       |sx|  &       Semi Expanded    &  112.5\% \\
+        |x|  &       Expanded        &  125\%   \\
+       |ex|  &       Extra Expanded   &  150\%   \\
+       |ux|  &       Ultra Expanded   &  200\%   \\
+   \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+These are concatenated to a single series value except that |m| is
+dropped unless both weight and width are medium in which case a single
+|m| is used.
+
+Examples for series values are then:
 \begin{center}
 \begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth}
    \begin{tabular}{rl}
-      |m|    & Medium  \\
-      |b|    & Bold  \\
+      |m|    & Medium weight and width  \\
+      |b|    & Bold weight, medium width  \\
       |bx|   & Bold extended \\
-      |sb|   & Semi-bold \\
-      |c|    & Condensed
+      |sb|   & Semi-bold, medium width\\
+      |sbx|   & Semi-bold extended\\
+      |c|    & Medium weight, condensed width
    \end{tabular}
 \end{minipage}
 \end{center}
+\NEWdescription{2019/07/10}
+Note, that there are a large variety of names floating around like
+``regular'', ``black'', ``demi-bold'', ``thin'', ``heavy'' and many
+more. If at all possible they should be matched into the standard
+naming scheme to allow for sensible default substitutions if
+necessary, e.g., ``demi-bold'' is normally just another name for
+``semi-bold'', so should get |sb| assigned, etc.
+
 The most common values for the font shape are:
 \begin{center}
 \begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth}
@@ -288,6 +332,7 @@ The author commands for fonts set the five attributes:
       \emph{Author command} &
       \emph{Attribute} &
       \emph{Value in} |article| \emph{class} \\
+      |\textnormal{..}| or |\normalfont|    & family & |cmr| \\
       |\textrm{..}| or |\rmfamily|    & family & |cmr| \\
       |\textsf{..}| or |\sffamily|    & family & |cmss| \\
       |\texttt{..}| or |\ttfamily|    & family & |cmtt| \\
@@ -669,7 +714,7 @@ mode.  For example, |\boldmath| is defined to be |\mathversion{bold}|.
  
 Defines \m{version} to be a math version.
  
-The newly declared version is initialised with the defaults for all
+The newly declared version is initialized with the defaults for all
 symbol fonts and math alphabets declared so far (see the commands
 |\DeclareSymbolFont| and |\DeclareMathAlphabet|).
  
@@ -888,7 +933,7 @@ as a math symbol.
 \NEWdescription{1998/06/01}
 In case \m{cmd} is a single character such as `|[|', the same syntax is
 used.  Previously the \arg{type} argument was not present (and thus the
-corresponding math symbol declaration had to be provided seperately).
+corresponding math symbol declaration had to be provided separately).
  
 Example:
 \begin{verbatim}
@@ -1079,7 +1124,7 @@ whilst maintaining the correct value for all fonts.
 \subsection{Font file loading information}
 \label{sec:loadinfo}
  
-The information which tells \LaTeX{} exactly which font ({\tt .tfm})
+The information which tells \LaTeX{} exactly which font (\texttt{.tfm})
 files to load is contained in the \m{loading-info} part of a
 |\DeclareFontShape| declaration. This part consists of one or more
 \m{fontshape-decl}s, each of which has the following form:
@@ -1261,12 +1306,26 @@ that selects the fonts \emph{before} loading \texttt{fontenc} (this
 prevents the system from attempting to load any |T1|-encoded fonts from
 the `cmr' family).
 
+
+
 \subsection{Encoding definition file commands}
 \label{Sec:encode.def}
  
 \emph{Note}: An encoding definition file should contain only commands
 from this subsection.
 
+\NEWdescription{2019/07/10}
+As an exception it may also contain a |\DeclareFontsubstitution|
+declaration (described in \ref{sec:encoding-defaults}) to specify how
+font substitution for this encoding should be handled.  In that case
+it is important that the values used point to a font that is guaranteed
+to be available on all \LaTeX{} installations.\footnote{If the font
+  encoding file is made available as part of a CTAN bundle, that could
+  be a font that is provided together with that bundle, but it should
+  not point to font which requires further installation steps and
+  therefore may or may not be installed.}
+
+
 \NEWdescription{1997/12/01}
 As with the font definition file commands, it is also possible
 (although normally not necessary) to use these declarations directly
@@ -1491,7 +1550,7 @@ a package might give a fake definition of |\textonequarter| by saying:
    \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textonequarter}{$\m@th\frac14$}
 \end{verbatim}
  
- \subsection{Encoding defaults}
+ \subsection{Encoding defaults} \label{sec:encoding-defaults}
  
 \begin{decl}
 |\DeclareFontEncodingDefaults| \arg{text-settings} \arg{math-settings}
@@ -1525,6 +1584,11 @@ attributes.
 These substitutions are local to the encoding scheme because the
 encoding scheme is never substituted!  They are tried in the order
 \m{shape} then  \m{series} and finally \m{family}.
+
+\NEWdescription{2019/07/10}
+This declaration is normally done in an encoding definition file
+(see~\ref{Sec:encode.def}), but can also be used in a class file or
+the document preamble to alter the default for a specific encoding.
  
 If no defaults are set up for an encoding, the values given by
 |\DeclareErrorFont| are used.
@@ -1596,6 +1660,13 @@ Example:
 \begin{verbatim}
    \DeclareErrorFont{OT1}{cmr}{m}{n}{10}
 \end{verbatim}
+
+\NEWdescription{2019/07/10}
+This declaration is a system wide fallback and it should normally not
+be changed, in particular it does not belong into font encoding
+definition files but rather into the \LaTeX{} format. It is normally
+set up in \texttt{fonttext.cfg}. Adjustments on a per encoding base
+should be made through |\DeclareFontSubstitution| instead!
  
  
 \begin{decl}
@@ -1631,7 +1702,11 @@ Example:
    \DeclarePreloadSizes{OT1}{cmr}{m}{sl}{10,10.95,12}
 \end{verbatim}
  
- 
+\NEWdescription{2019/07/10}
+Preloading is really an artifact of the days when loading fonts while
+processing a document contributed substantially to the processing
+time. These days it is usually best not to use this mechanism any more.
+
 \subsection{Accented characters}
 
 \NEWdescription{1996/06/01}
@@ -1782,7 +1857,7 @@ The package accepts the following options:
   terminal.
 
 \item[warningshow]  Show all font warnings on the terminal. This
-  setting corresponds to the default behaviour when this
+  setting corresponds to the default behavior when this
   \texttt{tracefnt} package is \emph{not} used!
 
 \item[infoshow]  Show all font warnings and all font info messages
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fontdef.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fontdef.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f553b68181..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fontdef.pdf
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/github-0049.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/github-0049.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a0680af538..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/github-0049.pdf
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/github-0081.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/github-0081.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index dba1fe1bc26..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/github-0081.pdf
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/github-0081b.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/github-0081b.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 0262659ce12..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/github-0081b.pdf
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/graphpap.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/graphpap.pdf
index 8b7f69e2762..75b5e863229 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/graphpap.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/graphpap.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ifthen.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ifthen.pdf
index 1655a5e38ef..3e8494d21fe 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ifthen.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ifthen.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/inputenc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/inputenc.pdf
index a527e8e4aec..72b7963f2c2 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/inputenc.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/inputenc.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexchanges.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexchanges.pdf
index 2de71291120..dd29bde6fa3 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexchanges.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexchanges.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexchanges.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexchanges.tex
index 3fa3996bde1..43780d3cf8e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexchanges.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexchanges.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 % \iffalse meta-comment
 %
-% Copyright 2015-2017
+% Copyright (C) 2015-2019
 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
 % in this file. 
 % 
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 % The latest version of this license is in
 %    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
 % and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
-% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+% version 2008 or later.
 % 
 % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
 % 
@@ -34,12 +34,14 @@
  
 \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
 
+\usepackage{url}
+
 \title{Changes to the \LaTeXe{} format}
  
-\author{\copyright~Copyright 2015--2018, \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\
+\author{\copyright~Copyright 2015--2019, \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\
    All rights reserved.}
  
-\date{2018-04-01}
+\date{2019-10-01}
 
 % a few commands from doc 
 \newcommand\Lpack[1]{\mbox{\textsf{#1}}}
@@ -55,16 +57,16 @@
 \makeatother
  
 \ifx\href\undefined
-  \newcommand\ghissue[1]{#1}
-  \newcommand\gnatsissue[1]{#1}
+  \newcommand\ghissue[1]{github #1}
+  \newcommand\gnatsissue[1]{gnats #1}
   \newcommand\ltnewsissue[1]{\LaTeX\ News~#1}
-  \newcommand\sxanswer[1]{https://tex.stackexchange.com\slash a\slash #1}
-  \newcommand\sxquestion[1]{https://tex.stackexchange.com\slash q\slash #1}
+  \newcommand\sxanswer[1]{\url{https://tex.stackexchange.com\slash a\slash #1}}
+  \newcommand\sxquestion[1]{\url{https://tex.stackexchange.com\slash q\slash #1}}
 \else
   \newcommand\ghissue[1]{%
-    \href{https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/#1}{#1}}
+    \href{https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/#1}{github #1}}
   \newcommand\gnatsissue[1]{%
-    \href{https://www.latex-project.org/cgi-bin/ltxbugs2html?pr=latex/#1}{#1}}
+    \href{https://www.latex-project.org/cgi-bin/ltxbugs2html?pr=latex/#1}{gnats #1}}
   \newcommand\ltnewsissue[1]{%
     \href{https://www.latex-project.org/news/latex2e-news/ltnews#1.pdf}{\LaTeX\ News~#1}}
   \newcommand\sxanswer[1]{%
@@ -83,19 +85,103 @@
  
 \section{Introduction}
  
-This document describes changes that have been made to the \LaTeX\ format since the 2014/05/01 \LaTeX\ release.
-%This document details all the changes to documented functions since the 2014/05/01 \LaTeX\ release.
+This document describes changes that have been made to the
+\LaTeX\ format since the 2014/05/01 \LaTeX\ release.
+
 
 As announced in \ltnewsissue{22}, the 2015 \LaTeX{} release adopts a new
 policy. Improvements and bug fixes will be made to the format sources,
 with the \Lpack{latexrelease} package being available to revert
 changes to use definitions from an earlier format.
 
-\section{Changes  introduced in 2018-12-01}
+
+\section{Changes introduced in 2019-10-01}
+
+Introduced \LaTeX\texttt{-dev} formats for pre testing future \LaTeX{}
+releases. Now there's a \texttt{latex-base-dev} package on CTAN which
+contains a pre-release of the \LaTeXe{} kernel and both \TeX Live and
+MiK\TeX{} include the standard \LaTeX{} executables (\texttt{pdflatex},
+\texttt{lualatex}, etc.) with \texttt{-dev} appended, which use the
+pre-release format.
+
+The handling of Unicode characters was improved by making them safe
+inside \verb|\ref|s and \verb|\label|s, by using \verb|\ifincsname|
+to make these characters safe in these contexts (\ghissue{95}).
+
+In line with the better handling of Unicode characters, file names
+can now contain any Unicode character plus spaces, as these cases
+are now correctly handled by the kernel.
+
+An optional argument was added to the \texttt{filecontents} environment,
+to which a comma-separated list of options can be given. The options
+include \texttt{overwrite} (or \texttt{force}), \texttt{nosearch}, and
+\texttt{noheader} (which has the same effect as the starred form of the
+environment). The environment is now allowed anywhere in the document.
+
+A plethora of \LaTeX{} commands was made robust so that fewer
+\verb|\protect| are needed when using some commands in moving arguments.
+There are a few border cases where it's tricker to make the command
+robust or where it's not worth it to do so, but most reasonable use
+cases are covered. The most notable change was \verb|\begin| and
+\verb|\end|, which are now robust and won't break when used in moving
+arguments.
+
+An extra \verb|\hskip 1sp| was added to \verb|c|-column table cells to
+protect against the presence of an \verb|\unskip| in the table cell
+(\ghissue{102}).
+
+\texttt{U+012F} which is ``i with ogonek'' should produce an
+``i'' and not a ``dotless i''. This has been corrected
+(\ghissue{122}).
+
+The Unicode slots \texttt{27E8} and \texttt{27E9} have been mapped to
+\verb|textlangle| and \verb|textrangle| which is the recommended mapping
+(\ghissue{110}).
+
+Basic ligatures (ff, fi, fl, ffi, ffl, ft, st) can now be input as a
+single unicode character in pdf\TeX, which is useful when copy-pasting
+(\ghissue{154}).
+
+\verb|\InputIfFileExists{foo}{\input{bar}}{}|
+did not load the files \texttt{foo.tex} and \texttt{bar.tex} but
+would load \texttt{bar.tex} twice. This has been corrected (\ghissue{109}).
+
+The \textsf{fncylab} and \textsf{varioref} packages changed \LaTeX's internal
+counter prefix commands \verb|p@...| so that they would take the counter
+value as an argument instead of just acting as a prefix to them. These
+packages also provided the \verb|\labelformat| macro to change the prefix
+macro and \verb|\Ref| so that using counters defined that way in the
+beginning of sentences would have the proper capitalisation. These features
+were added to the \LaTeXe{} kernel.
+
+The kernel now says ``Trying to load\ldots''
+instead of ``Try loading \ldots'' in one of its informal
+messages to match style of similar messages (\ghissue{107}).
+
+\verb|\DeclareErrorFont| would change the font size to 10\,pt which, when
+used in the wrong place, would make incorrect font settings in the document.
+This has now been fixed (\gnatsissue{4399}).
+
+The default action of the file \texttt{nfssfont.tex} was set to produce a
+font table, so that one can simply hit enter instead of having to write
+\verb=\table\bye=.
+
+The \LaTeX{} kernel now provides dummy (empty) definitions for the
+commands \verb|\conditionally@traceoff| and
+\verb|\conditionally@traceon| from the \texttt{trace} package so they
+can be used by package developers without worrying about them being
+defined or not (\ghissue{164}).
+
+
+
+
+
+\section{Changes introduced in 2018-12-01}
 
 Further additions to the characters supported by default in UTF-8.
-\verb|\guillemetleft| and \verb|\guillemetright| provided as alias for
-the names based on the Adobe font names (\ghissue{65}).
+The commands \verb|\guillemetleft| and \verb|\guillemetright| are
+provided as alias for the names based on the Adobe font names
+(\ghissue{65}).
 
 The use of potrusion in tables of contents is suppressed by default,
 see \sxquestion{172785}.
@@ -105,10 +191,12 @@ The handling of visible space in verbation was adjusted for
 
 Spaces are removed from the argument passed to BiBTeX, \ghissue{88}.
 
-New commands \verb\Hwithstroke| and \verb|\hwithstroke| added to T1 encoding support.
+New commands \verb|\Hwithstroke| and \verb|\hwithstroke| added to T1 encoding support.
 
 The internal box structure for floats is adjusted to preserve box
 levels of split hyperlinks, avoiding a fatal pdftex error. \ghissue{94}.
+
+
 \section{Changes  introduced in 2018-04-01 patch~5}
 Improved support for non ASCII filenames on the commandline on
 filesystems using legacy encodings.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexrelease.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexrelease.pdf
index 521b2159c45..59546c3723b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexrelease.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexrelease.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexsym.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexsym.pdf
index 5ac1cd54350..1c2af30f494 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexsym.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexsym.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lb2.err b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lb2.err
deleted file mode 100644
index fa8694c5e26..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lb2.err
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1622 +0,0 @@
-\newcommand\erratafiledate{2014-09-30}
-
-\def\comando#1{\texttt{\string#1}}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% To produce a printed version of this errata file run this file through
-% LaTeX. It will unpack a small class file (if not already present) and
-% a configuration file with the extension .cfg. You might want to modify
-% the setting in this configuration file to print only a partial errata
-% suitable for your printed revision of this book, see details in the
-% .cfg file.
-%
-% The current version of this file can be found at:
-%
-%    https://www.latex-project.org/guides/books.html
-%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-\begin{filecontents}{ttcterrata.cls}
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 1997,2004,2005,2007, 2014 Frank Mittelbach
-%% This class file is licenced under LPPL latest version; 
-%% see https://www.latex-project.org/lppl
-%
-%
-% It sets up a few commands used to format the errata entries for books in the
-% Addison-Wesley Series:
-%
-%    Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting
-%
-% hence the name. However, anybody who likes to use it is free to apply it for
-% errata files of other books. 
-%
-% Changes:
-%
-% v1.0a - changed name from errata.cls to ttcterrata.cls
-
-\ProvidesClass{ttcterrata}
-  [2007/11/10 v1.0a Mini class for errata files; subject to change (FMi)]
-
-\LoadClass{article}
-
-\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1}
-\addtolength\textwidth{5cm}
-\addtolength\oddsidemargin{-3cm}
-
-\addtolength\textheight{36pt}
-
-\RequirePackage{shortvrb}
-\MakeShortVerb{\|}
-
-\RequirePackage{array,longtable}
-\RequirePackage{multicol}
-
-
-\newcommand\erratagetnumber{}
-\def\erratagetnumber#1/#2/#3\erratagetnumber{#1#2#3}
-
-
-\newcommand\gobbleerrata{%
-  \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup
-     \let\endgobble\egroup
-     \let\hideamp\relax
-     \let\\\relax\let\par\@@par}
-
-\newcommand*\hideamp{&}
-
-\let\endgobble\relax
-
-
-\newcommand\erratastartdate{}
-\newcommand\myprinting{1}
-
-
-\newcommand\doweprint[2]{%
-  \ifnum \myprinting < \if!#2!1000 \else \ifx s#2 1000\else#2 \fi\fi
-   \ifnum \expandafter\erratagetnumber\erratastartdate\erratagetnumber <
-          \erratagetnumber#1\erratagetnumber \relax
-     \@tempswatrue
-   \else
-     \@tempswafalse
-   \fi
-  \else
-    \@tempswafalse
-  \fi
-}
-
-
-
-\newcommand\includedentries{entries after = \erratastartdate}
-\newcommand\printedentries{between \erratastartdate\space and}
-
-\newcommand\showallerrors{%
- \renewcommand\includedentries{all errata entries}%
- \renewcommand\printedentries{up to}
- \renewcommand\doweprint[2]{\@tempswatrue}}
-
-
-\newcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{%
-    \if!#2!\textbf{#1}\else\textit{#1}\rlap{\textsuperscript{#2}}\fi}
-
-\newcommand\norevisionnumbers{%
-  \renewcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{\textbf{##1}}}
-
-\IfFileExists{\jobname.cfg}
-  {
-   \input{\jobname.cfg}
-   \typeout{***************************************************}
-   \typeout{*}
-   \typeout{* Configuration file for \jobname.err found }
-   \typeout{*}
-   \typeout{***************************************************}
-  \AtEndDocument{
-   \typeout{***************************************************}
-   \typeout{*}
-   \typeout{* If you wish to generate an errata listing}
-   \typeout{* containing only errors found after a certain revision}
-   \typeout{* and/or only errors found after a certain date}
-   \typeout{* modify the information stored in \jobname.cfg}
-   \typeout{*}
-   \typeout{* Current settings are:}
-   \typeout{*}
-   \typeout{* \@spaces  printing of your book = \myprinting}
-   \typeout{* \@spaces  include \includedentries}
-   \typeout{*}
-   \typeout{***************************************************}
-  }}
-  {}
-
-%% \erroronpage <page> <line info> <contributor> <date> <fixed in revision>
-
-\newcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
-   \endgobble
-   \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
-   \if@tempswa
-     \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-   \else
-     \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-     \expandafter\gobbleerrata
-   \fi
-   \hideamp \\%
-   \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
-   \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
-}
-
-\newcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{%
-   \endgobble
-   \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
-   \if@tempswa
-     \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-   \else
-     \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-     \expandafter\gobbleerrata
-   \fi
-   \hideamp \\%
-   \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill
-   \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
-   \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
-}
-
-\newcommand\CHAPTER[1]{\endgobble
-  &\\[4pt]%
-  \multicolumn{4}{l}{\framebox[10cm][l]{\textbf{\normalsize\strut#1}}} \\}
-
-\newenvironment{erratalist}
-  {\begin{longtable}{r>{\raggedright}p{2cm}l>{\raggedright}p{10cm}l}}
-  {\endgobble\end{longtable}}
-
-\newcommand\erratatitle[2]
-  {\begin{center}\LARGE\bfseries
-      Errata list for #1\\[5pt](\myprinting.\ printing)\\[10pt]
-      \small Includes all entries found \printedentries\space #2\\
-      (For other periods/print runs reprocess this document
-      with different config settings)
-   \end{center}%
-   \markright{Errata for #1 (\printedentries\space #2)}%
-   \thispagestyle{plain}%
-   \vspace{20pt}}
-
-\pagestyle{myheadings}
-
-\AtBeginDocument{\small}
-
-\setlength\parindent{0pt}
-\setlength\parskip{2pt}
-
-\newcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{\sffamily#1} #2\par}
-
-% some special shortcuts overwriting existing commands:
-
-\let\u\underline 
-\renewcommand\>{$\to$}
-
-%%% some code suggested by Thorsten Hansen to count the number of
-%%% contributions by individuals (will work only if we do not get
-%%% too many :-)
-
-\def\count@contributors#1/#2/#3\@nil{
-   \@ifundefined{c@#1}{\newcounter{#1}}{}\stepcounter{#1}%
-%%%   also count secondary:
-%%%   \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\newcounter{#2}}{}\stepcounter{#2}% 
-}
-
-\renewcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
-   \count@contributors#3/secondary/\@nil
-   \endgobble
-   \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
-   \if@tempswa
-     \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-   \else
-     \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-     \expandafter\gobbleerrata
-   \fi
-   \hideamp \\%
-   \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
-   \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
-}
- 
-\renewcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{%
-   \count@contributors#3/secondary/\@nil
-   \endgobble
-   \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
-   \if@tempswa
-     \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-   \else
-     \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-     \expandafter\gobbleerrata
-   \fi
-   \hideamp \\%
-   \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill
-   \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
-   \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
-}
-
-\renewcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{%
-  \sffamily#1} #2\@ifundefined{c@#1}{}{ (\arabic{#1})}\par} 
-
-\end{filecontents}
-
-
-\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.cfg}
-%
-%
-% Configuration file for the errata listing of 
-%
-%  Der LaTeX-Begleiter 2 Auflage
-%
-%
-% \erratastartdate 
-%
-% Specifies the date from which on errata entries should be listed.
-%
-% The format is YYYY/MM/DD.
-%
-% The default below ensures that all entries for a particular
-% printing are typeset.
-%
-
-\renewcommand\erratastartdate{2005/09/01}
-
-
-%
-% \myprinting
-%
-% Specifies which (revised) printing you own. For example, if you
-%    have the second printing set this to 2 so that errors already
-%    corrected in that printing will not appear in your errata
-%    listing.
-%
-% The default below ensures that all entries relevant to the second
-%    printing are typeset. 
-%    
-%
-
-\renewcommand\myprinting{2}
-
-%
-% \norevisionnumbers
-%
-% Specifies that all page numbers in the errata are shown in the same
-%    format (bold face) irregardless of whether or not they are fixed
-%    in some revision. The default is to print corrected errors in
-%    italic and add the revision number as a superscript.
-
-%
-% \showallerrors
-%
-% With this command you tell the program that all errata entries are
-%    supposed to be generated. This makes \myprinting and
-%    \erratastartdate basically obsolete so this isn't turned on by
-%    default.
-%
-%
-\endinput
-\end{filecontents}
-
-
-\documentclass{ttcterrata}[2005/11/10]  % we want new class
-
-\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-\let\u\underline          % shortcut for this file
-
-\newcommand\meta[1]{$\langle$\textit{#1\/}$\rangle$}
-\newcommand\BibTeX{\textsc{Bib}\TeX}
-
-
-\usepackage{textcomp}
-
-\usepackage{url}
-
-\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
-
-
-\renewcommand\erratatitle[2]
-  {\begin{center}\LARGE\bfseries
-      Errataliste f\"ur #1\\[5pt](\myprinting.\ Druck)\\[10pt]
-      \small  Enth\"alt alle Eintr\"age die \printedentries\space #2
-      gemeldet wurden \\
-      (F\"ur andere Zeitr\"aume/Druckausgaben \"andert man die \texttt{.cfg}
-       Datei und formatiert erneut.)
-   \end{center}%
-   \markright{Errata für #1 (\printedentries\space #2)}%
-   \thispagestyle{plain}%
-   \vspace{20pt}}
-
-\renewcommand\printedentries{zwischen \erratastartdate\space und}
-
-
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\erratatitle{Der \LaTeX{}-Begleiter, zweite Auf\/lage}{\erratafiledate}
-
-
-\vspace*{-\baselineskip}
-
-Hardcover-Ausgabe:
-\begin{verbatim}
-@book(Pearson:MG05,
-   author = {Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens},
-   title = {Der {\LaTeX}-Begleiter},  edition = 2,
-   note =  {Unter Mitarbeit von Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, und Chris Rowley},
-   publisher = {Pearson Studium}, address = {M\"unchen}, year = 2005,
-   pagenums = {1180},  bibliography = {yes}, index = {yes},
-   isbn = {3-8273-7166-X},
-)
-\end{verbatim}
-Bafög-Ausgabe (Softcover) die inhaltlich identisch ist:
-\begin{verbatim}
-@book(Pearson:MG10,
-   author = {Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens},
-   title = {Der {\LaTeX}-Begleiter Baf\"og-Ausgabe},  edition = 2,
-   note =  {Unter Mitarbeit von Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, und Chris Rowley},
-   publisher = {Pearson Studium}, address = {M\"unchen}, year = 2010,
-   pagenums = {1180},  bibliography = {yes}, index = {yes},
-   isbn = {3-8689-4088-X},
-)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\begin{list}{}{\setlength\leftmargin{0cm}\setlength\rightmargin{3cm}}
-\item[]
-
-Diese Errata-Datei (\texttt{\jobname.err}) ist Teil der
-\LaTeX-Distribution und die neuste Version findet man auf der \LaTeX{}
-Project Webseite unter
-\url{https://www.latex-project.org/help/books/}\texttt{\jobname.err}. Dort
-findet man auch einige Abschnitte des Buches als PDF-Dateien.
-
-Die erste Spalte der Tabelle zeigt die Seitennummer des
-Errataeintrags. Hochgestellte Ziffern in der ersten Spalte verweisen
-auf den Nachdruck, in dem der beschriebene Fehler korrigiert wurde
-(ein \textit{s} zeigt, an, dass das Problem bisher nur in den
-"`S"'ourcen korrigiert wurde). Die zweite Spalte beschreibt die genaue
-Position (negative Zeilen- oder Absatznummern werden vom Fuß der Seite
-gezählt). Die dritte Spalte zeigt die Initialen der Person die den
-Fehler zuerst aufgespürt/gemeldet hat.
-
-
-Mithilfe der Konfigurationsdatei  \texttt{\jobname.cfg} ist es möglich die
-Liste so anzupassen, dass nur Errataeinträge ab einem
-speziellen Nachdruck oder ab einem gewünschten Datum angezeigt werden.
-
-
-\begin{center}
-  \Large \bfseries  Irren ist menschlich -- Fehlerwettbewerb 
-\end{center}
-
- 
-Jeder gefundene und mitgeteilte Fehler ist ein Gewinn für alle Leser
-und Käufer unseres Buches. Aus diesem Grund schreiben wir, Pearson
-Studium und die Autoren, einen Preis aus -- halbjährlich, später (mehr)jährlich -- den
-die Person erhält, die die meisten Fehler innerhalb dieser Zeit findet
-(im Falle einer Überschneidung wird das Los zwischen den "`besten"'
-Fehlersuchern entscheiden).  Eine Person kann nur einmal einen Preis
-bekommen; Fehler die durch die Autoren gefunden werden, zählen nicht.
-\begin{center} 
-Ihr Preis: Ein Lehrbuch Ihrer Wahl!  
-\end{center}
-Auswählen können Sie dieses unter \url{http://www.pearson-studium.de}.
-(Bundles und mehrbändige Bücher sind davon ausgenommen).
- 
-Wie üblich behalten sich die Autoren und der Verlag das Recht vor,
-selbst zu entscheiden ob ein Fehler tatsächlich als Fehler anzusehen
-ist oder ob ein wiederholt vorkommender Fehler als ein oder mehrere Fehler
-gezählt wird.
- 
-- Viel Erfolg -  
-
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{clr@{ Eingaben}}
-Ende der Wettbewerbsperiode & Gewinner \\[4pt]
-2006/04 & Jens Mandavid & 121 \\
-2006/10 & Ralf Heckmann & 61  \\
-2008/04 & --- \\
-\ldots & Termin einer weiteren Verlosung offen
-%2008/10 & \\
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{list}
-
-\newpage
-
-
-%<--------------------------
-
-\begin{erratalist}
-
-\CHAPTER{Allgemein}
-
-\iffalse
-\seriouserroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{}
-
-   To help you in assessing this errata document we have placed
-   exclamation marks in front of each entry that we consider essential
-   for correctly understanding the book contents.
- \fi
-
-\erroronpage{}{}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{}
-  Einzelne Teile mehrgliedriger Abkürzungen werden im deutschsprachigen 
-  Satz normalerweise durch einen kleinen Zwischenraum (Spatium) getrennt; nur in 
-  englischsprachigen Texten wird zwischen den Abkürzungsteilen kein 
-  Zwischenraum gesetzt.
-  Beispiele: z.\,B., u.\,a.\ anstatt z.B., u.a.
-
-  Dies wird im Buch \emph{vermutlich} nicht korrigiert werden.
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Titelei}
-
-
-\erroronpage{iii}{bottom}{MHo}{2005/10/10}{2}
-LB2 mentions the fabled city of ``San Franciso'' which of course
-should be ``Francis\u{c}o''.
-
-\CHAPTER{Kapitel 1}
-
-\erroronpage{3}{Abs.4, Z.4}{JMa}{2005/12/26}{2}
- Ersetze: (NFSS) \> (\textsf{NFSS})
-
-\erroronpage{15}{Abs.5, Z.2}{ESt}{2006/03/11}{2}
- \texttt{info/examples/lb2} wird nicht gefunden. Kein wirklicher Fehler im
- Buch, sondern ein Versehen auf CTAN.
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Kapitel 2}
-
-\erroronpage{24}{Abs.1, Z.1}{MLi}{2013/07/12}{}
-  Das Kommando lautet \verb=\AskOption= (ohne ``s'')
-
-\erroronpage{26}{Abs.-3, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
- Zur schließenden Klammer in Zeile 5 gibt es keine öffnende; es sollte wohl 
-heißen: (zum Beispiel \ldots{}
-
-\erroronpage{29}{Abs. nach 2-2-3, Z.7}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
- Es muss ``mit unterschiedliche\u{n} Definitionen'' heißen.
-
-\erroronpage{31}{Abs.3, Z.3}{FMi}{2006/02/28}{2}
-Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''.
-
-\erroronpage{33}{Abs.2, Z.-2}{FMi}{2006/02/28}{2}
-Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''.
-
-\erroronpage{37}{Abs.1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
-Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''.
-
-\erroronpage{39}{Abs.3, Z.4 und Z.7}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
-Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''.
-
-\erroronpage{42}{Absatz \textit{rechts}, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
-Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''.
-
-\erroronpage{56}{Abs.3, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
-Hier fehlt ein Buchstabe: ``Das Beispiel zeigt, das\u{s} es 
-wahrscheinlich''.
-
-\erroronpage{59}{2.3.6 Abs.\ 4, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
-   Füge Komma ein: "`Um das \textsf{minitoc}-System zu initialisieren, 
-muss ein \dots{}"'
-
-\erroronpage{60}{Tab.2.3, rechte Spalte, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
-Hier fehlt zu einer schließenden Klammer die öffnende.
-
-\erroronpage{61}{Abs.3, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
-\LaTeX-Trennfehler: Kapitel-eintr"age statt Kapite-leintr"age.
-
-\erroronpage{64}{Abs.3, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
-\LaTeX-Trennfehler: Abschnitts-eintrag statt Abschnitt-seintrag.
-
-\erroronpage{65}{Abs.1, Z.1-2}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
-Es muss ``Ein solcher Wechsel'' statt ``Eine solcher Wechsel'' heißen.
-
-\erroronpage{65}{Abs.-2, Z.1-2}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
-\LaTeX-Trennfehler: Verzeichnis-eintr"age statt Verzeichni-seintr"age.
-
-\erroronpage{70}{Abs.-1, Z.1-2}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
-Hier fehlt ein Komma am Ende der ersten Zeile und ein Punkt am Ende des 
-ersten Satzes.
-
-\erroronpage{73}{Abs.2, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
-Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''.
-
-\erroronpage{74}{Abs.2, Z.12}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
-Hier fehlt ein Komma vor ``wenn sie durch''.
-
-\erroronpage{75}{Abs.3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
-Es fehlen zwei Buchstaben: ``ohne daf"ur einen eigen\u{en} Abstand 
-einzuf"ugen''.
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Kapitel 3}
-
-\erroronpage{94}{Abs.-3, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/01/06}{2}
-Lösche s aus Grau\u{s}wertproblem
-
-
-\erroronpage{101}{Abs.3, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
-Kein Komma vor und bei einer Aufzählung.
-
-\erroronpage{109}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
-   Streiche Kommata: "`Möglich\_ und absolut nicht unwahrscheinlich\_ ist 
-beispielsweise, \dots{}"'
-
-\erroronpage{114}{para 3}{FMi/CBe}{2005/09/02}{2}
-Ersetze Absatz durch: "`Da es nicht empfehlenswert ist, die Einstellung von
-|\baselineskip| 
-direkt zu ändern, verfügt \LaTeX{} über den Befehl |\lineskip|\,, mit
-dem sich |\baselineskip| global für alle Größen ändern lässt.  Nach
-einer Anweisung wie etwa \verb!\linespread{1.5}\selectfont!  tritt der neue
-Wert sofort in Kraft. [Fußnote: Die veraltete \LaTeX~2.09 Lösung
-  \verb=\renewcommand\baselinestretch=\texttt{\textbraceleft
-    1.5\textbraceright} benötigt dagegen einen nachfolgenden
-  Schriftgrößenwechsel (wie |\small| oder |\Large|), damit der neue
-  Wert in Kraft tritt.]
-
-
-
-\erroronpage{117}{3.2.1 Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 7}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
-   Trennung der Hauptsätze: "`\dots{} der Zähler \texttt{footnote} wird 
-weiter hochgesetzt, und die Darstellung erfolgt \dots{}"'
-
-\erroronpage{119}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
-   Da die Beispiele unmittelbar folgen: "`\dots{} schematisch 
-dargestellt \u{und bedeuten}:"'
-
-%%Ebenfalls als Vorschlag zur Neuformulierung -- weil es um zwei 
-%%unterschiedliche Aspekte geht, sollte durch Punkt oder Semikolon 
-%%getrennt werden:
-%
-% -maybe differently
-\erroronpage{121}{3.2.3 Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
-   "`\u{Es wird ausreichend} Abstand zwischen 
-Fußnoten und Text gelassen 
-und die Fußnoten werden in einem kleineren Schriftgrad 
-gesetzt."'
-
-
-\erroronpage{123}{2. Abs, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
-\ldots \u{auf denen} die Auswirkung\u{en} von \textsf{perpage} deutlich zu sehen sind.
-
-\erroronpage{143}{3. Abs, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
-Am Ende der Zeile fehlt ein Komma.
-
-\erroronpage{144}{1. Abs, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
-Es muss \u{kein} statt keinen hei\ss{}en.
-
-\erroronpage{147}{Bsp.3-3-19}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
-Der \LaTeX{}-Begleiter sollte stets mit Bindestrich geschrieben werden.
-
-\erroronpage{149}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
-   Streiche Anführungszeichen bei "`theoremähnliche"'.
-
-
-\erroronpage{149}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 3}{RHe/FMi}{2006/06/10}{2}
-Ersetze: "`Bei vielen dieser Argumente wird der unten aufgeführte, voreingestellte 
-Wert verwendet, wenn ein leeres Argument angegeben wird. 
-\>
-"`Bei vielen dieser Argumente erhält man den unten aufgeführten voreingestellten
-Wert, wenn ein leeres Argument angegeben wird."'
-
-
-
-
-\erroronpage{149}{Argument \textit{kopf-nach-abstand}, Z.\ 
-2}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
-   Streiche Anführungszeichen bei "`Interpunktion"'.
-
-\erroronpage{155}{Bsp. 3-3-25}{RHe/FMi}{2006/06/10}{2}
-   Benutze babel Paket und ersetze englische Anführungszeichen durch deutsche.
-
-\erroronpage{158}{Bsp.3-3-28}{FMi/JBez}{2005/09/02}{}
-  The vertical space above ``Return values'' is too small.
-
-  Das ist ein ziemlich versteckter \LaTeX-Fehler, mit dem man wohl
-  leben muss.
-
-\erroronpage{159}{Abs.\ -1, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
-   "`\dots{} unverändert, also "`wie über die Tastatur eingegeben"'\u{,} 
-darstellen."'
-
-\erroronpage{160}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
-   Anstelle "`extensiv"': "`\dots{} in der Vergangenheit \emph{intensiv} 
-genutzt wurden, \dots{}"'
-
-\erroronpage{163}{Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
-Ersetze: "`fontenc"' \> "`\textsf{fontenc}"'
-
-\erroronpage{174}{3. Abs, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
-Ersetze: "`diesen"' \> "`diesem"'
-
-\erroronpage{175}{Z. -4}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
-Streiche einmal das Wort "`sich"'.
-
-\erroronpage{182}{Abs -1, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
-Es geht um eine Untermenge \u{von} \ldots
-
-\erroronpage{184}{Z.3}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
-Streiche einmal das Wort "`Beispiel"'.
-
-\erroronpage{192}{3. Abs, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
-Es soll wohl "`von dieser \u{durch} das Resultat von \ldots"' hei\ss{}en.
-
-\erroronpage{195}{4. Abs, Z.5}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
-Ersetze: "`ausgeben"' \> "`aus\u{ge}geben"'
-
-\erroronpage{197}{2. Abs, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
-Streiche das zweite t aus setz\u{t}en.
-
-
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Kapitel 4}
-
-% - but also a national one, so could stay
-%
-% \erroronpage{204}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ -2}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{}
-%    Streiche "`DIN"' in "`DIN A4"', da A4 nationaler (DIN 476), 
-% europ\"{a}ischer (EN 20 216) und internationaler (ISO 216) Standard ist.
-
-\erroronpage{205}{Tab.\ 4.2}{YiL}{2012/05/07}{}
-
-   Die in der Tabelle aufgelisteten Werte sind nur ann\"aherend korrekt
- -- einige Werte h\"angen von der gew\"ahlten Papier-Option (etwa |a4paper|) ab.
-
-
-
-\erroronpage{205}{4.2, Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
-   F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} nicht v\"{o}llig unm\"{o}glich ist\u, sie 
-\dots{} zu \"{a}ndern, \dots{}"'.
-
-\erroronpage{208}{Z. 1}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{2}
-Fehlendes Komma: "`zwei Pakete\u, mit deren"'
-
-\erroronpage{210}{Abs.\ 5, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
-   Streiche Komma vor der Klammer: "`\dots{} von Listen Verwendung 
-finden\_ (\dots{})."'
-
-\erroronpage{210}{Abs.6, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{2}
-Fehlendes Komma: "`abliest), kann man"'
-
-\erroronpage{213}{Abs.\ 3, Z.\ -1}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
-   F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} kann es angebracht sein, ihn 
-einzubeziehen."'
-
-\erroronpage{213}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\-1}{FMi}{2006/09/25}{2}
-    Ersetze "`muss die ein oder andere Einstellung"' \>
-    "` müssen die Einstellungen"'
-
-\erroronpage{215}{Z.1}{ChB}{2006/06/29}{2}
-     Es sollte wohl "`die ein\u{e} oder andere Einstellung"' hei"sen.
-
-\erroronpage{218}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 6}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
-   F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} ist es jedoch besser, 
-\texttt{ignorehead} \dots{} zu verwenden."'
-
-% Über das nächste Infinitivproblem kann man sich durchaus streiten:
-\erroronpage{218}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ -2}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
-   F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} liegt es beim Anwender, 
-sicherzustellen, dass \dots{}"'
-
-\erroronpage{218}{Abs.\ -1, Z.\ -3}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
-   F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`Da diese Option Fonts skaliert, anstatt 
-Originalfonts \dots{} einzusetzen, \dots{}"'
-
-\erroronpage{219}{Abs.\ -1, Z.\ -4ff}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
-   F\"{u}ge "`werden"' ein und streiche Komma vor dem letzten Abschnitt 
-der Aufz\"{a}hlung: "`Zun\"{a}chst wird das Paket geladen, alle 
-R\"{a}nder \u{werden} auf einen Zoll gesetzt\_ und die Kolumnentitel \dots{} 
-festgelegt; \dots{}"'
-
-\erroronpage{220}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
-   F\"{u}ge Komma zwischen den Haupts\"{a}tzen ein: "`\dots{} des 
-Paketes wieder her, und bei \verb"pass" wird das Paket deaktiviert."'
-
-\erroronpage{221}{Aufz. cam, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
-   F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} welche die Ma{\ss}e der Nettoseite 
-anzeigen, ohne sie zu ber\"{u}hren (\dots{})."'
-
-\erroronpage{221}{para 4, l.4}{FMi}{2006/09/09}{2}
-   Option  \texttt{b3} ist zweifach gelistet.
-
-\erroronpage{221}{Abs.\ -2, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
-   Entferne:
-   "`Die Beschreibungen \dots{} sollten deutlich machen, dass \u{das}
-\textsf{crop} erst \dots{} geladen werden sollte."'
-
-\erroronpage{221}{Abs.\ -1, Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
-   F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} normalerweise ist es n\"{u}tzlich, ihn 
-beizubehalten."'
-
-\erroronpage{222}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
-   F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} versucht das Paket, den Druckertreiber 
-\dots{} zu bestimmen."'
-
-\erroronpage{223}{4.3, Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2}
-   Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} sammelt genug Material, um gut eine Seite 
-\dots{}"'
-
-\erroronpage{224}{Abs.\ -1, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2}
-   Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} entspricht dem Inhalt von \verb"\thepage", 
-wie er auf der \dots{}"'
-
-\erroronpage{225}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2}
-   Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} mithilfe von \verb"\AtEndDocument", um 
-sicherzugehen, dass \dots{}"'
-
-\erroronpage{229}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 8,10,-1}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2}
-   Füge Leerstellen nach der Ellipse ein: "`\dots{} geht weiter"'
-
-\erroronpage{229}{Bsp.\ 4-3-3}{FMi}{2006/06/17}{2}
-   Füge Leerstelle nach der Ellipse ein: \verb=\dots geht=
-   \> \verb=\dots{} geht=
-
-
-\erroronpage{233}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2}
-   Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} um Längenparameter, sondern um Befehle 
-\dots{}"'
-
-\erroronpage{234}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 7}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2}
-   Ersetze Semikolon durch Komma und füge Wort ein: "Der Seitentyp wird mit `\dots{} 
-ausgewählt\u, der Bereich \u{dagegen} mit \dots{}"'
-
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Kapitel 5}
-
-
-\erroronpage{247}{Abs.\ 3, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2}
-   Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} dass sie fähig sein müssen, innerhalb des 
-Textes \dots{}"'
-
-\erroronpage{249}{Abs.3 in 5.1.1}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{2}
-Dieser Satz steht schon am Ende des ersten Absatzes dieses 
-Abschnitts.
-
-\erroronpage{251}{Abs.\ -1}{FMi/CBe}{2005/09/02}{2}
- Ersetze Absatz: "`Dezimalwert, mit dem die voreingestellte Minimalhöhe von Tabellenzellen
-     multipliziert wird. Ein Wert von 1.5 würde  z.B. normalgroße
-     Zeilen um 50\% weiter voneinander entfernen.  Er wird mit
-     dem Befehl \verb=\renewcommand= eingestellt (Standardwert \texttt{1.0})."'
-
-% -check
-\erroronpage{252}{Tabelle 5.2}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2}
-   Ersetze alle amerikanischen Auslassungszeichen \{..\} durch deutsche 
-\{\dots{}\}.
-
-\erroronpage{253}{Z. -2}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{2}
-Kein Komma vor "`erzeugt wurden"'
-
-\erroronpage{267}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/20}{2}
-   "`Letztere"' ist klein zu schreiben
-
-\erroronpage{267}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/20}{2}
-   Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} üblicher, Farben \dots{} einzusetzen"'
-
-\erroronpage{269}{Abs.5, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{2}
-\LaTeX-Trennfehler: Standar-dumgebung. \> Standard-umgebung 
-
-\erroronpage{277}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/20}{2}
- Ersetze Anfang durch: "`Eine der Schwierigkeiten, \LaTeX{}-Tabellen mit außergewöhnlich
-großen Einträgen zu setzen, ist eine gute Raumverteilung um diese Einträge herum zu erreichen,
- \dots"'
-
-\erroronpage{277}{Abs.\ -2, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/20}{2}
-   Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} optionales Argument, ähnlich dem von 
-\verb"\\"\u, erweitert."'
-
-\erroronpage{277}{Abs.\ -1, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/20}{2}
- Ersetze Anfang durch: "`Die vertikalen Linien in einer \texttt{tabular}-Umgebung
- werden aus einer Reihe von Linienelementen gebildet, jeweils eines pro
- Tabellenzelle."'
-
-\erroronpage{278}{editorial change}{FMi}{2006/06/20}{2}
-Änderung auf Seite 277 erzeugt neuen Zeilenverlauf.
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Kapitel 6}
-
-
-\erroronpage{292}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{MSch}{2006/01/04}{2}
-  Füge hinzu:  "`z.B. bedeutet \u{\texttt{0.2}}, dass 20\% von Gleitobjekten
-  belegt sein darf"'
-
-\erroronpage{298}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/08/07}{2}
-   Füge Komma ein: "Das \textsf{afterpage}-Paket ermöglicht
-stattdessen\u{,} \verb"\afterpage{\clearpage}" zu verwenden."'
-
-\erroronpage{301}{Z.1}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
-Fehlendes Komma: "`Hilfsdatei, in der"'
-
-\erroronpage{301}{Abs.-2,Z.3}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
-Falsche Anf"uhrungszeichen bei "`eingerahmt"'
-
-\erroronpage{302}{exa 6-3-1}{FMi/CBe}{2005/09/02}{}
-The Euler constant must be typeset in roman type according
-to the ISO rules; $e$ is the charge of the electron.
-
-\erroronpage{304}{Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
-Es muss "`in den Abschnitte\u{n} 6.2.1 bzw. 6.2.2"' hei\ss{}en.
-
-\erroronpage{304}{Z.-5}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
-Es muss "`{}"uber ein zus"atzliche\u{s} obligatorisches Argument"' 
-hei\ss{}en.
-
-\erroronpage{306}{Abs.\ -2, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/08/07}{2}
-   Füge Komma ein: "\dots{} manchmal günstiger\u{,} nur die Legende zu
-drehen."'
-
-\erroronpage{315}{Abs.-3,Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
-Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von "`Bed"urfnisse\u{n}"'.
-
-\erroronpage{315}{Abs.\ -2, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/08/07}{2}
-   Füge Komma ein: "\dots{} die es ermöglichen\u{,} Gleitobjekte \dots{}
-zu untergliedern."'
-
-\erroronpage{317}{6.5.1, Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/08/07}{2}
-   Füge Komma ein: "\dots{} das Paket \textsf{caption}\u{,} um Legenden
-\dots{} anzupassen."'
-
-\erroronpage{318}{Bsp.6-5-2, Abb.2}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
-Fehlendes Komma: "`Eine Legende, die mehrere"'
-
-\erroronpage{319}{\texttt{font}}{RHe}{2006/06/11}{2}
-   "`Diese Option legt die Fontcharakteristika \dots{} fest, sofern sie
-nicht \dots{} überschrieben \u{werden}."'
-
-\erroronpage{319}{Bsp.6-5-3, Tab.1}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
-Fehlendes Komma: "`Eine Legende, die mehrere"'
-
-\erroronpage{321}{Option \texttt{position}}{FMi/JS}{2005/09/14}{2}
-   Beschreibe, dass der Schlüssel \texttt{bottom} die Voreinstellung ist.
-
-\erroronpage{322}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
-Streiche ein "`es"'.
-
-\erroronpage{327}{Abs.-1, Z.3 und Z.5}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
-Ersetze: \textsl{typ} \> \textsl{klasse}
-
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Kapitel 7}
-
-\erroronpage{337}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/07}{2}
-   Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} Erscheinung, nachdem \dots {}"'
-
-\erroronpage{338}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2006/06/07}{2}
-   Füge Komma ein: "`(\dots{} sehr ähnlich, soweit es \dots {})"'
-
-\erroronpage{340}{Fußnote 2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
-Fehlendes Komma: "`verwandelt, ist dabei"'
-
-\erroronpage{344}{Abs.3, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
-Schließende Klammer nach "`Abbildung 7.3"' fehlt.
-
-\erroronpage{348}{Abs.-1, Z.3-4}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
-Trennfehler: Es muss Pa-ketnamen statt Pak-etnamen hei\ss{}en.
-
-\erroronpage{349}{}{FMi}{2006/02/27}{2}
-Änderung auf Seite 348 ändert Seitenumbruch.
-
-\erroronpage{352}{Abs.-1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
-Fehlendes Komma: "`einnimmt, ist der"'
-
-% - no, would break the example spacing
-%\erroronpage{356}{Bsp.7-3-7}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{}
-%Ersetze: NFSS \> \textsf{NFSS}
-%
-
-\erroronpage{358}{Abs.5, Z.6+7}{JS}{2006/11/08}{2}
- Ersetze:
-  "`Die \u{Computer Modern Typewriter und} Computer Modern Sans Fonts 
-   verfügen nicht über \u{breite} sondern nur über breitfette"'
- \>
-  "`Die Computer Modern Sans Fonts
-   verfügen nicht über \u{fette} sondern nur über breitfette"'
-
-\erroronpage{361}{Tab 7.4}{AFV}{2008/08/08}{s}
-Die Tabelle zeigt |\mathtt| als Sans Serif Typewriter Font. Dies ist
-normalerweise nicht der Fall -- fast jede \LaTeX{} Installation verwendet 
-Computer Modern Typewriter.
-
-\erroronpage{362}{Abs.-1, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
-Streiche das mittlere s in Symbol\u{s}fonts.
-
-\erroronpage{364}{Abs.-2, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
-Ersetze: hinzu-f"ugt \> hinzu-\u{ge}f"ugt
-
-\erroronpage{367}{Ab.-2, Z.-1}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{2}
-  Der Abstand vor dem Punkt am Satzende ("`T1-Kodierung ."') ist zu
-  entfernen.
-
-\erroronpage{369}{Abs.-3, Z.-3}{PEb}{2006/05/12}{2}
-Ersetze "`Oktette (von Zahlen)"' \> "`Oktette (acht Bits)"'
-
-\erroronpage{371}{Abs. \texttt{cp437de}}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
-Falsche Anführungszeichen beim \ss
-
-\erroronpage{371}{Abs \texttt{utf8}}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
-Das Leerzeichen vor dem Punkt ist zu entfernen.
-
-\erroronpage{394}{letzte Z.}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{2}
-  Der Abstand vor der schlie\ss enden Klammer "`(in Abschnitt 7.5.4\_)"'
-  ist zu entfernen.
-
-\erroronpage{399}{Abs.-3, Z.2+3}{FMi}{2006/06/14}{2}
-   Füge Bindestrich ein: "`AMS-Font"'
-
-\erroronpage{401}{Abs.-2, Z.4}{FMi}{2006/06/14}{2}
-   Füge Bindestrich ein: "`AMS-Mathematikfont"'
-
-\erroronpage{404}{Abs.-1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
-Streiche das n aus Name\u{n}.
-
-\erroronpage{406}{Abs.3, Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
-Fehlendes Komma: "`werden, normalerweise ohnehin"'
-
-\erroronpage{407}{Bsp. 7-7-21, 7-7-22}{TNdz}{2006/01/20}{2}
-    Fehlendes Komma: "`\ldots ist ein Blindtext, an dem sich 
-    verschiedene \ldots"´
-
-\erroronpage{416}{Kapitel 7.8.6, Z.8}{RSi}{2005/12/07}{2}
-   Leerzeichen nach dem kleinen Omega (|\textscomega|) fehlt.
-
-\erroronpage{420}{Abs.3, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
-Ersetze: L"ander \> L"ander\u{n}
-
-\erroronpage{420}{Abs.4, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
-Streiche eines der beiden "`auf"'.
-
-\erroronpage{422}{Abs.3, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
-Fehlendes Komma: "`zur Verf"ugung, um auf die"'
-
-\erroronpage{423}{Abs.1, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
-Ersetze: zum \> zu
-
-\erroronpage{425}{Fu\ss note}{hv}{2008/10/30}{s}
-Der Befehl hei\ss t |\pscharpath| [das s fehlt] und |pst-char| existiert zwar
-noch, l\"adt aber gleich |pst-text|, dass die Funktionen von |pst-char|
-integriert hat.
-
-\erroronpage{428}{Tabelle 7.27, Z.~1}{MSch}{2005/12/31}{2}
-  Ersetze: \dq`Cork\dq'-Kodierung durch "`Cork"'-Kodierung
-
-\erroronpage{428}{Abs1., Z.4-5}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
-Trennfehler: Es muss Pro-zent statt Proz-ent hei\ss{}en.
-
-
-\erroronpage{435}{Abs.-2, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
-Fehlendes Komma vor "`werden"'
-
-\erroronpage{445}{Abs.-3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
-Streiche das s aus Namen\u{s}
-
-\erroronpage{445}{Abs.-3, Z.2}{RHe}{2006/06/11}{2}
-   Füge Bindestrich ein: "`AMS-Font"'
-
-\erroronpage{454}{Abs.4, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
-Ersetze: dass \> das
-
-\erroronpage{454}{Abs.5, Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
-Ersetze: dier \> die
-
-\erroronpage{456}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
-Fehlendes Komma: "`Befehle, die"'
-
-\erroronpage{458}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
-Fehlendes Komma: "`Zeichen, die in"'
-
-\erroronpage{458}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
-Fehlendes Komma: "`solchen, die in"'
-
-\erroronpage{458}{Abs.4, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
-Fehlendes Komma vor "`wurden"'
-
-\erroronpage{464}{Abs.1, Z.3-4}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
-Trennfehler: Es muss Ak-zentzeichen statt Akz-entzeichen hei\ss{}en.
-
-\erroronpage{468}{Tab.7.33}{FMi}{2006/05/12}{2}
-Die "`Tabellen"uberschrift"' ist nicht im \textsf{sf}-Format.
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Kapitel 8}
-
-\erroronpage{478}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 2}{FMi/RHe}{2008/09/19}{2}
-Ersetze:  "`gültigen US-Praxis"' \> "`vorherrschenden Praxis"'
-
-\erroronpage{494}{8.2.12 Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2008/09/19}{2}
-   Füge Kommata ein: "`Die Schwierigkeit\u{,} eine abgesetzte Formel 
-korrekt zu gestalten\u{,} kann \dots{}"'
-
-\erroronpage{496}{Abs.2, Z.1/2}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{2}
-Trennfehler: Mark-up sieht deutlich besser aus als Mar-kup.
-
-\erroronpage{496}{Abs.\ 3 (nach Bsp. 8-2-28), Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2008/09/19}{2}
-   Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} allerdings \emph{nur}\u{,} wenn sie \dots{} 
-verschoben wurde."'
-
-\erroronpage{503}{8.4.4 Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2008/09/19}{2}
-   Lösche Komma (Regel §~72.2 "`gleichrangige Wortgruppen oder Wörter in 
-Aufzählungen (entweder -- oder)"'): "`\dots{} können entweder \dots{} 
-positioniert werden\u{ } oder \dots{} rechts der Operatoren."'
-
-\erroronpage{504}{Abs.-2,Z.3}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{2}
-Kein Komma vor "`oder"' bei einer Aufz"ahlung.
-
-
-\erroronpage{507}{Abs.-2, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{2}
-Streiche die beiden letzten Buchstaben von Paket\u{es}.
-
-\erroronpage{510}{Abs.-1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{2}
-Streiche einmal das Wort "`Tabelle"'.
-
-\erroronpage{512}{Z.1}{FMi}{2006/09/19}{2}
-Füge folgenden Satz an: "`Im folgenden Beispiel wird |\sqrtsign| direkt
-verwendet:"'
-
-\erroronpage{515}{Abs.-3, Z.2}{HjG}{2006/10/19}{2}
-Ersetze: "`Bei den \u{Hauptversionen} ($D'$,~$T'$~usw.{})"' \>
-         "`Bei den \u{Versionen mit Strich}  ($D'$,~$T'$~usw.{})"'
-
-\erroronpage{516}{Abs.-3, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{2}
-Streiche ein "`die"'.
-
-\erroronpage{518}{8.7.5 Abs.\ 3 , Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2008/09/19}{2}
-   Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} und verhält sich somit\u{,} als wären beide 
-Maße gleich null."'
-
-\erroronpage{535}{Abs. 1, Z. 5}{RHe}{2008/09/19}{2}
-Ersetze: "`\ldots{} existierenden, neu belebten Mediävalschriften."'
- \> "\ldots{} existierenden Renaissance-Antiqua-Schriften."'
-
-\erroronpage{544}{Tab. 8-10/11}{FMi}{2006/08/09}{2}
-   Fehlende Symbole aus amssymb hinzugef"ugt: |\circledR|, |\yen|,
-   |\checkmark| und |\maltese|. 
-
-\erroronpage{544}{Tab. 8.11}{LHe}{2008/02/08}{s}
-    |\dag| und |\ddag| sind |\mathord|s und nicht |\mathbin| wie in Tabelle
-    8.13 behauptet. 
-
-\erroronpage{546}{Tab. 8.13}{LHe}{2008/02/08}{s}
-    |\dag| und |\ddag| sind keine |\mathbin|s. Sie geh"oren deshalb nicht in
-    diese Tabelle und sind auch nicht (wie behauptet) Synonyme f"ur |\dagger|
-    und |\ddagger|.
-
-\erroronpage{552}{8.9.6 Abs.\ 1 , Z.\ 4}{RHe}{2008/09/19}{2}
-   Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} nicht der Symbolklasse Punctuation\u{,} 
-sondern Ordinary \dots{} zugeordnet sind."'
-
-\erroronpage{554}{Tab. 8-27}{DIs/FMi}{2006/08/09}{2}
-   Fehlende Symbole aus amssymb hinzugef"ugt:  |\llcorner|, |\lrcorner|,
-   |\ulcorner| und |\urcorner|. Tabbellennotiz und Absatz unter der Tabelle
-   entsprechend ge"andert.
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Kapitel 9}
-
-\erroronpage{556}{Nummer 1, Item 1}{RHe}{2008/09/20}{2}
-Ersetze: "`Unterstützung für den Satz \ldots{}"'
- \> "`Unterstützen des Setzens in` \ldots{}"'
-
-\erroronpage{560}{2. Snippet}{MSch/FMi}{2006/01/06}{2}
-  Der vertikale Abstand vor dem Codebeispiel ist im Verh"altnis zum
-  darauffolgenden Abstand erheblich zu gro\ss.
-
-  Und zudem die Seite eine Zeile zu lang.
-
-\erroronpage{560}{Z.\ -5}{RHe/FMi}{2006/09/21}{2}
-Ersetze: "`der Übersetzungen \u{für} Texte"' \> 
-         "`der Übersetzungen generierter Texte"'
-
-
-\erroronpage{563}{Abs.1, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/03/14}{2}
-Die "offnende Klammer fehlt vor "`zum Beispiel"'.
-
-\erroronpage{565}{Abs.-2, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/14}{2}
-Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von sprachspezifische\u{n}.
-
-
-\erroronpage{567}{tab 9.3}{FMi/CBe}{2005/09/27}{}
-   I am surprised that in Russian there is no word for ``Glossary''.
-
-   Frank: It most certainly exits :-), but right now Babel doesn't
-   know about it---so there is nothing we can do about it at the
-   moment. Actually the same problem exists with Polish, although here
-   I got a translation ``s\l ownik termin{\'o}w'' which will eventually
-   find its way into Babel.
-
-   Tja, so gehts. Auch als das deutsche Buch gesetzt wurde, waren die Begriffe
-   auch noch nicht bekannt.
-
-\erroronpage{570}{Abs. -4("`Die Tilde"' , Z. 2}{RHe}{2006/09/20}{2}
-Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} nicht für ein geschütztes Leerzeichen\u{,}
-sondern für andere \dots{}"'
-
-\erroronpage{570}{Abs. -4("`Die Tilde"' , Item 1}{RHe}{2006/09/20}{2}
-Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} niedriger gesetzt werden\u{,} als dies
-normalerweise \dots{}"'
-
-% "`Gemäß"' wird mit dem Dativ verwendet:
-\erroronpage{571}{Abs. 2 ("`Doppelpunkt usw."' , Z. -2}{RHe}{2006/09/20}{2}
-Ersetze: "`Gemäß der \ldots{} Konventionen \ldots{}"'
- \> "`Gemäß den \ldots{} Konventionen \ldots{}"'
-
-\erroronpage{579}{Abs.3, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/03/14}{2}
-Streiche die beiden letzten Buchstaben von ein\u{en}.
-
-\erroronpage{579}{Abs.2, Z.3}{RHe}{2006/06/11}{2}
-   Streiche Komma: "Wie der Befehl \verb"\nombre"\_ verfügt er \dots{}"'
-
-\erroronpage{590}{Abs.1, Z.5/6}{JMa}{2006/03/14}{2}
-Wenn  "`rumakeindex"' getrennt werden muss, sieht "`rumake-index"' deutlich 
-besser aus.
-
-\erroronpage{599}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/14}{2}
-Zu der schließenden Klammer gibt es keine "offnende.
-
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Kapitel 10}
-
-\erroronpage{612}{lfd. Nr. 1, Z. 1}{RHe}{2006/10/16}{2}
-Ersetze: "`ASCII-Zeichnung"'
- \> "`ASCII-Zeichnung\u{en}"'
-
-\erroronpage{628}{Abs.-3, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{2}
-Der Bruch $\displaystyle\frac{\pi}{2}$ ragt in die Zeile darunter.
-
-\erroronpage{633}{Tab.\ 10.1}{FMi}{2006/10/21}{2}
-Es fehlt  "`vtex"' als wichtiger Treiber; andererseits sind einige der
-aufgelisteten Treiber nur von historischer Bedeutung.
-
-\erroronpage{634}{Abs. 1, Z. 1}{RHe}{2006/10/16}{2}
-Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} reelle Werte haben)\u{,} anstatt nach 
-\dots{}"'
-
-\erroronpage{637}{Abs. 1, Z. 1}{RHe}{2006/10/16}{2}
-Füge Komma ein: "`Lässt \LaTeX{} nach \dots{} suchen\u{,} anstatt nach 
-\dots{}"'
-
-\erroronpage{637}{viewport}{BMo/FMi}{2007/10/20}{s}
-Füge am Anfang ein: "` Definiert den Bereich der Graphik für den \LaTeX{} Platz reservieren
- soll. Material außerhalb wird auch gedruckt (falls nicht \texttt{clip}
- verwendet wird) und überdruckt dann gegebenenalls anderes Material auf der Seite."'
-
-\erroronpage{638}{}{FMi}{2007/10/20}{s}
-   Setzer-Kommentar:
-Seite mu\ss{} neu gesetzt werden, da sich der Seitenumbruch ge\"andert hat.
-
-\erroronpage{638}{Abs.3, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{2}
-Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von ausf"uhrliche\u{n}.
-
-\erroronpage{647}{Abs.4, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{2}
-Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von vertikale\u{r}.
-
-\erroronpage{649}{Abs.2, Z.8}{FMi/HjG}{2006/10/22}{2}
-  Ersetze: "`\u{Dieser Punkt} ist in \ldots"' \>
-           "`\u{Dies} ist in \ldots"'
-
-\seriouserroronpage{651}{Beispielmatrix}{HjG}{2006/10/21}{2}
-  The first column shows incorrect output: instead of x=0mm it uses some
-  internal default.
-
-\erroronpage{651}{Abs. -1, Z. 1}{RHe}{2006/10/16}{2}
-Ersetze: "`Die \dots{} Funktion ähnelt dem des \textsf{rotating}-Paketes 
-\dots{}"'
- \>"`Die \dots{} Funktion ähnelt der des \textsf{rotating}-Paketes 
-\dots{}"'
-
-\erroronpage{652}{editorial change}{FMi}{2006/10/21}{2}
-  Fix on previous page will change page break.
-
-
-\erroronpage{661}{Abs.-3, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{2}
-Ersetze: "`verf"ugt"' \> "`verf"ugen"'
-
-\erroronpage{661}{para -2, l.1}{FMi}{2005/11/11}{2}
-  Leider ist Th\`anhs Name falsch geschrieben. Die korrekte Schreibweise
-  ist "`H\`an Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}} Th\`anh"'.
-
-\erroronpage{672}{letzte Zeile}{BvdW}{2014/02/19}{}
-Ersetze ``wir'' durch ``wird''.
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Kapitel 11}
-
-\erroronpage{686}{Abs.-2, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{2}
-Streiche das Komma vor "`und"'.
-
-\erroronpage{691}{Abs.4, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{2}
-Ersetze: "`eigene"' \> "`eigenen"'
-
-\erroronpage{697}{Abs. \texttt{-o} \textsl{ind}}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{2}
-Streiche die letzten Buchstaben von Verwendung\u{Index}.
-
-\erroronpage{703}{Z.2}{AFe}{2006/01/13}{2}
-   Extra Buchstabe: |\mark|\texttt{\u k}|both| \>
-   |\markboth|
-
-\erroronpage{704}{Abs.1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{2}
-Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von Teil\u{s}.
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Kapitel 12}
-
-\erroronpage{709}{Abs.3, Z.-5}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
-Entferne das Komma vor l"asst.
-
-\erroronpage{711}{Abs.2, Z.3/4}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
-Trennfehler: Schreibe Layout-richtlinien statt Layou-trichtlinien.
-
-\erroronpage{717}{Abs.3, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
-F"uge ein Komma vor "`definieren"' ein.
-
-\erroronpage{719}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
-F"uge ein Komma vor "`mit dessen Hilfe"' ein.
-
-\erroronpage{721}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
-F"uge ein Komma vor "`die nicht unterst"utzt"' ein.
-
-\erroronpage{728}{Abs.2, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
-Es hei\ss{}t \u{der} Apostroph, nicht "`das"'.
-
-\erroronpage{734}{Abs.-3, Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
-F"uge ein "offnende Klammer vor "`zum Beispiel"' ein.
-
-\erroronpage{735}{Abs.3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
-F"uge ein Komma vor "`wo im"' ein.
-
-\erroronpage{737}{Abs.-3, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
-F"uge ein Komma vor "`die normalerweise"' ein.
-
-\erroronpage{740}{Abs.-3, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
-Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von wurde\u{n}.
-
-\erroronpage{745}{Abs.-1, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
-Ersetze: "`ein solche"' \> "`eine solche"'
-
-\erroronpage{746}{Abs.-4, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
-F"uge ein Komma vor "`wo im"' ein.
-
-\erroronpage{752}{Abs.1, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
-Zur schlie\ss{}enden Klammer gibt es keine "offnende.
-
-\erroronpage{752}{Abs.3, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
-Streiche die letzten drei Buchstaben von "`aufauf"'.
-
-\erroronpage{755}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
-Ersetze: "`eine vollst"andigen"' \> "`einen vollst"andigen"'
-
-\erroronpage{763}{Abs.3, Z.6}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
-Streiche das Komma vor "`und"'.
-
-\erroronpage{767}{Abs.-3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
-Ersetze: "`L"adt"' \> "`l"adt"'
-
-\erroronpage{772}{Tab.12.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
-F"uge ein Komma vor "`die eine bestimmte Wahl"' ein.
-
-\erroronpage{777}{Abs.3, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
-Füge einen Punkt nach "`zeigt"' ein.
-
-\erroronpage{781}{Abs.1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
-Ersetze: "`Diese"' \> "`Dieses"'
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Kapitel 13}
-
-\erroronpage{791}{Tab.13.1, \texttt{inbook}}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
-Streiche einmal das Wort "'oder"'.
-
-\erroronpage{792}{Tab13.2, \texttt{crossref}}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
-F"uge ein Komma vor "`auf den"' ein.
-
-\erroronpage{795/796}{mehrere Stellen}{FMi/DAl}{2005/09/12}{2}
-  Der Name "`Miguel Lopez Fernandez"' sollte durch "`Miguel Parra Benavides"'
-  ersetzt werden, da der bisher verwendete eigentlich Akzente besitzen würde,
-  die an der Stelle im Buch noch nicht diskutiert wurden.
-
-\erroronpage{796}{Abs.-5, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
-F"uge einen Punkt nach "`erscheinen"' ein.
-
-\erroronpage{799}{Abs.-2, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
-Streiche das Komma vor "'und"'.
-
-\erroronpage{802}{Abs.-1, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
-Streiche das Komma vor "'und"'.
-
-\erroronpage{819}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
-Ersetze: BibTexMng \> \textsf{BibTexMng}
-
-\erroronpage{820}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
-Streiche das Komma nach \texttt{size}.
-
-\erroronpage{821}{Tab.13.4, Z.-4}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
-F"uge ein Leerzeichen nach "`Fachzeitschriften"' ein. Ferner ist die 
-"'Tabellen"uberschrift"' nicht im \textsf{sf}-Format.
-
-\erroronpage{828}{Tab. 13.5, Z. 1-2}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{2}
-  Donald Ervin Knuths Name ist falsch geschrieben. Ersetze: "`Erwin"' \>
-  "`Ervin"'
-
-\erroronpage{830}{Tab.13.6}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
-Ersetze: Italienische \> Italienisch
-
-\erroronpage{832}{Abs.1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
-Ersetze: Abschnitte \> Abschnitten
-
-\erroronpage{839}{Tab.13.8, \texttt{substring}}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
-F"uge ein Leerzeichen vor "`hat"' ein.
-
-\erroronpage{842}{Abs.1, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
-Entweder fehlt hier eine "offnende Klammer -- oder die schlie\ss{}ende ist 
-zu viel.
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Kapitel 14}
-
-\erroronpage{853}{Tab.14.1}{FMi}{2006/05/12}{2}
-Die "`Tabellen"uberschrift"' ist nicht im \textsf{sf}-Format.
-
-\erroronpage{858}{Abs.4, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{2}
-F"uge ein "`zu"' zwischen "`Kommentare"' und "`entfernen"' ein.
-
-\erroronpage{865}{1. Snippet, Z. 2}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{2}
-  Ersetze: |text/latex/base| \> |tex/latex/base|
-
-\erroronpage{867}{Abs.5}{FMi}{2007/11/13}{s}
-  Explain that |\cmd| can't be used with conditionals, e.g., those produced
-  with |\newif| .
-
-\erroronpage{865}{l.-7}{FMi/HjG}{2005/09/02}{2}
-   Underline, as it is command line input.
-
-\erroronpage{871}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{2}
-Ersetze entg"ultig \> endg"ultig
-
-\erroronpage{870-872}{}{FMi}{2007/01/08}{}
-   Setzer-Kommentar:
-   Beispiele m"ussen neu kompiliert werden und
-   Seiten m"ussen immer dann neu gedruckt werden, wenn etwas am Kapitel ge"andert
-   wird --- genauer auf \emph{einer} der drei Seiten (da sich das CVS-Tag in
-   den Beispielen und im "`code"' auf
-   Seite 871/Mitte "andert).
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Anhang A}
-
-
-\erroronpage{880}{Abs.1, Z.6}{VVo}{2008/09/02}{s}
-Ersetze: "`so wird eine Fehlermeldung ausgegeben."'
-\>  "`so wird eine Warnung ausgegeben."'
-
-
-\erroronpage{882}{Abs.1, Z.2}{FMi}{2006/05/12}{2}
-Ersetze: Abschnitte \> Abschnitten
-
-\erroronpage{888}{fig A.1, l.4}{FMi/JAn}{2005/09/09}{2}
-    ``Did\^ot'' \> ``Didot'' und entferne Komma nach "`Zoll"' 
-
-\erroronpage{891}{Tab.A.3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{2}
-F"uge ein Komma vor "`der eine feste oder"' ein.
-
-\erroronpage{899}{A.2.3 Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
-   Füge Komma ein: "`Diese Struts sind sehr nützlich, um die Höhe oder 
-\dots{}"'
-  
-\erroronpage{903}{Abs.-2, Z.1}{FMi}{2006/06/14}{2}
-Füge Wort ein:  "`nach der \u{letzten} Klammer \verb=}= und\ldots"'
-
-\erroronpage{906}{Abs.1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{2}
-Ersetze \textsl{text} \> \textsl{test}
-
-\erroronpage{909}{Abs.2, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{2}
-F"uge ein Komma vor "`ob"' ein.
-
-\erroronpage{918}{Abs.-1, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{2}
-F"uge ein Komma vor "`wird"' ein.
-
-
-\erroronpage{918}{Abs.-1, Z.4}{FMi}{2006/09/23}{2}
-Ersetze:  "`und alle Prozesse angehalten. "'
-\>        "`und \u{die Verarbeitung} angehalten."'
-
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Anhang B}
-
-\erroronpage{925}{Abs.-2, Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
-F"uge ein Komma vor "`\textit{geben Sie}"' ein.
-
-\erroronpage{960}{Abs.-2, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
-Der Punkt am Ende des Absatzes fehlt.
-
-\erroronpage{969}{Abs.-3, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
-Ersetze das \> dass
-
-\erroronpage{971}{Abs.1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
-Ersetze einen \> ein
-
-\erroronpage{973}{Abs.1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
-Ersetze Seite 973 \> dieser Seite
-
-\erroronpage{973}{Abs.5, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
-Ersetze \TeX{}war \> \TeX\ war
-
-\erroronpage{977}{Z.3}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
-Entferne das Komma vor "`\textit{wurde}"'.
-
-\erroronpage{977}{Z.5}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
-Entferne das Komma vor "`als"'.
-
-\erroronpage{980}{Abs.1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
-F"uge ein Komma nach "`wird"' ein.
-
-\erroronpage{987}{Abs.-2, Z.5}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
-F"uge ein Komma vor "`wobei"' ein.
-
-\erroronpage{988}{Abs.-1, Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
-F"uge ein Komma vor "`gilt"' ein.
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Anhang C}
-
-\erroronpage{998}{Abs.2, Z.5}{FMi}{2006/09/12}{2}
-Ersetze: Abbildung C.\u{2} \> Abbildung C.\u{1}
-
-\erroronpage{998}{Abs.-1, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
-Streiche das Komma vor "`ausgew"ahlt"'.
-
-\erroronpage{1001}{Bsp.1, Z.1}{SNe}{2009/05/10}{s}
-Ersetze "\texttt{wgetftp}"' \> "`\texttt{wget ftp}"'
-
-\erroronpage{1003}{Abs.-1, Z.5/6}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
-Streiche eines der beiden Worte "`eingeblendet"'.
-
-\erroronpage{1004}{\textbf{esc:}}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
-Ersetze Kalanien \> Katalonien
-
-\erroronpage{1005}{\textbf{fra:}}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
-Ersetze Orleans \> Orl\'{e}ans
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Bibliographie}
-
-\erroronpage{1017}{[57]}{RHe}{2006/06/07}{2}
-Ersetzte Erl\"auterung durch: "`Die 
-\u{englische} erste Ausgabe dieses Buches."'
-
-\erroronpage{1017/1018}{[58]}{FMi}{2009/08/01}{s}
-Eintrag sollte auf die zweite (aktuelle) Ausgabe verweisen.
-(Ab dem korrigierten Nachdruck von 2010 befindet sich [58] ganz auf seite 1018.)
-
-\erroronpage{1019}{[67], Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
-Schreibe "`Sprachengetrennt"' getrennt.
-
-\erroronpage{1019}{[71]}{RHe}{2006/06/07}{2}
-   streiche "`international"; ISO ist per se international
-
-\erroronpage{1020}{[74]}{FMi}{2006/09/18}{2}
-  Füge ``Lars Hellstr\"om'' als Autor hinzu. Datum ``Dezember 2004''
-
-\erroronpage{1025}{[116,  Z.\ 2]}{RHe}{2006/06/07}{2}
-   Vergleich mit "`(eben)so \dots{} setzen kann, wie sonst \dots{}"' 
-erfordert Komma
- 
-\erroronpage{1026}{[127], Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
-F"uge ein Komma vor "`welche"' ein.
-
-\erroronpage{1026}{[128]}{FMi}{2005/11/07}{2}
-  Der Titel lautet: ``E-\TeX: Guidelines for Future \TeX{} Extensions''.
-
-\erroronpage{1028}{[140], Z.2}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
-F"uge ein Komma vor "`die auf"' ein.
-
-\erroronpage{1028}{[140], Z.-5}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
-Ersetze Tinagh \> Tifinagh
-
-
-\erroronpage{1030}{[162]-[163]}{FMi/RKo}{2005/11/11}{2}
-
-   Leider ist Th\`anhs Name falsch geschrieben (Akzente) . Die
-  korrekte Schreibweise ist "`H\`an Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}}
-  Th\`anh"'.
-
-\erroronpage{1030}{[159]-[163]}{FMi/RKo}{2005/11/11}{}
-
-  "`Han"' ist der Familienname, müsste also korrekterweise unter H
-  einsortiert werden (letzteres lässt sich aber nur schwer korrigieren, da
-  wegen der gänderten Nummerierung dann nahezu das gesamte Buch neu gesetzt
-  werden müsste).
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Index}
-
-
-\erroronpage{1033}{2. Absatz, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/01/05}{2}
-Die Abkürzung NFSS sollte \textsf{NFSS} geschrieben werden.
-
-
-\erroronpage{1040}{rechte Spalte, Zeile 8}{BvdW}{2014/02/19}{}
-\verb=\AskOption= (ohne das ``s'' am Ende, siehe Errata Seite 2 zu Kapitel 2)
-
-
-
-\iffalse Nicht wirklich, aber auch nicht schoen so ... mal sehen
-
-\erroronpage{1068}{"`Gleichheits- und Relationszeichen"'}{MSch}{2005/12/31}{}
-  Die beiden Einträge zu Gleichheits- und Relationszeichen sind durch
-  die Verwendung unterschiedlicher Trennzeichen falsch sortiert;
-  vertausche "`negierte, mathematische Symbole"' und "`mathematische
-  Symbole"'.
-\fi
-
-
-
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Biographien}
-
-\erroronpage{1129}{Abs. 2, Z.3}{SZi}{2005/11/24}{2} 
-  l"osche g aus Dok\u{g}umente
-
-\end{erratalist}
-
-
-\setcounter{collectmore}{3}
-
-\begin{multicols}{3}[Dank an alle die Fehler oder Auslassungen
-   gemeldet haben. Gelistet sind jeweils die Personen die ein Problem
-   zuerst entdeckt haben. Einige Fehler wurden im englischen Original
-   gefunden, weshalb auch ein paar Namen ohne Fehlerzahl auftauchen.]
-\contributor{AFe}{Alfonso Fernandez-Vazquez}
-\contributor{BvdW}{Berend G. van der Wall}
-\contributor{CBe}{Claudio Beccari}
-\contributor{ChB}{Christof B\"ockler}
-\contributor{DAl}{Daniel Alonso i Alemany}
-\contributor{DIs}{Daniel Isaacson}
-\contributor{ESt}{Eckhard Stein}
-\contributor{FMi}{Frank Mittelbach}
-\contributor{HjG}{Hubert G\"a\ss lein}
-\contributor{JAn}{Jacques Andr\'e}
-\contributor{JBez}{Javier Bezos}
-\contributor{JMa}{Jens Mandavid}
-\contributor{JS}{Joachim Schrod}
-\contributor{LHe}{Lars Hellstr\"om}
-\contributor{MHo}{Morten H\o gholm}
-\contributor{MLi}{Martin Liebmann}
-\contributor{MSch}{Michael Schutte}
-\contributor{PEb}{Paul Ebermann}
-\contributor{RHe}{Ralf Heckmann}
-\contributor{RKo}{Reinhard Kotucha}
-\contributor{RSi}{Roman Sigg}
-\contributor{SNe}{Stefan Neuhaus}
-\contributor{SZi}{Stefan Ziesemer}
-\contributor{TNdz}{Timo Niedenzu} 
-\contributor{VVo}{Vladimir Volovich}
-\contributor{YiL}{Yiannis Lazarides}
-\end{multicols}
-
-
-Sollten Sie einen weiteren Fehler entdecken, melden Sie diesen bitte an
-\begin{quote}\ttfamily
-  frank.mittelbach@latex-project.org
-\end{quote}
-wenn möglich gleich in der für diese Datei benötigte Form, d.h.
-\begin{flushleft}
-|\erroronpage{|\textit{Seitennummr}|}{|\textit{Zeilenidentifikation}|}{|%
-   \textit{Initialen}|}{|\textit{JJJJ/MM/DD}|}{}| \\
-   \hspace*{2em}\textit{Beschreibung des Fehlers}
-\end{flushleft}
-Hier ist ein Beispiel:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\erroronpage{5}{Abs.3, Z.1}{MOs}{2005/09/01}{}
-   Ersetze: "`LaTeX"' \> "`\LaTeX{}"' 
-\end{verbatim}
-Die Verwendung von Babelkommandos (etwa |"`|) ist möglich, aber Umlaute
-sollten möglichst nicht als 8-bit Zeichen eingegeben werden (also besser |"a|
-oder |\"a|) um Probleme mit der Kodierung zu verhindern.
-
-\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lb2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lb2.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index abb0124d357..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lb2.pdf
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/legal.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/legal.txt
index a82b14877d5..8e7c8f43907 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/legal.txt
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/legal.txt
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ in the file lppl.txt.
 The latest version of this license is in
    https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
 and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
-version 2005/12/01 or later.
+version 2008 or later.
 
 The use of LaTeX is unrestricted.
 
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/letter.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/letter.pdf
index dd5180e50d9..ce8635ed1a7 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/letter.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/letter.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lgc2.err b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lgc2.err
deleted file mode 100644
index 043c56d7528..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lgc2.err
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,697 +0,0 @@
-\newcommand\erratafiledate{2008-06-13}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% To produce a printed version of this errata file run this file through
-% LaTeX. It will unpack a small class file (if not already present) and
-% a configuration file with the extension .cfg. You might want to modify
-% the setting in this configuration file to print only a partial errata
-% suitable for your printed revision of this book, see details in the
-% .cfg file.
-%
-% The current version of this file can be found at:
-%
-%    https://www.latex-project.org/guides/books.html
-%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-\begin{filecontents}{ttcterrata.cls}
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 1997,2004,2005,2007 Frank Mittelbach
-%% This class file is licenced under LPPL latest version; 
-%% see https://www.latex-project.org/lppl
-%
-%
-% It sets up a few commands used to format the errata entries for books in the
-% Addison-Wesley Series:
-%
-%    Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting
-%
-% hence the name. However, anybody who likes to use it is free to apply it for
-% errata files of other books. 
-%
-% Changes:
-%
-% v1.0a - changed name from errata.cls to ttcterrata.cls
-
-\ProvidesClass{ttcterrata}
-  [2007/11/10 v1.0a Mini class for errata files; subject to change (FMi)]
-
-\LoadClass{article}
-
-\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1}
-\addtolength\textwidth{5cm}
-\addtolength\oddsidemargin{-3cm}
-
-\addtolength\textheight{36pt}
-
-\RequirePackage{shortvrb}
-\MakeShortVerb{\|}
-
-\RequirePackage{array,longtable}
-\RequirePackage{multicol}
-
-
-\newcommand\erratagetnumber{}
-\def\erratagetnumber#1/#2/#3\erratagetnumber{#1#2#3}
-
-
-\newcommand\gobbleerrata{%
-  \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup
-     \let\endgobble\egroup
-     \let\hideamp\relax
-     \let\\\relax\let\par\@@par}
-
-\newcommand*\hideamp{&}
-
-\let\endgobble\relax
-
-
-\newcommand\erratastartdate{}
-\newcommand\myprinting{1}
-
-
-\newcommand\doweprint[2]{%
-  \ifnum \myprinting < \if!#2!1000 \else \ifx s#2 1000\else#2 \fi\fi
-   \ifnum \expandafter\erratagetnumber\erratastartdate\erratagetnumber <
-          \erratagetnumber#1\erratagetnumber \relax
-     \@tempswatrue
-   \else
-     \@tempswafalse
-   \fi
-  \else
-    \@tempswafalse
-  \fi
-}
-
-
-
-\newcommand\includedentries{entries after = \erratastartdate}
-\newcommand\printedentries{between \erratastartdate\space and}
-
-\newcommand\showallerrors{%
- \renewcommand\includedentries{all errata entries}%
- \renewcommand\printedentries{up to}
- \renewcommand\doweprint[2]{\@tempswatrue}}
-
-
-\newcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{%
-    \if!#2!\textbf{#1}\else\textit{#1}\rlap{\textsuperscript{#2}}\fi}
-
-\newcommand\norevisionnumbers{%
-  \renewcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{\textbf{##1}}}
-
-\IfFileExists{\jobname.cfg}
-  {
-   \input{\jobname.cfg}
-   \typeout{***************************************************}
-   \typeout{*}
-   \typeout{* Configuration file for \jobname.err found }
-   \typeout{*}
-   \typeout{***************************************************}
-  \AtEndDocument{
-   \typeout{***************************************************}
-   \typeout{*}
-   \typeout{* If you wish to generate an errata listing}
-   \typeout{* containing only errors found after a certain revision}
-   \typeout{* and/or only errors found after a certain date}
-   \typeout{* modify the information stored in \jobname.cfg}
-   \typeout{*}
-   \typeout{* Current settings are:}
-   \typeout{*}
-   \typeout{* \@spaces  printing of your book = \myprinting}
-   \typeout{* \@spaces  include \includedentries}
-   \typeout{*}
-   \typeout{***************************************************}
-  }}
-  {}
-
-%% \erroronpage <page> <line info> <contributor> <date> <fixed in revision>
-
-\newcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
-   \endgobble
-   \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
-   \if@tempswa
-     \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-   \else
-     \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-     \expandafter\gobbleerrata
-   \fi
-   \hideamp \\%
-   \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
-   \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
-}
-
-\newcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{%
-   \endgobble
-   \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
-   \if@tempswa
-     \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-   \else
-     \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-     \expandafter\gobbleerrata
-   \fi
-   \hideamp \\%
-   \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill
-   \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
-   \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
-}
-
-\newcommand\CHAPTER[1]{\endgobble
-  &\\[4pt]%
-  \multicolumn{4}{l}{\framebox[10cm][l]{\textbf{\normalsize\strut#1}}} \\}
-
-\newenvironment{erratalist}
-  {\begin{longtable}{r>{\raggedright}p{2cm}l>{\raggedright}p{10cm}l}}
-  {\endgobble\end{longtable}}
-
-\newcommand\erratatitle[2]
-  {\begin{center}\LARGE\bfseries
-      Errata list for #1\\[5pt](\myprinting.\ printing)\\[10pt]
-      \small Includes all entries found \printedentries\space #2\\
-      (For other periods/print runs reprocess this document
-      with different config settings)
-   \end{center}%
-   \markright{Errata for #1 (\printedentries\space #2)}%
-   \thispagestyle{plain}%
-   \vspace{20pt}}
-
-\pagestyle{myheadings}
-
-\AtBeginDocument{\small}
-
-\setlength\parindent{0pt}
-\setlength\parskip{2pt}
-
-\newcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{\sffamily#1} #2\par}
-
-% some special shortcuts overwriting existing commands:
-
-\let\u\underline 
-\renewcommand\>{$\to$}
-
-%%% some code suggested by Thorsten Hansen to count the number of
-%%% contributions by individuals (will work only if we do not get
-%%% too many :-)
-
-\def\count@contributors#1/#2/#3\@nil{
-   \@ifundefined{c@#1}{\newcounter{#1}}{}\stepcounter{#1}%
-%%%   also count secondary:
-%%%   \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\newcounter{#2}}{}\stepcounter{#2}% 
-}
-
-\renewcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
-   \count@contributors#3/secondary/\@nil
-   \endgobble
-   \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
-   \if@tempswa
-     \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-   \else
-     \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-     \expandafter\gobbleerrata
-   \fi
-   \hideamp \\%
-   \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
-   \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
-}
- 
-\renewcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{%
-   \count@contributors#3/secondary/\@nil
-   \endgobble
-   \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
-   \if@tempswa
-     \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-   \else
-     \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-     \expandafter\gobbleerrata
-   \fi
-   \hideamp \\%
-   \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill
-   \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
-   \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
-}
-
-\renewcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{%
-  \sffamily#1} #2\@ifundefined{c@#1}{}{ (\arabic{#1})}\par} 
-
-\end{filecontents}
-
-
-\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.cfg}
-%
-%
-% Configuration file for the errata listing of 
-%
-%  The LaTeX Graphics Companion, Second Edition
-%
-%
-% \erratastartdate 
-%
-% Specifies the date from which on errata entries should be listed.
-%
-% The format is YYYY/MM/DD.
-%
-% The default below ensures that all entries for a particular
-% printing are typeset.
-%
-
-\renewcommand\erratastartdate{2007/06/30}
-
-
-%
-% \myprinting
-%
-% Specifies which (revised) printing you own. For example, if you
-%    have the second printing set this to 2 so that errors already
-%    corrected in that printing will not appear in your errata
-%    listing.
-%
-% The default below ensures that all entries relevant to the x-th
-%    printing are typeset. 
-%    
-%
-
-\renewcommand\myprinting{2}
-
-%
-% \norevisionnumbers
-%
-% Specifies that all page numbers in the errata are shown in the same
-%    format (bold face) irregardless of whether or not they are fixed
-%    in some revision. The default is to print corrected errors in
-%    italic and add the revision number as a superscript.
-
-%
-% \showallerrors
-%
-% With this command you tell the program that all errata entries are
-%    supposed to be generated. This makes \myprinting and
-%    \erratastartdate basically obsolete so this isn't turned on by
-%    default.
-%
-%
-\endinput
-\end{filecontents}
-
-
-\documentclass{ttcterrata}[2005/11/10]  % we want new class
-
-\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-\let\u\underline          % shortcut for this file
-\newcommand\meta[1]{$\langle$\textit{#1\/}$\rangle$}
-
-\usepackage{textcomp}
-
-\usepackage{url}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\erratatitle{The \LaTeX{} Graphics Companion, Second Edition}{\erratafiledate}
-
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-@book(A-W:GMRRV07,
-   author = {Michel Goossens and Frank Mittelbach and Sebastian Rahtz
-             and Denis Roegel and Herbert Vo{\ss}},
-   title = {The {\LaTeX} Graphics Companion},
-   edition = 2,
-   series =    {Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting},
-   publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
-   address   = {Boston, Massachusetts},
-   year = 2007,
-   pagenums = {976},
-   bibliography = {yes},
-   index = {yes},
-   isbn = {978-0-321-50892-8},
-)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\begin{list}{}{\setlength\leftmargin{0cm}\setlength\rightmargin{3cm}}
-\item[]
-
-This file (\texttt{\jobname.err}) can be found as part of the \LaTeX{}
-distribution and its latest version is maintained on the \LaTeX{}
-project site at \texttt{https://www.latex-project.org/help/books/\jobname.err}
-where you will also find extracts of the book.
-
-The first column in the table shows the page number of the errata
-entry.  Superscript numbers in the first column refer to the printed
-revision in which this entry was corrected (\textit{s} indicates a
-correction in the sources only). The second
-column gives the precise location (negative line or paragraph numbers
-are counted from the bottom of the page). The third column shows the
-first finder of the problem.
-
-You can customize this list to only show errata related to the printing
-you own by changing the configuration in the file \texttt{\jobname.cfg}.
-
-\begin{center}
-  \Large \bfseries  To Err is Human --- Bug Contest
-\end{center}
-
-Any mistake found and reported is a gain for all readers of our book.
-For this reason Addison-Wesley and the authors offer a prize (for 6 
-periods) to the eligible person who finds the largest
-number of bugs during that period (in case of a draw a random choice
-will be made between all those with the largest number of findings).
-A person can receive at most one prize, ever; errors found by any of
-the authors do not count.
-
-Each prize is a free choice of any single computing book found on the
-AW Professional web site \texttt{http://www.awprofessional.com} (that
-is, no boxed sets or multiple volume offers).
-
-
-As usual, the authors and publisher reserve the right to make various
-decisions such as whether a reported feature is an error for
-competitive purposes or whether similar features count as a single or
-multiple errors.  --- 
-Good luck!
-
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{clr}
-Contest period ends & Winner \\[4pt]
-2008/05 & Milan Vujtek            &  16 suggestions\\
-2010/05 &                         & \\
-\ldots
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{list}
-
-\newpage
-
-
-%<--------------------------
-
-\newcommand\BibTeX{\textsc{Bib}\TeX}
-
-\begin{erratalist}
-
-\CHAPTER{General  }
-
-\seriouserroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2007/07/01}{}
-
-   To help you in assessing this errata document we have placed
-   exclamation marks in front of each entry that we consider essential
-   for correctly understanding the book contents.
-   
-\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2007/07/01}{} 
-   
-   Due to the printing process there may be small alignment problems
-   between blue and black text on some pages. These can vary from book
-   to book depending on how the paper was handled between print
-   runs---such is the analog nature of printing on a press.
-
-\CHAPTER{Front matter}
-
-\erroronpage{xxix}{para 4, l.1}{FMi/hv}{2007/08/23}{2}
-Add ``In case of \textsf{PSTricks} \u{and, for example, the \textsf{beamer}
-class} the syntax \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{xxix}{para 5, code}{FMi}{2007/08/24}{2}
-There should be a bit more space in front  of the code block
-
-\CHAPTER{Chapter 1}
-
-\erroronpage{2}{para 3, l.1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2}
- ``First.'' \> ``First,''
-
-\CHAPTER{Chapter 2}
-
-\CHAPTER{Chapter 3}
-
-\CHAPTER{Chapter 4}
-
-\seriouserroronpage{152}{exa 4-1-15}{HjG}{2007/08/17}{2}
-  Output of example is missing! Oops \ldots\ it was there honest
-
-\erroronpage{177}{para 2, l.1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} 
-Missing interword space: ``Flowcharts\u{ }are''
-
-\CHAPTER{Chapter 5}
-
-
-\erroronpage{221}{last line}{RSh}{2008/02/13}{2}
-``down'' should be ``up''.
-
-\erroronpage{223}{}{hv}{2008/02/22}{2}
-Changed explanation for example 5-4-1 slightly (since example changed).
-
-\erroronpage{224}{exa. 5-4-1}{hv}{2008/02/22}{2}
-Coding changed to:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{pspicture}(-1,-1)(2,2)
-  \psaxes{->}(0,0)(-1,-1)(2,2)
-  \parabola[linewidth=1.5pt](1,2)(-0.5,-0.5)
-  \parabola[origin={0.25,-0.5},
-            linestyle=dashed](1,2)(-0.5,-0.5)
-  \psaxes[origin={0.25,-0.5},linestyle=dashed,
-    linewidth=0.2pt]{->}(0,0)(-1,-1)(2,2)
-\end{pspicture}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\erroronpage{240}{para 4, l.8}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} 
-Remove  backslash in:
- ``keyword setting \verb/\showpoints=true/''
-
-\erroronpage{254}{Ex 5-9-1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{} 
-The blue circle shouldn't be visible behind the black circle. This is a
-problem due to the printing process used for the book---it does not show up on
-all books.
-
-\erroronpage{290}{Ex 5-13-22}{MSh}{2008/06/11}{2}
-Inside |\pscustom| the |\psbezier| macro needs four arguments in case
-there exists no current point (always for the first macro) and three
-arguments if the bezier curve connects to an existing line
-or curve (path).
-
-\CHAPTER{Chapter 6}
-
-\erroronpage{335}{para 5, l.4}{JMi}{2008/06/23}{2}
-``\ldots{} summarized in \u{Table} 5.2 \ldots" \> ``\ldots{} summarized in 
-\u{Figure} 5.2 \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{406}{margin}{hv}{2007/08/20}{2}
-  Missing interword space:
-  ``The\u{ }plotpoints \ldots''.
-
-\erroronpage{416}{exa 6-6-34}{hv}{2007/08/20}{2}
-  The filling (crosshatch) of the example isn't quite correct.
-
-\erroronpage{458}{para 2, l.1}{HjG}{2007/08/17}{2}
-  Missing interword space:
-  ``The\u{ }\textsf{pst-pdf} package \dots''
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Chapter 7}
-
-\erroronpage{491}{2nd line}{yhj}{2008/01/06}{2}
-The name of author of xytree package should be ``Koaunghi Un''
-but not ``Koaungli Un''. Sorry for the mistake.
-
-\CHAPTER{Chapter 8}
-
-\erroronpage{514}{tab. 8.3}{FMi}{2008/012/21}{2} 
-Slightly increase spacing after hline.
-
-\erroronpage{515}{tab. 8.4}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} 
-There should be vertical spacing in the first line (superscript $10^{24}$
-touches top line)
-
-\seriouserroronpage{579}{para 2, l.3}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} 
- \verb=\ln= \>  \verb=\nl= (this will also change the index entry)
-
-\erroronpage{583}{para 4, l.9}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} 
-Replace: ``of the voltage $V_C$'' \> ``of the voltage $v_C$''
-
-\CHAPTER{Chapter 9}
-
-\erroronpage{598/599}{several}{FMi}{2007/08/19}{2}
- The text and the displayed logs talk about example 7-2-6 but afterwards two
- more chapters got added (without the logs being regenerated), i.e., this
- should now be 9-2-6.
-
-\CHAPTER{Chapter 10}
-
-\seriouserroronpage{683}{exa. 10-1-22}{FMi}{2007/08/26}{2}
-The example unfortunately highlights a bug in the current texmate package: a
-linebreak (in contrast to a space) is not recognized as a move separator
-resulting in all moves getting scrambled in the output, e.g., you see
-\texttt{dxe5 Bxf3 Qxf5} put together under move 4.
-
-Fix: use \texttt{;} to separate moves on linebreaks or wait for the next
-release of the package.
-
-\CHAPTER{Chapter 11}
-
-\erroronpage{720}{6th item}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2}
-Replace: ``documentwide'' \> ``\u{D}ocumentwide''
-
-\erroronpage{726}{para 2, l.2}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} 
-Extra space after
-parenthesis: ``( in practice''
-
-\erroronpage{740}{para 2, l.1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} 
-Replace: ``given
-by \textit{start\u{ row}}'' \> ``given by \textit{start} row''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{741}{Ex 11-3-5}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} 
-Usage of
-\verb=\cellcolor= might introduce extra space in the output (as one can see in
-the example).
-
-This can be argued as being a bug in the \texttt{colortbl} package. Given that the
-basic \verb=\color= command ignores spaces after it, \verb=\cellcolor= should
-behave similarly.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{744}{line after Ex 11-3-9}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} 
-Replace: ``This does \u{not}, of course, affect'' \>
-``This does, of course, \u{also} affect''
-
-\erroronpage{758}{para 3, l.2}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} 
-Add small space between values and units in frame dimension
-
-\erroronpage{760}{fig. 11.1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2}
-
-why differs section names (``Introduction to encoding'' vs. ``Introduction''
-etc.)?
-
-Frank: because the author of this section used a real live example where he had
-used an optional argument to |\section| to make the toc have special text for
-some reason (should be mentioned in the source though).
-
-\erroronpage{774}{2nd snytax box}{hv}{2009/05/8}{2} 
-The |\transduration| command takes ``time in seconds'' as mandatory argument
-(and not ``key/vals'')
-
-\erroronpage{779}{para 3, l.1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} 
-``in not shown''\>
-``\u{is} not shown''
-
-\erroronpage{794}{exa 11--4-36}{hv}{2009/05/12}{2} 
-Replace ``pic2e'' \> ``pic\u{t}2e'' in output, corresponding input not
-displayed in the book.
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Appendix A}
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Appendix B}
-
-\erroronpage{809}{para -1, l.-1}{HjG}{2007/08/17}{2}
-  Missing interword space before opening parenthesis:
-  ``\dots \texttt{faq}\u{ }(or \dots''
-
-
-Frank: actually there is nothing missing in the source. It is a deficiency of
-the fonts.
-
-\CHAPTER{Appendix C}
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Bibliography}
-
-\erroronpage{822}{entry [32]}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} 
-Use capital C in ``Lecture Notes in computer Science''
-
-\erroronpage{823}{entry [35]}{JPFD}{2007/09/05}{2}
-  The author name ``Eitan M. Gurai'' should be ``Eitan M. Gurari''.
-
-\erroronpage{824}{entry [47]}{GTa}{2010/02/10}{}
-  An updated version of the manual can be downloaded from
-  \url{https://www.tug.org/docs/metapost/mpman.pdf}
-
-\erroronpage{825}{entry [50]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} 
-Use capital C in ``Lecture Notes in computer Science''
-
-\erroronpage{826}{entry [59]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} 
-  Add web url: \url{http://archiv.dante.de/DTK/PDF/komoedie_2002_1.pdf}
-
-\erroronpage{826}{entry [60]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} 
-    Add web url: \url{http://archiv.dante.de/DTK/PDF/komoedie_2002_2.pdf}
-
- \erroronpage{828}{entry [60]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} 
-    Add web url: ``Sample chapter
-  at: \url{https://www.latex-project.org/help/books/}''
-
- \erroronpage{829/830}{editorial change}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} 
-    Page breaks changed due to other changes
-
-\erroronpage{833}{entry [128]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} 
-  Url changed to: \url{obsolete/graphics/pstricks/doc/code/pst-code.pdf}
-
-
-\erroronpage{833}{entry [129]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} 
-  Url changed to:   \url{macros/generic/multido/}
-
-
-\erroronpage{833}{entry [135]}{ADo}{2008/01/02}{2}
-An ``s'' is missing in ``using'' (end of the first line of comment)
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Index}
-
- \erroronpage{856/860/866}{editorial change}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} 
-    changed index entries due to changes above
-
-\erroronpage{886}{col.2, l.-7}{GTa}{2010/02/10}{}
- image(METAPOST) should also reference example on p.145
-
- \erroronpage{891}{editorial change}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} 
-    changed index entries due to changes above
-
- \erroronpage{910/911}{editorial change}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} 
-    changed index entries due to changes above
-
- \erroronpage{925}{editorial change}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2}
-    changed index entries due to changes above
-
-\end{erratalist}
-
-
-\setcounter{collectmore}{3}
-
-\begin{multicols}{3}[Thanks to all who have found errors or
-   omissions. Listed are the people who found an errata entry first.]
-\contributor{ADo}{Alain Dondelinger}
-\contributor{FMi}{Frank Mittelbach}
-\contributor{GTa}{Gr\'egoire Taviot}
-\contributor{HjG}{Hubert G\"a\ss lein}
-\contributor{JPFD}{Jean-Pierre Drucbert}
-\contributor{JMi}{John Middlekauff}
-\contributor{MSh}{Michael Sharpe}
-\contributor{MiV}{Milan Vujtek}
-\contributor{RSh}{Richard Shepard}
-\contributor{hv}{Herbert Vo\ss}
-\contributor{yhj}{You Hyun Jo}
-\end{multicols}
-
-
-Other people have sent us corrections for errors already found.
-Thanks to all of you!
-
-If you find 
-further 
-errors please report them to one of the authors, e.g.,
-\begin{quote}\ttfamily
-  frank.mittelbach@latex-project.org
-\end{quote}
-preferably in a form usable directly in this file, i.e.,
-\begin{flushleft}
-|\erroronpage{|\textit{page-number}|}{|\textit{line-identification}|}{|%
-   \textit{your-initials}|}{|\textit{date}|}{}| \\
-   \hspace*{2em}\textit{description of the the erratum}
-\end{flushleft}
-Here is an example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\erroronpage{5}{para 3, l.1}{MOs}{2007/07/01}{}
-   ``LaTeX'' should be typeset ``\LaTeX''.
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\end{document}
-
-
->  > In addition, with regards to content of Section 8.1 it would be nice
->  > to use Roman ``d'' in integrands in examples 3-2-3, 3-5-83, 3-5-84,
->  > 5-12-21, 6-5-6 and 6-5-11.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lgc2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lgc2.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 527b395a254..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lgc2.pdf
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lppl.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lppl.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index e9e561140ef..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lppl.pdf
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lppl.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lppl.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index bf0da5c7bb6..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lppl.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,511 +0,0 @@
-%
-% Copyright 1999 2002-2011 LaTeX3 Project
-%    Everyone is allowed to distribute verbatim copies of this
-%    license document, but modification of it is not allowed.
-%
-%
-% If you wish to load it as part of a ``doc'' source, you have to
-% ensure that a) % is a comment character and b) that short verb
-% characters are being turned off, i.e.,
-%
-%   \DeleteShortVerb{\'}   % or whatever was made a shorthand
-%   \MakePercentComment
-%   \input{lppl}
-%   \MakePercentIgnore
-%   \MakeShortVerb{\'}     % turn it on again if necessary
-%
-%
-% By default the license is produced with \section* as the highest
-% heading level. If this is not appropriate for the document in which
-% it is included define the commands listed below before loading this
-% document, e.g., for inclusion as a separate chapter define:
-%
-%  \providecommand{\LPPLsection}{\chapter*}
-%  \providecommand{\LPPLsubsection}{\section*}
-%  \providecommand{\LPPLsubsubsection}{\subsection*}
-%  \providecommand{\LPPLparagraph}{\subsubsection*}
-%
-% 
-% To allow cross-referencing the headings \label's have been attached
-% to them, all starting with ``LPPL:''. As by default headings without
-% numbers are produced, this will only allow page references.
-% However, you can use the titleref package to produce textual
-% references or you change the definitions of \LPPLsection, and
-% friends to generated numbered headings.
-%
-%
-% We want it to be possible that this file can be processed by
-% (pdf)LaTeX on its own, or that this file can be included in another
-% LaTeX document without any modification whatsoever.
-% Hence the little test below.
-%
-%
-\makeatletter
-\ifx\@preamblecmds\@notprerr
-  % In this case the preamble has already been processed so this file
-  % is loaded as part of another document; just enclose everything in
-  % a group
-  \let\LPPLicense\bgroup
-  \let\endLPPLicense\egroup
-\else
-  % In this case the preamble has not been processed yet so this file
-  % is processed by itself.
-  \documentclass{article}
-  \let\LPPLicense\document
-  \let\endLPPLicense\enddocument
-\fi
-\makeatother
-
-
-\begin{LPPLicense}
-  \providecommand{\LPPLsection}{\section*}
-  \providecommand{\LPPLsubsection}{\subsection*}
-  \providecommand{\LPPLsubsubsection}{\subsubsection*}
-  \providecommand{\LPPLparagraph}{\paragraph*}
-  \providecommand*{\LPPLfile}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
-  \providecommand*{\LPPLdocfile}[1]{`\LPPLfile{#1.tex}'}
-  \providecommand*{\LPPL}{\textsc{lppl}}
-
-  \LPPLsection{The \LaTeX\ Project Public License}
-  \label{LPPL:LPPL}
-
-  \emph{LPPL Version 1.3c  2008-05-04}
-
-  \textbf{Copyright 1999, 2002--2008 \LaTeX3 Project}
-  \begin{quotation}
-    Everyone is allowed to distribute verbatim copies of this
-    license document, but modification of it is not allowed.
-  \end{quotation}
-
-  \LPPLsubsection{Preamble}
-  \label{LPPL:Preamble}
-  
-  The \LaTeX\ Project Public License (\LPPL) is the primary license
-  under which the \LaTeX\ kernel and the base \LaTeX\ packages are
-  distributed.
-
-  You may use this license for any work of which you hold the
-  copyright and which you wish to distribute.  This license may be
-  particularly suitable if your work is \TeX-related (such as a
-  \LaTeX\ package), but it is written in such a way that you can use 
-  it even if your work is unrelated to \TeX.
-
-  The section `WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS
-  LICENSE', below, gives instructions, examples, and recommendations
-  for authors who are considering distributing their works under this
-  license.
-
-  This license gives conditions under which a work may be distributed
-  and modified, as well as conditions under which modified versions of
-  that work may be distributed.
-
-  We, the \LaTeX3 Project, believe that the conditions below give you
-  the freedom to make and distribute modified versions of your work
-  that conform with whatever technical specifications you wish while
-  maintaining the availability, integrity, and reliability of that
-  work.  If you do not see how to achieve your goal while meeting
-  these conditions, then read the document \LPPLdocfile{cfgguide} and
-  \LPPLdocfile{modguide} in the base \LaTeX\ distribution for suggestions.
-
-
-  \LPPLsubsection{Definitions}
-  \label{LPPL:Definitions}
-
-  In this license document the following terms are used:
-
-  \begin{description}
-  \item[Work] Any work being distributed under this License.
-
-  \item[Derived Work] Any work that under any applicable law is
-    derived from the Work.
-
-  \item[Modification] Any procedure that produces a Derived Work under
-    any applicable law -- for example, the production of a file
-    containing an original file associated with the Work or a
-    significant portion of such a file, either verbatim or with
-    modifications and/or translated into another language.
-
-  \item[Modify] To apply any procedure that produces a Derived Work
-    under any applicable law.
-    
-  \item[Distribution] Making copies of the Work available from one
-    person to another, in whole or in part.  Distribution includes
-    (but is not limited to) making any electronic components of the
-    Work accessible by file transfer protocols such as \textsc{ftp} or
-    \textsc{http} or by shared file systems such as Sun's Network File
-    System (\textsc{nfs}).
-
-  \item[Compiled Work] A version of the Work that has been processed
-    into a form where it is directly usable on a computer system.
-    This processing may include using installation facilities provided
-    by the Work, transformations of the Work, copying of components of
-    the Work, or other activities.  Note that modification of any
-    installation facilities provided by the Work constitutes
-    modification of the Work.
-
-  \item[Current Maintainer] A person or persons nominated as such
-    within the Work.  If there is no such explicit nomination then it
-    is the `Copyright Holder' under any applicable law.
-
-  \item[Base Interpreter] A program or process that is normally needed
-    for running or interpreting a part or the whole of the Work.
-    
-    A Base Interpreter may depend on external components but these are
-    not considered part of the Base Interpreter provided that each
-    external component clearly identifies itself whenever it is used
-    interactively.  Unless explicitly specified when applying the
-    license to the Work, the only applicable Base Interpreter is a
-    `\LaTeX-Format' or in the case of files belonging to the
-    `\LaTeX-format' a program implementing the `\TeX{} language'.
-  \end{description}
-
-  \LPPLsubsection{Conditions on Distribution and Modification}
-  \label{LPPL:Conditions}
-
-  \begin{enumerate}
-  \item Activities other than distribution and/or modification of the
-    Work are not covered by this license; they are outside its scope.
-    In particular, the act of running the Work is not restricted and
-    no requirements are made concerning any offers of support for the
-    Work.
-
-  \item\label{LPPL:item:distribute} You may distribute a complete, unmodified
-    copy of the Work as you received it.  Distribution of only part of
-    the Work is considered modification of the Work, and no right to
-    distribute such a Derived Work may be assumed under the terms of
-    this clause.
-
-  \item You may distribute a Compiled Work that has been generated
-    from a complete, unmodified copy of the Work as distributed under
-    Clause~\ref{LPPL:item:distribute} above, as long as that Compiled Work is
-    distributed in such a way that the recipients may install the
-    Compiled Work on their system exactly as it would have been
-    installed if they generated a Compiled Work directly from the
-    Work.
-
-  \item\label{LPPL:item:currmaint} If you are the Current Maintainer of the
-    Work, you may, without restriction, modify the Work, thus creating
-    a Derived Work.  You may also distribute the Derived Work without
-    restriction, including Compiled Works generated from the Derived
-    Work.  Derived Works distributed in this manner by the Current
-    Maintainer are considered to be updated versions of the Work.
-
-  \item If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may
-    modify your copy of the Work, thus creating a Derived Work based
-    on the Work, and compile this Derived Work, thus creating a
-    Compiled Work based on the Derived Work.
-
-  \item\label{LPPL:item:conditions} If you are not the Current Maintainer 
-    of the
-    Work, you may distribute a Derived Work provided the following
-    conditions are met for every component of the Work unless that
-    component clearly states in the copyright notice that it is exempt
-    from that condition.  Only the Current Maintainer is allowed to
-    add such statements of exemption to a component of the Work.
-    \begin{enumerate}
-    \item If a component of this Derived Work can be a direct
-      replacement for a component of the Work when that component is
-      used with the Base Interpreter, then, wherever this component of
-      the Work identifies itself to the user when used interactively
-      with that Base Interpreter, the replacement component of this
-      Derived Work clearly and unambiguously identifies itself as a
-      modified version of this component to the user when used
-      interactively with that Base Interpreter.
-     
-    \item\label{LPPL:item:changelog} Every component of the Derived Work
-      contains prominent
-      notices detailing the nature of the changes to that component,
-      or a prominent reference to another file that is distributed as
-      part of the Derived Work and that contains a complete and
-      accurate log of the changes.
-  
-    \item No information in the Derived Work implies that any persons,
-      including (but not limited to) the authors of the original
-      version of the Work, provide any support, including (but not
-      limited to) the reporting and handling of errors, to recipients
-      of the Derived Work unless those persons have stated explicitly
-      that they do provide such support for the Derived Work.
-
-    \item\label{LPPL:item:unmodifiedcopy} You distribute at least one of
-      the following with the Derived Work:
-      \begin{enumerate}
-      \item A complete, unmodified copy of the Work; if your
-        distribution of a modified component is made by offering
-        access to copy the modified component from a designated place,
-        then offering equivalent access to copy the Work from the same
-        or some similar place meets this condition, even though third
-        parties are not compelled to copy the Work along with the
-        modified component;
-
-      \item Information that is sufficient to obtain a complete,
-        unmodified copy of the Work.
-      \end{enumerate}
-    \end{enumerate}
-  \item If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may
-    distribute a Compiled Work generated from a Derived Work, as long
-    as the Derived Work is distributed to all recipients of the
-    Compiled Work, and as long as the conditions of
-    Clause~\ref{LPPL:item:conditions}, above, are met with regard to the 
-    Derived Work.
-
-  \item The conditions above are not intended to prohibit, and hence
-    do not apply to, the modification, by any method, of any component
-    so that it becomes identical to an updated version of that
-    component of the Work as it is distributed by the Current
-    Maintainer under Clause~\ref{LPPL:item:currmaint}, above.
-
-  \item Distribution of the Work or any Derived Work in an alternative
-    format, where the Work or that Derived Work (in whole or in part)
-    is then produced by applying some process to that format, does not
-    relax or nullify any sections of this license as they pertain to
-    the results of applying that process.
-     
-  \item 
-    \begin{enumerate}
-    \item A Derived Work may be distributed under a different license
-      provided that license itself honors the conditions listed in
-      Clause~\ref{LPPL:item:conditions} above, in regard to the Work, though it
-      does not have to honor the rest of the conditions in this
-      license.
-      
-    \item If a Derived Work is distributed under a different license,
-      that Derived Work must provide sufficient documentation as part
-      of itself to allow each recipient of that Derived Work to honor
-      the restrictions in Clause~\ref{LPPL:item:conditions} above, concerning
-      changes from the Work.
-    \end{enumerate}
-  \item This license places no restrictions on works that are
-    unrelated to the Work, nor does this license place any
-    restrictions on aggregating such works with the Work by any means.
-
-  \item Nothing in this license is intended to, or may be used to,
-    prevent complete compliance by all parties with all applicable
-    laws.
-  \end{enumerate}
-
-  \LPPLsubsection{No Warranty}
-  \label{LPPL:Warranty}
-
-  There is no warranty for the Work.  Except when otherwise stated in
-  writing, the Copyright Holder provides the Work `as is', without
-  warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, but
-  not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and
-  fitness for a particular purpose.  The entire risk as to the quality
-  and performance of the Work is with you.  Should the Work prove
-  defective, you assume the cost of all necessary servicing, repair,
-  or correction.
-
-  In no event unless required by applicable law or agreed to in
-  writing will The Copyright Holder, or any author named in the
-  components of the Work, or any other party who may distribute and/or
-  modify the Work as permitted above, be liable to you for damages,
-  including any general, special, incidental or consequential damages
-  arising out of any use of the Work or out of inability to use the
-  Work (including, but not limited to, loss of data, data being
-  rendered inaccurate, or losses sustained by anyone as a result of
-  any failure of the Work to operate with any other programs), even if
-  the Copyright Holder or said author or said other party has been
-  advised of the possibility of such damages.
-
-  \LPPLsubsection{Maintenance of The Work}
-  \label{LPPL:Maintenance}
-
-  The Work has the status `author-maintained' if the Copyright Holder
-  explicitly and prominently states near the primary copyright notice
-  in the Work that the Work can only be maintained by the Copyright
-  Holder or simply that it is `author-maintained'.
-
-  The Work has the status `maintained' if there is a Current
-  Maintainer who has indicated in the Work that they are willing to
-  receive error reports for the Work (for example, by supplying a
-  valid e-mail address). It is not required for the Current Maintainer
-  to acknowledge or act upon these error reports.
-
-  The Work changes from status `maintained' to `unmaintained' if there
-  is no Current Maintainer, or the person stated to be Current
-  Maintainer of the work cannot be reached through the indicated means
-  of communication for a period of six months, and there are no other
-  significant signs of active maintenance.
-
-  You can become the Current Maintainer of the Work by agreement with
-  any existing Current Maintainer to take over this role.
-
-  If the Work is unmaintained, you can become the Current Maintainer
-  of the Work through the following steps:
-  \begin{enumerate}
-  \item Make a reasonable attempt to trace the Current Maintainer (and
-    the Copyright Holder, if the two differ) through the means of an
-    Internet or similar search.
-  \item If this search is successful, then enquire whether the Work is
-    still maintained.
-    \begin{enumerate}
-    \item If it is being maintained, then ask the Current Maintainer
-      to update their communication data within one month.
-     
-    \item\label{LPPL:item:intention} If the search is unsuccessful or
-      no action to resume active maintenance is taken by the Current
-      Maintainer, then announce within the pertinent community your
-      intention to take over maintenance.  (If the Work is a \LaTeX{}
-      work, this could be done, for example, by posting to
-      \texttt{comp.text.tex}.)
-    \end{enumerate}
-  \item {}
-    \begin{enumerate}
-    \item If the Current Maintainer is reachable and agrees to pass
-      maintenance of the Work to you, then this takes effect
-      immediately upon announcement.
-     
-    \item\label{LPPL:item:announce} If the Current Maintainer is not
-      reachable and the Copyright Holder agrees that maintenance of
-      the Work be passed to you, then this takes effect immediately
-      upon announcement.
-    \end{enumerate}
-  \item\label{LPPL:item:change} If you make an `intention
-    announcement' as described in~\ref{LPPL:item:intention} above and
-    after three months your intention is challenged neither by the
-    Current Maintainer nor by the Copyright Holder nor by other
-    people, then you may arrange for the Work to be changed so as to
-    name you as the (new) Current Maintainer.
-     
-  \item If the previously unreachable Current Maintainer becomes
-    reachable once more within three months of a change completed
-    under the terms of~\ref{LPPL:item:announce}
-    or~\ref{LPPL:item:change}, then that Current Maintainer must
-    become or remain the Current Maintainer upon request provided they
-    then update their communication data within one month.
-  \end{enumerate}
-  A change in the Current Maintainer does not, of itself, alter the
-  fact that the Work is distributed under the \LPPL\ license.
-
-  If you become the Current Maintainer of the Work, you should
-  immediately provide, within the Work, a prominent and unambiguous
-  statement of your status as Current Maintainer.  You should also
-  announce your new status to the same pertinent community as
-  in~\ref{LPPL:item:intention} above.
-
-  \LPPLsubsection{Whether and How to Distribute Works under This License}
-  \label{LPPL:Distribute}
-
-  This section contains important instructions, examples, and
-  recommendations for authors who are considering distributing their
-  works under this license.  These authors are addressed as `you' in
-  this section.
-
-  \LPPLsubsubsection{Choosing This License or Another License}
-  \label{LPPL:Choosing}
-
-  If for any part of your work you want or need to use
-  \emph{distribution} conditions that differ significantly from those
-  in this license, then do not refer to this license anywhere in your
-  work but, instead, distribute your work under a different license.
-  You may use the text of this license as a model for your own
-  license, but your license should not refer to the \LPPL\ or
-  otherwise give the impression that your work is distributed under
-  the \LPPL.
-
-  The document \LPPLdocfile{modguide} in the base \LaTeX\ distribution
-  explains the motivation behind the conditions of this license.  It
-  explains, for example, why distributing \LaTeX\ under the
-  \textsc{gnu} General Public License (\textsc{gpl}) was considered
-  inappropriate.  Even if your work is unrelated to \LaTeX, the
-  discussion in \LPPLdocfile{modguide} may still be relevant, and authors
-  intending to distribute their works under any license are encouraged
-  to read it.
-
-  \LPPLsubsubsection{A Recommendation on Modification Without Distribution}
-  \label{LPPL:WithoutDistribution}
-
-  It is wise never to modify a component of the Work, even for your
-  own personal use, without also meeting the above conditions for
-  distributing the modified component.  While you might intend that
-  such modifications will never be distributed, often this will happen
-  by accident -- you may forget that you have modified that component;
-  or it may not occur to you when allowing others to access the
-  modified version that you are thus distributing it and violating the
-  conditions of this license in ways that could have legal
-  implications and, worse, cause problems for the community.  It is
-  therefore usually in your best interest to keep your copy of the
-  Work identical with the public one.  Many works provide ways to
-  control the behavior of that work without altering any of its
-  licensed components.
-
-  \LPPLsubsubsection{How to Use This License}
-  \label{LPPL:HowTo}
-
-  To use this license, place in each of the components of your work
-  both an explicit copyright notice including your name and the year
-  the work was authored and/or last substantially modified.  Include
-  also a statement that the distribution and/or modification of that
-  component is constrained by the conditions in this license.
-
-  Here is an example of such a notice and statement:
-\begin{verbatim}
-  %% pig.dtx
-  %% Copyright 2005 M. Y. Name
-  %
-  % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-  % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-  % of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-  % The latest version of this license is in
-  %   https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-  % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-  % version 2005/12/01 or later.
-  %
-  % This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-  % 
-  % The Current Maintainer of this work is M. Y. Name.
-  %
-  % This work consists of the files pig.dtx and pig.ins
-  % and the derived file pig.sty.
-\end{verbatim}
-  
-  Given such a notice and statement in a file, the conditions given in
-  this license document would apply, with the `Work' referring to the
-  three files `\LPPLfile{pig.dtx}', `\LPPLfile{pig.ins}', and
-  `\LPPLfile{pig.sty}' (the last being generated from
-  `\LPPLfile{pig.dtx}' using `\LPPLfile{pig.ins}'), the `Base
-  Interpreter' referring to any `\LaTeX-Format', and both `Copyright
-  Holder' and `Current Maintainer' referring to the person `M. Y.
-  Name'.
-
-  If you do not want the Maintenance section of \LPPL\ to apply to
-  your Work, change `maintained' above into `author-maintained'.
-  However, we recommend that you use `maintained' as the Maintenance
-  section was added in order to ensure that your Work remains useful
-  to the community even when you can no longer maintain and support it
-  yourself.
-
-  \LPPLsubsubsection{Derived Works That Are Not Replacements}
-  \label{LPPL:NotReplacements}
-
-  Several clauses of the \LPPL\ specify means to provide reliability
-  and stability for the user community. They therefore concern
-  themselves with the case that a Derived Work is intended to be used
-  as a (compatible or incompatible) replacement of the original
-  Work. If this is not the case (e.g., if a few lines of code are
-  reused for a completely different task), then clauses
-  \ref{LPPL:item:changelog} and \ref{LPPL:item:unmodifiedcopy}
-  shall not apply.
-
-  \LPPLsubsubsection{Important Recommendations}
-  \label{LPPL:Recommendations}
-
-  \LPPLparagraph{Defining What Constitutes the Work}
-
-  The \LPPL\ requires that distributions of the Work contain all the
-  files of the Work.  It is therefore important that you provide a way
-  for the licensee to determine which files constitute the Work.  This
-  could, for example, be achieved by explicitly listing all the files
-  of the Work near the copyright notice of each file or by using a
-  line such as:
-\begin{verbatim}
-    % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
-\end{verbatim}
-  in that place.  In the absence of an unequivocal list it might be
-  impossible for the licensee to determine what is considered by you
-  to comprise the Work and, in such a case, the licensee would be
-  entitled to make reasonable conjectures as to which files comprise
-  the Work.
-
-\end{LPPLicense}
-\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltclass.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltclass.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 6278a089bc7..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltclass.pdf
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltluatex.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltluatex.pdf
index 1cd87dccf07..11f55bd5456 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltluatex.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltluatex.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.pdf
index 668088b9ba6..b2f519fa0d1 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.tex
index 4429d33f364..3b351448b71 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.tex
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 % \iffalse meta-comment
 %
 % Copyright 2006, 2009, 2011, 2014 Heiko Oberdiek
-% Copyright 2014-2018 The LaTeX3 Project
+% Copyright (C) 2014-2019 The LaTeX3 Project
 % 
 % This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
 % -------------------------------------------
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 % The latest version of this license is in
 %    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
 % and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+% version 2008 or later.
 %
 % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
 %
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
 \ProvidesFile{ltnews.tex}%
   [2015/02/16 v1.4b Master file for ltnews*.tex (LaTeX Project)]
-\providecommand*{\lastissue}{29}
+\providecommand*{\lastissue}{30}
 \InputIfFileExists{ltnews-lastissue.cfg}{}{}
 
 
@@ -67,14 +67,16 @@
 \RequirePackage{lmodern}
 \RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
 \RequirePackage{hologo}
+\RequirePackage{graphicx}
 
 
 \documentclass{ltnews}
 
 \RequirePackage{url,csquotes}
 
-\expandafter
-\DeclareRobustCommand\expandafter*\expandafter\small\expandafter{\small}
+% \small already robust so better not ...
+%\expandafter
+%\DeclareRobustCommand\expandafter*\expandafter\small\expandafter{\small}
 
 \RequirePackage{hyperref}
 \hypersetup{colorlinks}
@@ -182,7 +184,11 @@
             \def\y{|csquotes}%
             \ifx\x\y
             \else
-              \@latex@error{ltnews.tex: \string\usepackage[#1]{#2} found}\@ehc
+              \def\y{|graphicx}%
+              \ifx\x\y
+              \else
+                \@latex@error{ltnews.tex: \string\usepackage[#1]{#2} found}\@ehc
+              \fi
             \fi
           \fi
         \fi
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews01.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews01.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2e0dead7250
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews01.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews01.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews01.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9df213931ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews01.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file. 
+% 
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+% 
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
+% version 2008 or later.
+% 
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% 
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+% 
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution 
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with 
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+% 
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews01.tex
+ 
+% This is issue 1 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass
+%   [type1fonts]
+   {ltnews}
+ 
+\publicationmonth{June}
+\publicationyear{1994}
+\publicationissue{1}
+ 
+\begin{document}
+ 
+\maketitle
+ 
+\section{Welcome to \LaTeXNews}
+ 
+An issue of \emph{\LaTeXNews} will accompany every future release of 
+\LaTeX.  It will tell you about important events, such as major bug 
+fixes, newly available packages, or any other \LaTeX{} news.
+ 
+\section{\LaTeXe---the new \LaTeX{} release}
+ 
+The most important news is the release of \LaTeXe, the new version of
+the \LaTeX{} software.  This version has better support for fonts,
+graphics and colour, and will be actively maintained by the \LaTeX3
+project team.  Upgrades will be issued every six months, in June and 
+December.
+ 
+\section{Why a new \LaTeX?}
+ 
+Over the years many extensions have been developed for \LaTeX. This
+is, of course, a sure sign of its continuing popularity but it has had
+one unfortunate result: incompatible \LaTeX{} formats came into use at
+different sites. Thus, to process documents from various places, a
+site maintainer was forced to keep \LaTeX{} (with and without \NFSS),
+\SLiTeX, \AmSLaTeX, and so on.  In addition, when looking at a source
+file it was not always clear for which format the document was written.
+ 
+To put an end to this unsatisfactory
+situation a new release of \LaTeX{} was produced.
+It brings all such extensions back under a single format and thus
+prevents the proliferation of mutually incompatible dialects of
+\LaTeX~2.09. The new release was available for several months as a
+test version, and the final release of 1~June officially
+replaces the old version.
+ 
+\section{Processing documents with \LaTeXe}
+ 
+Documents written for \LaTeX~2.09 will
+still be read by \LaTeXe.  Any such document is run in
+\emph{\LaTeX~2.09 compatibility mode}.
+ 
+Unfortunately, compatibility mode comes with a price: it can run 
+up to 50\% slower than \LaTeX~2.09 did.  If you want to run your document 
+in the faster \emph{native mode}, you should try replacing the line:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \documentstyle[<options>,<packages>]{<class>}
+\end{verbatim}
+with:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \documentclass[<options>]{<class>}
+   \usepackage{latexsym,<packages>}
+\end{verbatim}
+Unfortunately, this will not always work, because some \LaTeX~2.09 
+packages will only work in \LaTeXe{} compatibility mode.  You should find 
+out if there is a \LaTeXe{} version of the package available.
+ 
+\LaTeXe{} native mode also gives access to the new features of \LaTeXe, 
+described in \emph{\LaTeXe{} for authors}.
+ 
+\section{New packages}
+ 
+\LaTeXe{} has much better support for graphics, colour, fonts, and 
+multi-lingual typesetting.  The following software should be available 
+from the distributor who brought you \LaTeXe:
+
+\begin{citations}
+\item[babel] for typesetting in many languages.
+\item[color] for colour support.
+\item[graphics] for including images.
+\item[mfnfss] for using bitmap fonts.
+\item[psnfss] for using Type~1 fonts.
+\item[tools]  other packages by the \LaTeX3 team.
+\end{citations}
+The packages come with full documentation, and are also described in 
+\emph{\LaTeX: A Document Processing System} or 
+\emph{The \LaTeX{} Companion}.
+ 
+\section{Further information}
+ 
+More information about \LaTeXe{} is to be found in:
+
+\begin{citations}
+\item[\LaTeX: A Document Preparation System]
+   Leslie Lamport, \AW, 2nd ed, 1994.
+\item[The \LaTeX{} Companion]
+   Goossens, Mittelbach and Samarin, \AW, 1994.
+\end{citations}
+The \LaTeX{} distribution comes with documentation on the new features of 
+\LaTeX:
+
+\begin{citations}
+\item[\LaTeXe{} for authors] 
+   describes the new features of \LaTeX{} documents,
+   in the file \verb|usrguide.tex|.
+\item[\LaTeXe{} for class and package writers]
+   describes the new features of \LaTeX{} classes and packages,
+   in the file \verb|clsguide.tex|.
+\item[\LaTeXe{} font selection]
+   describes the new features of \LaTeX{} fonts for
+   class and package writers,
+   in the file \verb|fntguide.tex|.
+\end{citations}
+For more information on \TeX{} and \LaTeX, get in touch with your local 
+\TeX{} Users Group, or the international \TeX{} Users Group, 
+P.~O.~Box~869, Santa~Barbara, CA~93102-0869, USA, Fax:~+1~805~963~8358, 
+EMail:~tug@tug.org.
+ 
+\end{document}
+ 
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews02.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews02.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b11d1f3baa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews02.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews02.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews02.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ee386cb2e04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews02.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file. 
+% 
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+% 
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
+% version 2008 or later.
+% 
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% 
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+% 
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution 
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with 
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+% 
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews02.tex
+
+% This is issue 2 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass
+%   [lw35fonts]
+   {ltnews}
+
+\publicationmonth{December}
+\publicationyear{1994}
+\publicationissue{2}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\section{Welcome to \LaTeXNews~2}
+
+An issue of \emph{\LaTeXNews} will accompany every future release of
+\LaTeX.  It will tell you about important events, such as major bug
+fixes, newly available packages, or any other \LaTeX{} news.
+
+\section{December 1994 release of \LaTeX}
+
+December 1994 sees the second release of \LaTeXe.  We are on schedule
+to deliver a release of \LaTeX{} every six months, in December and
+June.
+
+This release has seen quite a lot of activity, which is not too
+surprising as it's only been a year since the first test release of
+\LaTeXe.  We don't expect so much activity in the next six months.
+
+Many of the changes are minor improvements and bug-fixes---see
+\emph{\LaTeXe{} for authors} (\verb|usrguide.tex|), \emph{\LaTeXe{}
+font selection} (\verb|fntguide.tex|) and our change log
+(\verb|changes.txt|) for more details.
+
+However, there are two important new packages available for \LaTeX:
+\texttt{inputenc} and AMS-\LaTeX.
+
+\section{Accented input}
+
+One of the problems with writing non-English documents in \LaTeX{} is
+the accent commands.  Reading documents containing text like
+\verb|na\"\i ve| is frustrating, especially if your keyboard allows
+you to type \texttt{na\"\i ve}.
+
+In the past, \LaTeX{} has not supported input containing accented
+characters such as \texttt{\"\i}, because Windows, Macintosh and Unix
+all have different ways of dealing with accented input, called
+\emph{input encodings}.
+
+However, the \verb|inputenc| package allows you to specify which input
+encoding your document is written with, for example to use the ISO
+Latin-1 encoding, you type:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+\end{verbatim}
+At the moment, \verb|inputenc| supports the \verb|ascii| and
+\verb|latin1| input encodings, but more will be added with future
+releases.
+
+The \verb|inputenc| package is
+currently a test release.  The user interface for the full release will
+be upwardly compatible with the test version.
+
+\section{AMS-\LaTeX{}}
+
+ AMS-\LaTeX{} is a set of miscellaneous extensions for \LaTeX{}
+ distributed by the American Mathematical Society. They provide superior
+ information structure and superior printed output for mathematical
+ documents.
+
+ There are far too many features of AMS-\LaTeX{} to list here.  
+ AMS-\LaTeX{} is described in the accompanying documentation,
+ and in \emph{The \LaTeX{} Companion}.
+
+ Version 1.2beta of AMS-\LaTeX{} was released for testing by intrepid
+ users in October 1994.  The full release of AMS-\LaTeX{}~1.2 is expected 
+ in early January 1995.
+ 
+ It will be divided into two bundles:
+ \begin{itemize}
+ 
+ \item the \verb|amsfonts| packages, which give access to
+    hundreds of new mathematical symbols, and new math fonts
+    such as blackboard bold and fraktur.
+    
+ \item the \verb|amsmath| packages, which provide finer control over 
+    mathematical typesetting, such as multi-line subscripts,
+    enhanced theorem and proof environments, 
+    and improved displayed equations, 
+ 
+ \end{itemize}
+ For compatibility with older documents, an \verb|amstex| package will be 
+ provided.
+
+\section{\LaTeX{} on the internet}
+
+\LaTeX{} has its own home page on the World Wide Web, with the URL:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   http://www.tex.ac.uk/CTAN/latex/
+\end{verbatim}
+This page describes \LaTeX{} and the \LaTeX3 project, and contains
+pointers to other \LaTeX{} resources, such as the user guides, the
+\TeX{} Frequently Asked Questions, and the \LaTeX{} bugs database.
+
+The electronic home of anything \TeX-related is the Comprehensive
+\TeX{} Archive Network (CTAN).  This is a network of cooperating ftp
+sites, with over a gigabyte of \TeX{} material:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/
+   ftp://ftp.shsu.edu/tex-archive/
+   ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/
+\end{verbatim}
+For more information, see the \LaTeX{} home page.
+
+\section{Further information}
+
+For more information on \TeX{} and \LaTeX, get in touch with your local
+\TeX{} Users Group, or the international \TeX{} Users Group,
+P.~O.~Box~869, Santa~Barbara, CA~93102-0869, USA, Fax:~+1~805~963~8358,
+EMail:~tug@tug.org.
+
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews03.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews03.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ad670a274a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews03.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews03.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews03.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8784c3b8e0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews03.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file. 
+% 
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+% 
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
+% version 2008 or later.
+% 
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% 
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+% 
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution 
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with 
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+% 
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews03.tex
+
+% This is issue 3 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass
+%   [lw35fonts]
+   {ltnews}
+
+\publicationmonth{June}
+\publicationyear{1995}
+\publicationissue{3}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\section{Welcome to \LaTeXNews~3}
+
+An issue of \emph{\LaTeXNews} will accompany every future release of
+\LaTeX.  It will tell you about important events, such as major bug
+fixes, newly available packages, or any other \LaTeX{} news.
+
+\section{June 1995 release of \LaTeX}
+
+June 1995 sees the third release of \LaTeXe.  We are on schedule
+to deliver a release of \LaTeX{} every six months, in December and
+June.
+
+In the last \emph{\LaTeXNews}, we said ``we don't expect so much
+activity in the next six months,'' which has turned out not to be
+true! 
+
+\section{Additional input encodings}
+
+In the last release of \LaTeX{} we distributed a test version of the
+\texttt{inputenc} package which allows the use of input characters
+other than just a--z and A--Z.  The package has proved to be robust,
+so we are now distributing an expanded version.
+The new release comes with a number of input encodings:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \texttt{ascii} the standard encoding,
+\item \texttt{latin1} the ISO Western European alphabet,
+\item \texttt{latin2} the ISO Eastern European alphabet,
+\item \texttt{cp437} the IBM codepage 437,
+\item \texttt{cp850} the IBM codepage 850, and
+\item \texttt{applemac} the Apple Macintosh encoding.
+\end{itemize}
+These can be used by specifying an option to the \texttt{inputenc}
+package, for example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+\end{verbatim}
+The new input encodings are currently being tested, but we don't
+expect any major changes.
+
+\section{\LaTeX\ getting smaller}
+
+In the past releases of \LaTeXe, the amount of memory \LaTeX{}
+requires has increased, but we are pleased to say that this trend has
+been reversed.  We hope that future releases of \LaTeX{} will continue
+to get smaller.
+
+For example, on this document, the December 1994 release used 52,622
+words of memory, and the June 1995 release uses 51,216 words of
+memory, which is a 2.7\% reduction.
+
+We are currently experimenting with other ways of reducing the size of
+\LaTeX.  For example, we are experimenting with an option to remove
+the \texttt{picture} and \texttt{tabbing} environments from the
+\LaTeX{} kernel, and to load them from a file the first time they are
+used.  This should help \LaTeX{} to run on machines with limited
+memory.  See \texttt{autoload.txt} for details.
+
+\section{Distribution and modification}
+
+One topic of discussion that has kept us busy is the distribution and
+modification conditions of \LaTeX.  We are committed to keeping
+\LaTeX{} as free reliable software, and ensuring that (as far as
+possible) \LaTeX{} documents will produce the same results on all
+systems. 
+
+The modification conditions are currently under discussion, and we
+would like to hear from anyone interested.  Please read
+\texttt{modguide.tex} for more information.
+
+\section{AMS-\LaTeX\ full release}
+
+The AMS-\LaTeX\ packages were still in beta test in the December 1994
+release of \LaTeX, and the full release came out in January 1995.
+
+AMS-\LaTeX\ is described in the \emph{User's Guide}
+(\texttt{amsldoc.tex}) and in \emph{The \LaTeX{} Companion}.
+
+\section{PostScript fonts}
+
+There is a new test release of the PSNFSS packages for accessing
+PostScript fonts in \LaTeXe.  This includes an update to all of the
+fonts, to remove many of the underfull and overfull \verb|\hbox|
+warnings, and improve the setting of non-English languages.
+
+The new release of \LaTeX{} removes all of the `hidden' uses of
+Computer Modern mathematics.  For example, the footnote markers used
+to use math mode, so always used Computer Modern digits rather than
+ones from the current text font.  This has now been fixed.
+
+\section{Further information}
+
+For more information on \TeX{} and \LaTeX, get in touch with your local
+\TeX{} Users Group, or the international \TeX{} Users Group,
+P.~O.~Box~869, Santa~Barbara, CA~93102-0869, USA, Fax:~+1~805~963~8358,
+EMail:~tug@tug.org.
+
+The \LaTeX{} home page is \verb|http://www.tex.ac.uk/ctan/latex/|
+and contains links to other WWW resources for \LaTeX.
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews04.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews04.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5fd42bd3d1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews04.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews04.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews04.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b42e10da578
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews04.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file. 
+% 
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+% 
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
+% version 2008 or later.
+% 
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% 
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+% 
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution 
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with 
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+% 
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews04.tex
+
+% This is issue 4 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass
+%   [lw35fonts]
+   {ltnews}
+
+
+\publicationmonth{December}
+\publicationyear{1995}
+\publicationissue{4}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\section{Welcome to \LaTeXNews~4}
+
+An issue of \emph{\LaTeXNews} will accompany every future release of
+\LaTeX.  It will tell you about important events, such as major bug
+fixes, newly available packages, or any other \LaTeX{} news.
+This issue accompanies the fourth release of \LaTeXe.
+
+
+\section{\LaTeX\ getting smaller}
+
+The last release in June started a trend of \LaTeX\ becoming
+smaller, we are pleased to announce that this has continued with this
+release. In particular the experimental `autoload' version described in
+\texttt{autoload.txt} is much smaller as more parts of \LaTeX\ are
+autoloaded.
+
+\section{New `concurrent' docstrip}
+
+The time taken to `unpack' this release from the documented sources
+should be much reduced (roughly half the time, depending on
+installation conditions). This is due to an improved version of the
+docstrip program that has been contributed by Marcin Woli\'nski.
+This can write up to 16 files at once. The
+previous version could only write one file at a time which meant that
+it was very slow when producing many small files from the same source
+file as the source needed to be re-read for each file written.
+
+\section{New T1 encoded fonts}
+
+This year J\"org Knappen has completed a new release of the `Cork'
+(T1) encoded Computer Modern fonts: the dc fonts release 1.2.
+
+This release of the dc fonts fixes many bugs (including the missing
+\verb|?`| (?`) and \verb|!`| (!`) ligatures) and improves the fonts in
+many other ways. It is strongly recommended that you upgrade as soon as
+possible if currently you are using the old dc fonts, release 1.1 or
+earlier. The new fonts are available from the CTAN archives, in
+\texttt{tex-archive/fonts/dc}. 
+
+The names of the font files are \emph{different}. This does not affect
+\LaTeX\ documents but \emph{does} affect the installation procedure as
+it assumes that you have the \emph{new} fonts, and will write suitable
+`fd' files for those fonts. If you have not yet upgraded your dc fonts
+then, after unpacking the distribution, you \emph{must}
+\verb|latex olddc.ins| to produce `fd' files for the old dc fonts.
+This must be done \emph{before} the format is made. Running the test
+document at \texttt{ltxcheck.tex} the end of the installation will
+inform you if the wrong set of `fd' files has been installed.
+
+Note that this change does not affect the standard `OT1' Computer
+Modern fonts that \LaTeX\ uses by default.
+
+\section{More robust commands}
+
+The commands \verb|\cite| and \verb|\sqrt| are now robust.
+
+Although most commands with optional arguments are fragile, as
+documented, such commands defined using the second optional argument
+of \verb|\newcommand| and its derivatives are now \emph{robust}.
+
+\section{New Interface to building `extension' classes}
+
+The mechanism provided by \verb|\DeclareOption|, \verb|\ProcessOptions|
+and \verb|\LoadClass| has proved to be a powerful and expressive means
+of defining one class in terms of another `base' class. However there
+have been some requests to simplify the declaration of the common case
+where you want the `base' class to be called with \emph{all} the
+options that were specified to the extension class.  This is now
+provided by the new command \verb|\LoadClassWithOptions|. A similar
+command \verb|\RequirePackageWithOptions| is provided for package use.
+More details of this feature are provided in \texttt{clsguide.tex} and
+\texttt{ltclass.dtx}.
+
+\section{More Input Encodings}
+
+The experimental \texttt{inputenc} package allows a more natural style
+of input of accented and other characters.
+
+Three new input encodings are now supported.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \texttt{ansinew} the Windows ansi encoding, 
+                       as used in Microsoft Windows 3.x.
+\item \texttt{cp437de} a variant of \texttt{cp437}, which uses \ss\
+  rather than $\beta$  in the appropriate slot.
+\item \texttt{next} the encoding used on Next computers. 
+\end{itemize}
+
+\section{Further information}
+
+For more information on \TeX{} and \LaTeX, get in touch with your local
+\TeX{} Users Group, or the international \TeX{} Users Group,
+1850 Union Street, \#1637, San Francisco, CA~94123, USA, 
+Fax:~+1~415~982~8559,
+EMail:~tug@tug.org.
+The \LaTeX{} home page is \verb|http://www.tex.ac.uk/ctan/latex/|
+and contains links to other WWW resources for \LaTeX.
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews05.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews05.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..59db7a5d895
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews05.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews05.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews05.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dfa9e23d780
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews05.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file. 
+% 
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+% 
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
+% version 2008 or later.
+% 
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% 
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+% 
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution 
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with 
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+% 
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews05.tex
+
+% This is issue 5 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass
+%    [lw35fonts]
+   {ltnews}
+
+% \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\publicationmonth{June}
+\publicationyear{1996}
+\publicationissue{5}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\section{Welcome to \LaTeXNews~5}
+This issue of \emph{\LaTeXNews} accompanies the fifth release of the
+new standard \LaTeX{}, \LaTeXe.
+
+\section{Extra possibilities for section headings}
+Most \LaTeX\ sectioning commands are defined using
+\verb|\@startsection|.
+For example, the \textsf{article} class defines:
+\begin{small}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newcommand\section{\@startsection 
+ {section}{1}{0pt}{-3.5ex plus-1ex minus-.2ex}%
+ {2.3ex plus.2ex}{\normalfont\Large\bfseries}}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{small}
+The last argument specifies the style in which the section heading is
+to be typeset.
+
+The new feature added at this release is that at the \emph{end} of
+this argument you may specify a command that \emph{takes an argument}.
+This command will be applied to the section number and heading.
+For example, one could use the \verb|\MakeUppercase| command to
+produce uppercase headings. A package or class file could contain:
+\begin{small}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection 
+ {section}{1}{0pt}{-3.5ex plus-1ex minus-.2ex}%
+ {2.3ex plus.2ex}{\normalfont\Large\MakeUppercase}}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{small}
+to produce section headings using uppercase medium weight text, rather
+than the bold text used by \textsf{article}. Note that, like the font
+choice, the uppercasing applies only to the actual heading (including
+any automatically generated section number), not to the text as it may
+appear in the running head or table of contents.
+
+\section{The `openany' option in the `book' class}
+The \textsf{openany} option allows chapter and similar openings to
+occur on left hand pages. Previously this option only affected
+\verb|\chapter| and \verb|\backmatter|. It now also affects
+\verb|\part|, \verb|\frontmatter| and \verb|\mainmatter|.
+
+\section{More font (output) encodings}
+The font encoding name \texttt{T3} has been allocated to the encoding
+used in the new 256-character \textsc{IPA} fonts (for the phonetic
+alphabet) produced by Rei Fukui. His package, \textsf{tipa},
+gives access to these fonts and should soon be available.  (The
+encoding named \texttt{OT3} is the 128-character encoding used in the
+\textsc{IPA} fonts produced by Washington State University.)
+
+
+
+\section{More input encodings supported}
+The \textsf{inputenc} package now supports the IBM codepage~852 used
+in Eastern Europe, with the option~\texttt{[cp852]} contributed by
+Petr~Sojka.
+
+Also, the \textsf{inputenc} package now activates most `control codes'
+with \textsc{ascii} values below 32.
+Currently none of the encodings in the standard distribution makes use
+of these positions.
+
+\section{Fixes and improvements}
+The \LaTeX\ kernel has only had minor changes, apart from
+\verb|\@startsection| mentioned above.
+However, some small fixes have been incorporated removing the
+following problems:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+  In tabular and array, previous versions of \LaTeX\ `lost' the
+  inter-column space from an `\texttt{l}'-column, when that column
+  was completely empty.
+
+\item
+  Previously, the use of the \verb|\nofiles| command could change
+  the \emph{vertical spacing} in a document.\\ A side effect of fixing
+  this is that when \verb|\nofiles| is used, \verb|\label| puts a
+  blank line in the log file.
+
+\item
+  \LaTeX~often loads fonts `on demand'. Previously, this could
+  happen inside the argument of an accent command and this would
+  cause the accent to appear in the wrong place.
+
+\end{itemize}
+
+\section{Changes to the `tools' packages}
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+  The \textsf{longtable} package now uses a modified algorithm,
+  contributed by David Kastrup, to align the `chunks' of a table.
+  It is now unnecessary to edit the document to add
+  \verb|\setlongtables| before the final run of \LaTeX.
+  In certain cases of overlapping \verb|\multicolumn| entries, the new
+  algorithm will produce better column widths than the old (at the
+  price of extra passes through \LaTeX).
+
+\item
+  The \textsf{dcolumn} package now has the extra possibility of
+  specifying the number of digits both \emph{before} and after the
+  `decimal point'. This makes it easy to centre the column of numbers
+  under a wide heading.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\section{New copy of the \LaTeX\ bug database}
+\verb|http://www.tex.ac.uk/ctan/latex/bugs.html| will soon have links
+to a copy of the searchable \LaTeX\ bugs database at Mainz (Germany)
+as well as the original copy at Sussex (England).
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews06.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews06.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e23852f3a33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews06.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews06.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews06.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..250675ea2e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews06.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file. 
+% 
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+% 
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
+% version 2008 or later.
+% 
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% 
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+% 
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution 
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with 
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+% 
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews06.tex
+
+% This is issue 6 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass
+%    [lw35fonts]
+   {ltnews}
+
+% \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\publicationmonth{December}
+\publicationyear{1996}
+\publicationissue{6}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\section{Welcome to \LaTeXNews~6}
+This issue of \emph{\LaTeXNews} accompanies the sixth release of the
+new standard \LaTeX{}, \LaTeXe.
+
+\section{Mono-case file names}
+Previously \LaTeX\ has used some files with `mixed-case' file names
+such as \texttt{T1cmr.fd} and \texttt{T1enc.def}.
+
+These file names cause problems on some systems (in particular they
+are illegal on the ISO 9660 CDROM format) and so in this release
+all file names have been made lowercase (for example 
+\texttt{t1cmr.fd} and \texttt{t1enc.def}).
+
+This change should \emph{not} affect any document. Within \LaTeX,
+encodings still have the usual uppercase names in uses such as
+\verb|\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}| and \verb|\fontencoding{T1}|.
+\LaTeX\ will automatically convert to the lowercase form while
+constructing the file name.
+\LaTeX\ will input the `fd' file under the old name if it fails to
+find the file with the new name, so existing collections of fd files
+should still work with this new release.
+
+The change \emph{does} affect the configuration files that may be used
+to make the \LaTeX\ format with initex. For example, the file
+\texttt{fonttext.ltx} previously specified \verb|\input{T1cmr.fd}|.
+It now has \verb|\input{t1cmr.fd}|. 
+If you use a local file \texttt{fonttext.cfg}
+you will need to make similar changes, as \verb|\input{T1cmr.fd}|
+will not work as \texttt{T1cmr.fd} is no longer in the distribution.
+
+The files affected by this change all have names of the form
+\verb|*.fd| or \verb|*enc.def|.
+
+\section{Another input encoding}
+Thanks to work by S\o ren Sandmann, the \textsf{inputenc} package now
+supports the IBM codepage~865 used in Scandinavia.
+
+\section{Better user-defined math display environments}
+Suppose that you want to define an environment for displaying text
+that is numbered as an equation.  A straightforward way to do this is
+as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+  \newenvironment{texteqn}
+    {\begin{equation}
+       \begin{minipage}{0.9\linewidth}}
+      {\end{minipage}
+     \end{equation}}
+\end{verbatim}
+However, if you have tried this then you will probably have noticed
+that it does not work perfectly when used in the middle of a paragraph
+because an inter-word space appears at the beginning of the first
+line after the environment.
+
+There is now an extra command (with a very long name) available that
+you can use to avoid this problem; it should be inserted as shown here:
+\begin{verbatim}
+  \newenvironment{texteqn}
+    {\begin{equation}
+       \begin{minipage}{0.9\linewidth}}
+      {\end{minipage}
+     \end{equation}
+     \ignorespacesafterend}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\section{Docstrip improvements}
+The \textsf{docstrip} program that is used to unpack the \LaTeX\ 
+sources has undergone further development. The new version should be
+able to process all old `batchfiles' but it allows a simpler syntax in
+new `batchfiles' (no need to define \verb|\def\batchfile{|\ldots).
+
+It also allows `target' directories to be specified when writing
+files.  This directory support is disabled by default unless activated
+in a local \texttt{docstrip.cfg} configuration file.
+See \texttt{docstrip.dtx} for details.
+
+\section{AMS \LaTeX\ update}
+Since the last \LaTeX\ release in June, the American Mathematical
+Society have re-issued the `AMS\LaTeX' classes and packages, fixing
+several reported problems.
+
+\section{Graphics package update}
+The \LaTeX\ color and graphics packages have been updated slightly,
+principally to support more dvi drivers, see the readme file in the
+\textsf{graphics} distribution.
+
+\section{EC Fonts released}
+The first release of the Extended Computer Modern fonts has just been
+made. (In January 1997.)
+
+This release of \LaTeX\ does \emph{not} default to these `ec' fonts
+as its T1 encoded fonts. By default it will
+use the `dc' fonts if the T1 encoding is requested.
+
+As noted in \texttt{install.txt} you may run \TeX\ on the install file
+\texttt{ec.ins} \emph{after} unpacking the base distribution but
+\emph{before} making the \LaTeX\ format. This will produce
+suitable `fd' files making \LaTeX\ (including, for the first time, the
+\textsf{slides} class) use the `ec' fonts as the default T1 encoded
+font set.
+
+
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews07.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews07.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b07f0a50136
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews07.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews07.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews07.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6c08629d676
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews07.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file. 
+% 
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+% 
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
+% version 2008 or later.
+% 
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% 
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+% 
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution 
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with 
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+% 
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews07.tex
+
+% This is issue 7 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass
+%    [lw35fonts]
+   {ltnews}
+
+% \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\publicationmonth{June}
+\publicationyear{1997}
+\publicationissue{7}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\section{T1 encoded Computer Modern fonts}
+As in the last release the base \LaTeX\ distribution contains
+three different sets of `fd' files for T1 encoded fonts.
+
+In this release the default installation uses \texttt{ec.ins}
+and so installs files suitable for the current `EC fonts'
+distribution. If you have still not updated to the EC fonts and
+are using the earlier test versions, known as DC then you should
+unpack \texttt{newdc.ins} (for DC release 1.2 or later) or
+\texttt{olddc.ins} (for the original releases of the DC fonts).
+This should be done after unpacking \texttt{unpack.ins} but
+before making the format by running ini\TeX{} on \texttt{latex.ltx}.
+There are further details in \texttt{install.txt}.
+
+
+\section{T1 encoded Concrete fonts}
+The Metafont sources for T1 encoded `Concrete' fonts have been
+removed from the \textsf{mfnss} distribution as they were based
+on the now obsolete DC fonts release 1.1. Similarly the
+\textsf{cmextra.ins} install file in the \textsf{base} distribution no
+longer generates fd files for the `Concrete' fonts.
+To use these fonts in either T1 or OT1 encoding it is
+recommended that you obtain Walter Schmidt's \textsf{ccfonts} package
+and fonts from CTAN \texttt{macros/latex/contrib/supported/ccfonts}.
+
+
+\section{Further input encodings}
+Two more \textsf{inputenc} packages have been added: for latin5,
+thanks to H. Turgut Uyar; and for latin3, thanks to J\"org Knappen.
+
+
+\section{Normalising spacing after punctuation}
+The command \verb|\normalsfcodes| was introduced at the last patch
+release. This is normally given the correct definition automatically
+and so need not be explicitly set. It is used to correct a problem,
+reported by Donald Arseneau, that punctuation in page headers has
+always (in all known \TeX\ formats) been potentially incorrect if the
+page break happens while a local setting of the space codes (for
+instance by the command \verb|\frenchspacing|) is in effect. A common
+example of this happening in \LaTeX\ is in the \textsf{verbatim}
+environment.
+
+
+\section{Accessing Bold Math Symbols}
+The \textsf{tools} distribution contains a new package, \textsf{bm},
+which defines a command \verb|\bm| that allows individual bold symbols
+to be accessed within a math expression (in contrast to
+\verb|\boldmath| which makes whole math expressions default to bold
+fonts). It is more general than the existing \textsf{amsbsy} package;
+however, to ease the translation of documents between these two
+packages, \textsf{bm} makes \verb|\boldsymbol| an alias for
+\verb|\bm|.
+
+This package was previously made available from the `contrib' area of
+the CTAN archives, and as part of Y\&Y's \LaTeX\ support for the
+MathTime fonts.
+
+
+\section{Policy on standard classes}
+
+Many of the problem reports we receive concerning the standard classes
+are not concerned with bugs but are suggesting, more or less politely,
+that the design decisions embodied in them are `not optimal' and
+asking us to modify them.
+
+There are several reasons why we have decided not to make such changes
+to these files.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+  However misguided, the current behaviour is clearly what was
+  intended when these classes were designed.
+\item
+  It is not good practice to change such aspects of `standard classes'
+  because many people will be relying on them.
+\end{itemize}
+
+We have therefore decided not to even consider making such
+modifications, nor to spend time justifying that decision.  This does
+not mean that we do not agree that there are many deficiencies in the
+design of these classes, but we have many tasks with higher priority
+than continually explaining why the standard classes for \LaTeX{}
+cannot be changed.
+
+We would, of course, welcome the production of better classes, or of
+packages that can be used to enhance these classes.
+
+
+\section{New addresses for TUG}
+For information about joining the \TeX{} Users Group, and about lots
+of other \LaTeX-related matters, please contact
+them at their new address:
+\begin{quote}\small
+   \TeX{} Users Group, P.O. Box 1239,\\
+   Three Rivers, CA~93271-1239, USA\\
+   Fax:~+1~209~561~4584\\
+   E-mail: \texttt{tug@mail.tug.org}\\
+   URL: \texttt{http://www.tug.org/}
+\end{quote}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews08.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews08.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..523f945587c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews08.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews08.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews08.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..891d13b302e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews08.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file. 
+% 
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+% 
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
+% version 2008 or later.
+% 
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% 
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+% 
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution 
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with 
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+% 
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews08.tex
+
+% This is issue 8 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass
+%    [lw35fonts]
+   {ltnews}
+
+% \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\publicationmonth{December}
+\publicationyear{1997}
+\publicationissue{8}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\section{New supported font encodings}
+
+Two new font encodings are supported as options to the \textsf{fontenc}
+package:
+\begin{description}
+\item [OT4]
+This is a seven-bit encoding designed for Polish. The \LaTeX\ support
+was developed by Mariusz Olko.
+\item [TS1] This is the `Text Companion Encoding'; it contains symbols
+designed to be used in text, as opposed to mathematical formulas, and
+some accents designed for uppercase letters.  It is currently
+supported by the `tc' fonts, which match the T1 encoded `ec' text
+fonts.  A subset of the glyphs in this encoding is supported by
+virtual fonts distributed with the PostScript font metrics on the
+\textsc{ctan} archives. (This is the `8c' encoding in Karl Berry's
+fontname scheme.)  The \textsf{textcomp} package provides access to
+this encoding but here is a warning to current users of that package:
+some of the internal names for the characters have changed.
+\end{description}
+
+
+\section{New input encodings}
+
+These additions to the \textsf{inputenc} package are
+\texttt{decmulti} (the DEC Multinational
+Character Set,  contributed by M.~Y.~Chartoire) 
+and \texttt{cp1250} (an MS-Windows encoding for Central and Eastern
+Europe, contributed by Marcin Woli\'nski).  There is also a
+\texttt{cp1252} encoding that is identical to \texttt{ansinew}.
+
+
+\section{Tools}
+
+The \textsf{calc} package (used in many examples in \emph{The \LaTeX\
+Companion}) has been contributed to this distribution by Kresten Krab
+Thorup and Frank Jensen. This is essentially the same as the version
+that has been available from the \textsc{ctan} archives for some time,
+with one minor change: to use \LaTeX-style error messages.  It enables
+the use of arithmetic expressions within arguments to standard
+\LaTeX{} commands where a length or a counter value is required.  For
+example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+  \setcounter {page} { \value{page} * 2 + 1 }
+  \parbox { 3in - ( 2mm + \textwidth / 9 ) }
+\end{verbatim}
+
+There have also been some improvements to several other packages in
+this collection.  In particular, \textsf{bm} now works correctly with
+constructions such as \verb|\bm{f'}| involving \texttt{'} or other
+characters which use \TeX's special ``\verb|\mathcode"8000|''
+feature.  Also, \textsf{multicol} sets the length \verb|\columnwidth|
+to an appropriate value; this enables it to work with classes that
+support two-column setting, e.g.,~the AMS classes.
+
+
+\section{Graphics}
+
+The special \verb|oztex.def| driver file has been removed, and Oz\TeX\
+support has been merged with dvips, following advice from
+Andrew Trevorrow about Oz\TeX~3.x.
+
+The \textsf{keyval} package has had some internal improvements: to
+use \LaTeX\ format error messages; and to avoid `\verb|#| doubling'.
+This latter change means that the \verb|command| key for the
+\textsf{graphicx} version of \verb|\includegraphics| should now be used
+with one \verb|#| rather than two. For example, \verb|command = `gunzip #1|.
+Fortunately this key is almost never used in practice, so few if any
+documents should be affected by this change.
+
+
+\section{\LaTeX3 experimental programming conventions}
+
+As announced at the \TeX\ Users Group meeting  (Summer 1997), a group of
+highly experimental packages will soon be released to allow experienced\\
+\TeX\ programmers to experiment with, and comment on, a proposed set
+of syntax conventions and basic data-types that might form
+the basis for programming large scale projects in \TeX.
+They will be located in\\
+this CTAN directory:
+\begin{verbatim}  
+  CTAN:macros/latex/packages/expl3
+\end{verbatim}
+The documentation of this material is as follows: individual package
+files provide outline, draft documentation; there is an article that
+gives an overview of the syntax and related concepts; there is a
+\texttt{readme.txt} file containing a brief description of the
+collection.
+
+All aspects of these packages are liable, indeed likely, to change.
+They should not be used at this stage for anything
+that requires a stable system.  However, we do encourage people to
+experiment with these packages, and to send comments on them to the
+\texttt{LaTeX-L} mailing list.
+To subscribe to this list, mail to:
+\begin{verbatim}
+  listserv@urz.uni-heidelberg.de
+\end{verbatim}
+the following one line message:
+\begin{verbatim}
+  subscribe LATEX-L <<first-name>> <<second-name>>
+\end{verbatim}
+
+% Revert to this if gets too full.
+% See \texttt{modguide.tex} for
+% information on how to subscribe to \texttt{LaTeX-L}.
+
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews09.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews09.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4057549d5aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews09.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews09.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews09.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..61cb8ced9c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews09.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file. 
+% 
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+% 
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
+% version 2008 or later.
+% 
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% 
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+% 
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution 
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with 
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+% 
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews09.tex
+
+% This is issue 9 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass
+%    [lw35fonts]
+   {ltnews}[1999/02/23]
+
+%\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\publicationmonth{June}
+\publicationyear{1998}
+\publicationissue{9}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+
+\section{New math font encodings}
+
+A joint working group of the \TeX{} Users Group and the \LaTeX3
+Project is developing a new 8-bit math font encoding for \TeX{}.  
+It is designed to overcome several limitations and implementation
+problems of the old math font encodings and to simplify switching
+between different sets of math fonts, much as the \LaTeX{} font
+selection interface has simplified switching between text fonts.
+
+Since the work on this project relies entirely on volunteer work, we
+cannot give a specific release date yet.  However, a prototype
+implementation already exists.  This contains several sets of virtual
+fonts, some \LaTeX{} packages and a kernel module; we hope to
+integrate it into the main \LaTeX{} distribution for the next
+release.
+
+Documents using only standard \LaTeX{} commands for math symbols
+should not be affected by switching to the new math font encodings  
+However, documents, classes or packages making specific assumptions
+about the encoding of math symbol fonts are likely to break.
+
+Further information about the Math Font Group may be found on
+the World Wide Web at \texttt{http://www.tug.org/twg/mfg/}.
+
+
+\section{A new math accent}
+
+A new math accent, \verb|\mathring|, has been added. This is a math mode
+version of the ring accent (\r{}) which is available in text 
+mode with the command \verb|\r|.
+
+\section{Extended \cs{DeclareMathDelimiter}}
+
+The command \verb|\DeclareMathDelimiter| has been extended.
+Normally this command takes six arguments. Previously, when being used
+to declare a character (such as \texttt{[}) as a delimiter, a variant
+form was used with only five arguments. The argument specifying the
+default `math class' was omitted. Now the full six-argument form may be
+used in this case. The extra information is used to implicitly declare
+the character via \verb|\DeclareMathSymbol| for use when the symbol is
+not used with \verb|\left| or \verb|\right|.
+
+The old five-argument form is detected and will work as before.
+
+\newpage
+
+\section{Tools distribution}
+
+The \texttt{multicol} package now supports the production of multiple
+columns without balancing the last page. To get this effect use the
+\texttt{multicols*} environment.
+
+The \texttt{layout} package was partly recoded by Hideo Umeki to
+display page layout effects in a better way.
+
+As suggested by Donald Arseneau, the \texttt{calc} package was extended
+to support the new commands \verb|\widthof{<text>}|,
+\verb|\heightof{<text>}|, and \verb|\depthof{<text>}| within a
+\texttt{calc}-expression.  At the same time we modified a few kernel
+commands so that \texttt{calc}-expressions can now be used in various
+useful places such as the dimension arguments to the \texttt{tabular}
+environment and the \verb|\rule| command. For many other standard
+\LaTeX{} commands this was already possible.
+
+
+\section{Support for Cyrillic encodings}
+ 
+We are very pleased that, after a lengthy period of development, a set
+of fonts, encodings and support files for using \LaTeX\ with Cyrillic
+characters will soon be available.
+ 
+Test versions of the `LH' fonts for these Cyrillic encodings, based on
+the Computer Modern design, are available from CTAN archives in the
+directory \texttt{fonts/cyrillic/lh-test}.  The \LaTeX\ support files
+(by Werner Lemberg and Vladimir Volovich) are also available from CTAN
+archives in\\
+ \texttt{macros/latex/contrib/supported/t2}
+ 
+ 
+\section{Default docstrip header}
+
+Many \LaTeX\ users now distribute packages in documented source form
+using the \textsf{docstrip} system. Docstrip allows a header to be
+placed on generated package files, suitable for giving copyright
+information, or distribution conditions.
+
+We have changed the default version of this header so that it allows
+stripped files to be distributed in ready-to-run installations such as
+the \TeX{}Live CD\@.  If you use the default header for distributing
+your files you should check that the new copyright text is acceptable
+to you.  The file \texttt{docstrip.dtx} explains how to produce your own
+header if you wish to do so.
+
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews10.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews10.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..564fff2ba89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews10.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews10.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews10.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3214260a6a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews10.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file. 
+% 
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+% 
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
+% version 2008 or later.
+% 
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% 
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+% 
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution 
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with 
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+% 
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews10.tex 12/01/1998
+
+% This is issue 10 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass
+%    [lw35fonts]
+   {ltnews}[1999/02/23]
+
+% \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\publicationmonth{December}
+\publicationyear{1998}
+\publicationissue{10}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+
+\section{Five years of \LaTeXe}
+
+Since this is the 10th edition of \LaTeX{} News, the (no longer) New
+Standard \LaTeX{} must have hit the streets almost this long ago.  In
+fact it was only the beta-version that some people got just in time for
+Christmas~1993, and since then there has been a lot of tidying-up and
+smoothing of rough edges (not to mention a few bug fixes!).
+
+Maybe it is time for something more radically different to emerge and
+be hungrily adopted by the world; but don't panic, we shall be
+maintaining what you have now for a long time yet.  Amongst the more
+polite things that have been written about our efforts, we found that this
+quote (somewhat censored to protect the guilty) well reflects some of
+our feelings about working on \LaTeX{} over the years: \textit{the mere
+existence of \LaTeXe{} is a great miracle}.
+
+  
+  \section{Restructuring the \LaTeX{} distribution}
+  
+  Since the (once) `new' standard \LaTeX{} has reached such a venerable
+  age, we are reviewing the way in which the system is presented to the
+  world.
+  
+  An early intention is to define, given the wide variety of good
+  packages now available, what now constitutes a useful installation of
+  \LaTeX{}. We also hope that such a definition will help document
+  portability if it leads to a future in which a \LaTeX{} class
+  designer can reasonably assume that a known list of
+  facilities will be there for all users (so that each class
+  need not supply them).
+  
+  As a first small step towards this definition, we shall replace the
+  \texttt{latex/packages} subdirectory on \ctan{}.
+  This directory was a curious mixture of the important, such as the
+  \LaTeX{} \texttt{tools}, that any self-respecting \LaTeX{}
+  installation ought to have, and the esoteric or experimental.
+
+  The esoterica from \texttt{packages} will be moved to 
+  new locations, as follows:
+  \begin{quote}
+    \texttt{expl3}  to \texttt{latex/exptl/project}\\
+    \texttt{mfnfss} to \texttt{latex/contrib/supported/mfnfss}
+  \end{quote}
+
+  The subdirectory that replaces \texttt{packages} will be called
+  \texttt{latex/required}; all the other sub-directories of
+  \texttt{packages} will be moved there.
+
+\vspace{17pt}
+\pagebreak
+
+ \section{\LaTeX\ Project on the Internet}
+A new \texttt{latex-project.org} domain has been registered.
+The web site is not yet fully functional but the old \LaTeX\ pages from 
+\ctan\ are available at \texttt{http://www.latex-project.org/} and the
+\LaTeX\ bug reporting address has been changed to
+\texttt{latex-bugs@latex-project.org}.
+
+  \section{Restructuring the \LaTeX{} package licenses}
+
+Several people have requested an easy mechanism for the distribution
+of \LaTeX\ packages and other software ``under the same conditions as
+\LaTeX''.  The old \texttt{legal.txt} file was unsuitable as a general
+licence as it referred to specific \LaTeX\ authors, and to specific
+files.
+
+Therefore, in this release \texttt{legal.txt} contains just the
+copyright notice and a reference to the new \emph{\LaTeX\ Project
+Public License} (LPPL) for the distribution and modification
+conditions. The \texttt{tools}, \texttt{graphics}, and \texttt{mfnfss}
+packages also now refer to this license in their distribution notices.
+
+  \section{Support for Cyrillic encodings}
+
+Basic Cyrillic support, as announced in \LaTeX{} News~9, is now
+finally an official part of \LaTeX{}.  It includes support for the
+following standard Cyrillic font encodings (this list may
+grow):~\mbox{\texttt{T2A T2B T2C X2}}.
+
+It also includes various Cyrillic input encodings (20~in total,
+including commonly used variants and Mongolian Cyrillic
+encodings). This provides platform independent and
+sophisticated basic support for high-quality typesetting in various
+Cyrillic-based languages.
+ 
+For further information see the file \texttt{cyrguide.tex}.
+
+\section{Tools distribution}
+
+The \texttt{varioref} package has been extended to support textual
+page references to a range of objects: e.g.,~if \texttt{eq-first}
+and \texttt{eq-last} are the label names for the first and last
+equation in a sequence, then you can now write
+\begin{verbatim}
+  see~\vrefrange{eq-first}{eq-last}
+\end{verbatim}
+This results in different text depending on whether both
+labels fall on the same page.
+
+Some additional user commands, as well as building-blocks for writing
+private extensions, are described in the accompanying documentation.
+
+
+
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews11.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews11.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2815ae3bed6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews11.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews11.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews11.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e39ff4cc865
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews11.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file. 
+% 
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+% 
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
+% version 2008 or later.
+% 
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% 
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+% 
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution 
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with 
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+% 
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews11.tex 01/06/1999
+% This is issue 11 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass
+%    [lw35fonts]     % uncomment this line to get Times
+   {ltnews}
+
+% \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\publicationmonth{June}
+\publicationyear{1999}
+\publicationissue{11}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\section{Back in sync}
+
+The last release of \LaTeX{} was delayed even longer than you have
+come to expect.  We hope that it proved worth waiting for.  It
+required a major integration of the code from several people and,
+independently, the introduction of the LPPL (see \LaTeX{} News~10) plus
+several related changes to our internal systems.  It therefore seemed
+sensible to wait until everything was complete rather than do things
+in too much hurry.
+
+This seem to have been a successful strategy as
+the recent patch release was related to an isolated change that was
+done many months previously.  If this release does not appear a lot
+closer to its nominal date then \ldots~well, you will not be reading
+this sentence!
+
+\section{Yearly release cycles}
+
+With the year 2000 rapidly approaching, we intend to switch to a
+release frequency of just one per year (with patches if necessary) for
+the core of \LaTeXe{}. These days the system is sufficiently stable
+that the original update policy is costing everybody more time than is
+now warranted.
+
+\section{LPPL update}
+
+Thanks to extensive and valuable input from Matt Swift
+(\email{swift@alum.mit.edu}) we now have a clearer and more detailed
+form of the \LaTeX{} Project Public Licence.  This release contains
+both the original version (in \file{lppl-1-0.txt}) and the updated
+version, LPPL~1.1.
+
+\section{The future of Sli\TeX{}}
+
+We still get a very small trickle of reports about this part of the
+system (if you are no longer able to recall \LaTeX~2.09 then you will
+know it as the \class{slides} class).  We have not classified them (in
+our minds at least) as bugs since we have always known that there are
+many problems with this class.  It is clear to us that the only
+sensible action would be to redesign the system completely; in
+particular, to remove much of its complexity whose purpose is to
+support 10-year-old overlay technology.  However, this would take a
+lot too much time and would be completely out of proportion to its
+current usage.
+
+We are therefore planning to make the \class{slides} class
+unsupported in the sense that any problem related to the use of
+invisible fonts is considered to be a feature (The \LaTeXe{} manual by
+Leslie Lamport doesn't even describe this part of the class any more).
+Of course, if it still has its enthusiasts then we are happy to cede
+it to their loving care (somewhat like a preserved steam locomotive,
+in some parts of the world).
+
+\section{Fontenc package peculiarities}
+
+The \verb=\usepackage= interface normally ensures that a package is
+loaded only once.  The \pkg{fontenc} package has become an
+exception to this rule: it can be loaded several times using different
+options, e.g., allowing the user to add a font encoding in the
+preamble. This comes at a price for package writers: the low-level
+commands (see \file{ltclass.dtx}) used to check if a package was
+loaded, and with which options, do not work for the \pkg{fontenc}
+package.
+
+\section{New math font encodings}
+    
+As we announced in \LaTeX{} News~9, a joint working group of the
+\TeX{} Users Group and the \LaTeX3 Project has developed a new
+\mbox{8-bit} math font encoding for \TeX{}.
+The reason why this work is not yet released is because of other
+exciting developments in the world of math fonts and math characters.
+It is obviously wise to ensure that the encoding work is fully
+integrated with the available fonts.
+
+Those interested are reminded that further information about the Math
+Font Group may be found on the World Wide Web at:\\
+\url{http://www.tug.org/twg/mfg/}.
+
+\section{Tools distribution}
+
+The \pkg{multicol} package has now got a small but useful extension
+which allows you to force a column break where this is really
+necessary.  This is done with the command \verb=\columnbreak=, which
+can be used like \verb=\pagebreak= (e.g.,~within paragraphs) except
+that it cannot have an optional argument and thus it always forces a
+new column.
+
+\section{Coming soon}
+
+Major work on a new class file structure to support flexible
+designs is well under way; some of this work will be presented at the
+TUG'99 conference in Vancouver, Canada.  With a bit of luck much of
+this work could be ready for integration into the next release---so
+watch this space!
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews12.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews12.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..08be9b45154
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews12.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews12.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews12.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ede8bb5362f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews12.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file. 
+% 
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+% 
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
+% version 2008 or later.
+% 
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% 
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+% 
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution 
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with 
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+% 
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews12.tex 
+%
+% This is issue 12 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass
+%    [lw35fonts]     % uncomment this line to get Times
+   {ltnews}[1999/12/01]
+
+% \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\publicationmonth{December}
+\publicationyear{1999}
+\publicationissue{12}
+
+% Should go to .cls:
+\newcommand{\acro}[1]{\textsc{\MakeLowercase{#1}}}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\section{LPPL update}
+
+Since the release of the \LaTeX{} Project Public Licence version~1.1,
+we have received a small number of queries which resulted in some
+minor changes to improve the wording or explain the intentions better.
+As a consequence this release now contains LPPL~1.2 in the file
+\file{lppl.txt} and the previous versions as \file{lppl-1-0.txt} and
+\file{lppl-1-1.txt}.
+
+\section{fixltx2e package}
+
+    This package provides fixes to \LaTeXe{} which are desirable but
+    cannot be integrated into the \LaTeXe{} kernel directly as they
+    would produce a version incompatible to earlier releases (either
+    in formatting or functionality).
+
+    By having these fixes in the form of a package, users can benefit
+    from them without the danger that their documents will fail, or
+    produce unexpected results, at other sites; this works because a
+    document will contain a clear indication (the \verb=\usepackage=
+    line, preferably with a required date) that at least some of these
+    fixes are required to format it.
+
+\section{Outcome of TUG '99 (Vancouver)}
+
+The slides from the \acro{TUG}'99 presentation we gave on \emph{a
+new interface for \LaTeX\ class designers} are available from the
+\LaTeX\ Project website; look for the file \verb|tug99.pdf| at:
+\begin{quote}
+   \url{http://www.latex-project.org/talks/}
+\end{quote}
+
+Please note that this document was intended only to be informal
+``speaker's notes'' for our own use. We decided to make them available (the
+speaker's notes as well as the slides that were presented) because several
+people requested copies after the talk. However, they are \emph{not} in
+a polished copy-edited form and are not intended for publication.
+
+Prototype implementations of parts of this interface are now available from:
+\begin{quote}
+   \url{http://www.latex-project.org/code/experimental/}
+\end{quote}
+
+We are continuing to add new material at this location so as to
+stimulate further discussion of the underlying concepts. As of
+December 1, 1999
+the following parts can be downloaded.
+\begin{description}
+
+ \item[xparse] Prototype implementation of the interface for declaring
+  document command syntax. See the \texttt{.dtx} files for
+  documentation.
+
+ \item[template] Prototype implementation of the template interface
+  (needs parts of \texttt{xparse}).
+
+  The file \texttt{template.dtx} in that directory has a large section
+  of documentation at the front describing the commands in the
+  interface and giving a `worked example' building up some templates
+  for caption formatting.
+
+ \item[xcontents] Interface description for table of contents data (no
+  code yet).  Coding examples have been thoroughly discussed on the
+  \texttt{latex-l} list.
+
+ \item[xfootnote] Working examples for generating footnotes,
+  etc. Needs \texttt{xparse} and \texttt{template}.
+
+ \end{description}
+All examples are organised in subdirectories and additionally
+ available as \texttt{gzip} \texttt{tar} files.
+
+ Please remember
+that this material is intended only for experimentation and comments;
+thus any aspect of it, e.g., the user interface or the functionality,
+may change and, in fact, is very likely to change.
+For this reason it is explicitly forbidden to place this material on
+\acro{CD-ROM} distributions or public servers.
+
+These concepts, as well as their implementation, are under discussion
+on the list \texttt{LATEX-L}. You can join this list, which is
+intended solely for discussing ideas and concepts for future versions
+of \LaTeX, by sending mail to
+%\begin{quote}
+  \email{listserv@URZ.UNI-HEIDELBERG.DE} 
+%\end{quote}
+containing the line
+  \begin{quote}
+    \texttt{SUBSCRIBE LATEX-L} \textit{Your Name}
+  \end{quote}
+
+This list is archived and, after subscription, you can retrieve older
+posts to it by sending mail to the above address, containing a command
+such as:
+\begin{quote}
+\texttt{GET LATEX-L LOGyymm}
+\end{quote}
+where \texttt{yy}=Year and \texttt{mm}=Month, e.g.
+\begin{quote}
+\texttt{GET LATEX-L LOG9910}
+\end{quote}
+for all messages sent in October 1999.
+
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews13.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews13.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..057b9fc997b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews13.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews13.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews13.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..65e09b9871a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews13.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file. 
+% 
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+% 
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
+% version 2008 or later.
+% 
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% 
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+% 
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution 
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with 
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+% 
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews13.tex 
+%
+% This is issue 13 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass
+%    [lw35fonts]     % uncomment this line to get Palatino
+   {ltnews}[2000/07/21]
+
+% \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\publicationmonth{June}  
+\publicationyear{2000}
+\publicationissue{13}
+
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\raisefirstsection 
+\section{Yearly release cycle}
+
+We announced in \textit{\LaTeX{} News~11} that we intended to switch
+to a 12-monthly release schedule.  With the present (June~2000)
+release, this switch is being made: thus the next release of \LaTeX{}
+will be dated June~2001.  We shall of course continue, as in the past,
+to release patches as needed to fix significant bugs.
+
+
+\section{PSNFSS: \small Quote of the Month}
+
+\begin{quote}
+  You should say in the \LaTeX{} News that Walter Schmidt has taken over
+  \PSNFSS{} from me. It gives me a certain pleasure to be able to draw a
+  line under that part of my life\ldots
+
+  \begin{latexonly}
+    \vspace{-\baselineskip}
+  \end{latexonly}
+
+  \begin{flushright}
+    Sebastian Rahtz
+  \end{flushright}
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{latexonly}
+  \vspace{-\baselineskip} 
+\end{latexonly}
+
+\noindent
+The \PSNFSS{} material, which supports the use\latex{\\}
+of common PostScript fonts with \LaTeX{}, has been thoroughly updated.
+Most noticeably, the \package{mathpple} package, which used to be
+distributed separately, is now part of the basic \PSNFSS{} bundle;
+this package provides mathematical typesetting with the Palatino
+typeface family.  In addition, numerous bugs and flaws have been fixed
+and the distribution has been `cleaned up'.  The file
+\file{changes.txt} contains a detailed list of these changes.
+\latex{\looseness=-1}   %%!!!!! It worked!
+
+The documentation (in \file{psnfss2e.pdf}) has been completely
+rewritten to provide a comprehensive introduction to the use
+of PostScript fonts. 
+
+Notice that the new \PSNFSS{} needs updated files for font metrics,
+virtual fonts and font definitions.  If you received the new
+version~(8.1) as part of a complete \TeX{} system then these new font
+files should also have been installed.  However, if you intend to
+install or update \PSNFSS{} yourself, please read the instructions in
+the file \file{00readme.txt} of the new \PSNFSS{} distribution.
+
+Support for commercial PostScript fonts, such as
+Lucida~Bright, has been removed from the basic distribution;
+it is now available from \ctan{}:
+\begin{latexonly}
+  \file{\ctanhttp macros/latex/\\
+    contrib/supported/psnfssx}.
+\end{latexonly}
+\begin{htmlonly}
+  \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/psnfssx}.
+\end{htmlonly}
+
+\section{New AMS-\LaTeX{}}
+
+Version 2.0 of AMS-\LaTeX{} was released on December 1, 1999. It can
+be obtained via \url{ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/} or
+\url{http://www.ams.org/tex/amslatex.html}, as well from \ctan{}:
+\begin{latexonly}
+  \file{\ctanhttp macros/latex/\\
+    required/amslatex}.
+\end{latexonly}
+\begin{htmlonly}
+  \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/amslatex}.
+\end{htmlonly}
+
+This release consists chiefly of bug fixes and consolidation of the
+existing features. The division of AMS-\LaTeX{} into two main parts
+(the math packages;\latex{\\}
+the AMS document classes) has been made more pronounced.
+The files \file{diffs-m.txt}, \file{diffs-c.txt},
+\file{amsmath.faq}, and \file{amsclass.faq} describe the\latex{\\}
+changes and address some common questions.
+
+The primary documentation files remain \file{amsldoc.tex}, for the
+\package{amsmath} package, and \file{instr-l.tex}, for the AMS
+document classes.\latex{\\}
+The documentation for the \package{amsthm} package,\latex{\\}
+however, has been moved from \file{amsldoc.tex}\latex{\\}
+to a separate document \file{amsthdoc.tex}.
+
+\begin{latexonly}
+  \vfill
+\end{latexonly}
+
+\section{New input encoding \package{latin4}}
+
+The package \package{inputenc} has, thanks to Hana Skoumalov\'a,
+been extended to cover the \package{latin4} input encoding; this
+covers Baltic and Scandinavian languages as well as Greenland
+Inuit and Lappish.
+
+\begin{latexonly}
+  \vfill
+\end{latexonly}
+
+\section{New experimental code}
+
+In \textit{\LaTeX{} News~12} we announced some ongoing work towards a
+`Designer Interface for \LaTeX' and we presented some early results
+thereof.  Since then, at Gutenberg\,2000 in Toulouse and TUG\,2000 in
+Oxford, we described a new output routine and an improved method of
+handling vertical mode material between paragraphs.  In combination
+these support higher quality \emph{automated}\footnote
+                             {The stress here is on automated!}
+page-breaking and page make-up\latex{\\}
+for complex pages---the best yet achieved with \TeX{}!
+
+A paper describing the new output routine is 
+\begin{latexonly}
+  at\\
+  \file{http://www.latex-project.org/papers/xo-pfloat.pdf%
+   \hspace*{-16pt}}\\
+\end{latexonly}
+\begin{htmlonly}
+  at \url{http://www.latex-project.org/papers/xo-pfloat.pdf}. 
+\end{htmlonly}
+All code examples and documentation are available 
+\begin{latexonly}
+  at\\
+   \file{http://www.latex-project.org/code/experimental/%
+   \latex{\hspace*{-5pt}}}.\\[3pt]
+\end{latexonly}
+\begin{htmlonly}
+  at \url{http://www.latex-project.org/code/experimental/}.
+
+\end{htmlonly}
+This directory has been extended to contain
+\begin{description}
+ \item[galley] Prototype implementation of the interface\latex{\\}
+   for manipulating vertical material in galleys.
+ \item[xinitials] Prototype implementation of the interface\latex{\\}
+   for paragraph initials (needs the \texttt{galley} package.
+ \item[xtheorem] Contributed example using the \texttt{template}
+   package to provide a designer interface for theorem environments.
+ \item[xoutput] A prototype implementation of the new output routine
+   as described in the \texttt{xo-pfloat.pdf} paper. Expected
+   availability: at or shortly after\latex{\\}
+   the TUG\,2000 conference.
+\end{description}
+
+\end{document}
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews14.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews14.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9242b2e92e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews14.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews14.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews14.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0444d75689c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews14.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file. 
+% 
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+% 
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
+% version 2008 or later.
+% 
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% 
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+% 
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution 
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with 
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+% 
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews14.tex 
+% 
+% This is issue 14 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass
+%    [lw35fonts]     % uncomment this line to get Palatino
+   {ltnews}[2001/07/12]
+
+% \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\publicationmonth{June}  
+\publicationyear{2001}
+\publicationissue{14}
+
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\raisefirstsection
+\section{Future releases}
+
+We are currently exploring how to best support the very large
+community of individuals, organisations and enterprises that depend on
+the robustness and availability of the current standard \LaTeX{}
+distribution.  The results of this may lead to some changes in the
+regular release schedule and the handling of bug reports during the
+next year.
+
+\section{New release of \textsf{Babel} (required)}
+
+Earlier this year a new release of \textsf{Babel} (3.7) became
+available. You can read about its new features in
+\begin{latexonly}
+  \file{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/}\\
+  \hspace*{4em}\file{latex/required/babel/announce.txt}
+\end{latexonly}
+\begin{htmlonly}
+  \url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/babel/announce.txt}
+\end{htmlonly}
+
+One of the bugs that got fixed in this release deals with how labels
+are handled by \LaTeX{}.  Because this part of the kernel is modified
+by \textsf{babel}, the relevant changes need to be coordinated.
+Therefore to use \textsf{Babel} with this release of \LaTeX{} you will
+need to update your version of \textsf{babel} to at least 3.7.
+
+\section{New input encoding \package{latin9}}
+
+The package \package{inputenc} has, thanks to Karsten Tinnefeld, been
+extended to cover the \package{latin9} input encoding.  The
+ISO-Latin~9 encoding is a useful modern replacement for ISO-Latin~1
+that contains a few characters needed for French and Finnish. Of wider
+interest, it also contains the euro currency sign; this could be the
+killer argument for many 8-bit texts to use Latin-9 in the future.
+
+According to a Linux manpage, ISO~Latin-9 supports Albanian, Basque,
+Breton, Catalan, Danish, Dutch, English, Estonian, Faroese, Finnish,
+French, Frisian, Galician, German, Greenlandic, Icelandic, Irish
+Gaelic, Italian, Latin, Luxembourgish, Norwegian, Portuguese,
+Rhaeto-Romanic, Scottish Gaelic, Spanish and Swedish.\\
+The characters added in \package{latin9} are (in \LaTeX{} notation):\\
+\begin{small}
+\verb| \texteuro  \v S  \v s  \v Z  \v z  \OE  \oe  \" Y |
+\end{small}\\
+They displace the following characters from \package{latin1}:\\
+\begin{small}
+\verb| \textcurrency  \textbrokenbar  \"{}   \'{}   \c{} |\\
+\verb| \textonequarter  \textonehalf  \textthreequarters |
+\end{small}
+
+
+\section{New tools}
+
+The new package \package{trace} provides many commands to control
+\LaTeX{}'s tracing and debugging output, including the excellent new
+information available with \eTeX{} such as the extremely useful
+tracing of local assignments.  You will find it in the tools
+distribution.
+
+It offers the command \verb|\traceon|, which is similar to
+\verb|\tracingall| but suppresses uninteresting stuff such as font
+loading by NFSS (which can go on for pages if you are unlucky).  It
+also offers \verb|\traceoff| to \ldots\ guess what!  Full details are
+in the documented source file, \file{trace.dtx}.
+
+In the base \package{ifthen} package we have added
+the uppercase synonyms \verb|\NOT| \verb|\AND| and \verb|\OR|.
+
+\section{New experimental code}
+
+In \textit{\LaTeX{} News~12} we announced some ongoing work towards a
+`Designer Interface for \LaTeX' and we presented some early results
+thereof.  Since then, at Gutenberg\,2000 in Toulouse and TUG\,2000 in
+Oxford, we described a new output routine and an improved method of
+handling vertical mode material between paragraphs.  In combination
+these support higher quality \emph{automated}\footnote
+                             {The stress here is on automated!}
+page-breaking and page make-up\latex{\\}
+for complex pages---the best yet achieved with \TeX{}!
+
+More recently we have added material to handle the complex front
+matter requirements of journal articles; this was presented at 
+Gutenberg\,2001 in Metz.
+
+A paper describing the new output routine is 
+\begin{latexonly}
+  at\\
+\begin{small}
+  \file{http://www.latex-project.org/papers/xo-pfloat.pdf}\\
+\end{small}
+\end{latexonly}
+\begin{htmlonly}
+  at \url{http://www.latex-project.org/papers/xo-pfloat.pdf}. 
+\end{htmlonly}
+All code examples and documentation are available 
+\begin{latexonly}
+  at\\
+\begin{small}
+   \file{http://www.latex-project.org/code/experimental}
+\end{small}
+\end{latexonly}
+\begin{htmlonly}
+  at \url{http://www.latex-project.org/code/experimental/}.
+\end{htmlonly}
+
+This directory has been extended to contain the following.
+\begin{description}
+ \item[galley] Prototype implementation of the interface\latex{\\}
+   for manipulating vertical material in galleys.
+ \item[xinitials] Prototype implementation of the interface\latex{\\}
+   for paragraph initials (needs the \texttt{galley} package).
+ \item[xtheorem] Contributed example using the \texttt{template}
+   package to provide a designer interface for theorem environments.
+ \item[xor] A prototype implementation of the new output routine
+   as described in the \texttt{xo-pfloat.pdf} paper.
+ \item[xfrontm] A prototype version of
+   the new font matter interface.
+\end{description}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews15.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews15.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..55161365cdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews15.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews15.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews15.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9c2d393c6bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews15.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file. 
+% 
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+% 
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
+% version 2008 or later.
+% 
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% 
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+% 
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution 
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with 
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+% 
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews15.tex 
+% 
+% This is issue 15 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass
+%    [lw35fonts]     % uncomment this line to get Palatino
+   {ltnews}[2004/02/28]
+
+% \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\publicationmonth{December}  
+\publicationyear{2003}
+\publicationissue{15}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+%\raisefirstsection
+
+\section{Anniversary release}
+
+Yes, it's now 10~years since the first release in this series and, for
+Knuthists, this release also contains \textit{Issue 16}\,!
+
+Meanwhile this \textit{Issue~15} describes the major new features in
+the current release whilst \textit{Issue~16} looks\newline
+a little way into the future of \LaTeX{}.
+
+
+\section{LPPL -- new version}
+
+Most importantly, there is now a new version, 1.3, of the \LaTeX{}
+Project Public Licence.   Many of you will\newline
+be thrilled to know that, following the exchange of over 1600 e-mail
+messages dissecting various aspects of its philosophy such as `how
+many angels can appear in the name of a file before it becomes
+non-free', this version\newline
+is now officially a DFSG (Debian Free Software Guidelines) approved license.
+The discussions start at
+\url{http://lists.debian.org/debian-legal/2002/debian-legal-200207/threads.html}
+with high traffic throughout August to October~2002 and further
+heated discussions starting in April~2003 and concluding
+around June at
+\url{http://lists.debian.org/debian-legal/2003/debian-legal-200306/msg00206.html}.
+
+The important features of the new version are useful clarifications in
+the wording, and revised procedures\newline
+for making a change to the Current Maintainer of a package.  Special
+thanks to all those people from\newline Debian Legal who worked
+constructively with us\newline
+on this onerous task, especially but not exclusively\newline
+Jeff Licquia and Branden Robinson.
+
+
+\section{Small updates to varioref}
+
+The English has been corrected in \verb|\reftextbefore|
+(an incompatible change).  There are other extensions
+such as \verb|\labelformat|, \verb|\Ref|, \verb|\Vref| and \verb|\vpagerefnum|. 
+Some Dutch text has also been changed and two\newline
+new options added: \package{slovak} and \package{slovene}.
+
+
+\section{New and more robust commands}
+
+Many of the math mode commands for compound symbols have been made
+robust and a new robust command has been added: \verb|\nobreakdashes|.
+This last is a low-level command, borrowed from the \package{amsmath}
+package, for use only before hyphens or dashes.  It prevents the line
+break that is normally allowed\newline
+after the following sequence of dashes.
+
+
+\section{Fixing font sizes}
+
+The new \package{fix-cm} package, by Walter Schmidt, changes the CM font
+definition (\texttt{.fd}) files so that similar design sizes are used
+in both the \texttt{OT1} and \texttt{T1} encodings.
+
+
+\section{Font encodings}
+
+A number of options have been added to the \package{textcomp} package,
+enabling only available glyphs to be used.
+Also, the `NFSS font families' are now divided into five different groups
+according to the subset of glyphs each provides from the full
+collection of symbols in the TS1 encoding. 
+Given sufficient information about a font family 
+\package{textcomp} will use this in order to limit the\newline
+typesetting to those glyphs that are available.
+
+Use of this mechanism has also enhanced \verb|\oldstylenums|
+to use the current font if possible.
+
+
+\section{Displaying font tables}
+
+With the \package{nfssfont} package you can now
+specify the font to display by giving its `NFSS classification',
+rather than needing to know its external font file's name.
+It is also now possible to generate large collections of font
+tables in batch mode by providing a suitable input file.
+
+
+\section{New input encodings}
+
+The \package{inputenc} package has been extended as follows: 
+\package{macce} input encoding
+(Apple Central European),
+thanks to Radek Tryc and Marcin Wolinski; \package{cp1257}\newline
+for Baltic languages; \package{latin10},
+thanks to Ionel Ciob\^{i}c\u{a}.\newline
+The euro symbol has by
+now been added to several encodings:
+\package{ansinew}, \package{cp1250}
+and \package{cp1252} (which also\newline
+has another addition), whilst \package{cp858}
+adds it to \package{cp850}.
+
+
+\section{Unicode input}
+
+Partial, experimental support for text files that use the Unicode
+encoding form UTF-8 is now provided by the option \package{utf8} for
+the \package{inputenc} package.
+
+The only Unicode text file characters supported by the current version
+are those based on the most common inputs for glyphs from the small
+collection\newline
+of standard \LaTeX{} Latin encodings.
+
+
+\section{And finally \ldots\ pict2e}
+
+The old, non-functional version of this package has been removed 
+ as there is now a fully working version from Hubert G\"a{\ss}lein
+ and Rolf Niepraschk.  It is described
+ in \textit{The \LaTeX{} Manual}.
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews16.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews16.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c8c11f1ae4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews16.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews16.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews16.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..96ca1ddf683
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews16.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file. 
+% 
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+% 
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
+% version 2008 or later.
+% 
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% 
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+% 
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution 
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with 
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+% 
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews16.tex 
+% 
+% This is issue 16 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass
+%    [lw35fonts]     % uncomment this line to get Palatino
+   {ltnews}[2004/02/28]
+
+% \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\publicationmonth{December}  
+\publicationyear{2003}
+\publicationissue{16}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+%\raisefirstsection
+
+\section{Anniversary news}
+
+This anniversary \textit{Issue~16} takes a brief look into the future work of
+the \LaTeX3 Project Team, both short and and longer range.  Please let
+us know if you want %\newline
+to get involved with us in any of this work (see below).
+
+An overview of the 10th Anniversary Release, dated 2003/12/01, is
+can be found in \textit{Issue~15}.
+
+
+\section{TLC2: The \LaTeX{} Companion -- 2nd edition!}
+
+Since you are reading this newsletter, there is a good chance that
+you, or a friend, has already bought this encyclopedic volume: the
+incomparable Second\newline
+Edition of this work that is every \LaTeX{}ie's\newline
+ultimate lucky charm.
+
+If by some chance you have not yet purchased your own copy then get
+into training, get shopping, and get flexing your muscles (both
+physical---it's $1100+$~pages,\newline
+and intellectual) by using it to discover
+masses of invaluable `insider information' about:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item the latest release of Standard \LaTeX{};
+\item over~200~extension packages; 
+\item plus related software and systems.
+\end{itemize}
+For more information on this all new (??\ldots OK,\newline
+not \emph{all}, but over 90\%!!),
+all accurate (we hope!)\newline
+10th~Anniversary Edition, check out\newline 
+ \mbox{\url{http://www.awprofessional.com/titles/0201362996}}.
+  
+  
+\section{Future maintenance}
+
+We are currently exploring how best to support the very large and
+rapidly growing community of individuals, organisations and
+enterprises that depend on the robustness and availability of the
+current standard \LaTeX{} distribution.  Although we remain firmly\newline
+resolved not to make changes in the base distribution (the kernel) of
+Standard \LaTeX{}, there is still much that needs doing to maintain
+its reliability and utility and to keep up the necessary level of
+communication with users and supporters.  Also, as with all advanced
+software systems, bugs are still turning up occasionally so %\newline
+some fixes are still essential.
+
+One major impediment to providing adequate service levels in this area
+is, of course, the difficulties inherent in obtaining the time and
+commitment of skilled minds---hence the appeal above to anyone
+interested %\newline
+in getting involved.
+
+
+\section{LPPL certification}
+
+There are still some outstanding diplomatic tasks around the
+\LaTeX{} Project Public Licence: these include 
+e.g.,~getting it `OSF certified' and ensuring that it gains
+more support and wider use, even in the FSF world\newline
+where it has long been tolerated.
+
+
+\section{Use of \eTeX/pdf\TeX}
+
+We expect that within the next two years, releases of \LaTeX{} will
+change modestly in order to run best under an extended \TeX{} engine
+that contains the \eTeX{} primitives, e.g., \eTeX{} or pdf\TeX{}.
+The details of this possible upgrade need further work so we are not
+making a definite announcement yet.
+
+Although the current release does not \emph{require} \eTeX{} features,
+we certainly recommend using an extended \TeX{}, especially if you
+need to debug macros. 
+
+
+\section{End of `autoload' support}
+
+As computer systems generally grow in capacity, requirements change
+and so we believe that the \package{autoload} variant of \LaTeX{} is
+no longer required.  Thus, although the code remains it is no longer
+supported.  We hope this does not cause any problems.
+
+
+\section{New models, new code}
+
+In the period 1999--2001 we published many results of our work over
+the previous decade on the development of new concepts and models
+for automated typesetting based on \TeX{} as the underlying platform.
+These can be found at \url{http://www.latex-project.org/papers/}
+and
+\mbox{\url{http://www.latex-project.org/code/experimental/}}.
+
+Since then a very large proportion of the The Team's efforts have been
+diverted to provide the core author team for TLC2, which provides
+over 1000 pages of carefully researched and tested documentation of
+many aspects of the vast world of \LaTeX{} related software that 
+was developed over that same time period and that continues
+to grow and improve prodigiously.
+
+Completion of that task \ldots\ until TLC3!! \ldots\ presents the
+possibility of getting back to this more exciting development work,
+or even to more radical work on non-\TeX{}-based models and
+implementations.
+
+Of course, any such ideas are predicated on our ability to organise
+(with you, we hope) an efficient\newline
+but responsive maintenance and support system\newline
+for Standard \LaTeX{}.
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews17.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews17.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..db4c5e161f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews17.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews17.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews17.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f55300f4479
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews17.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file. 
+% 
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+% 
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
+% version 2008 or later.
+% 
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% 
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+% 
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution 
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with 
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+% 
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews17.tex
+%
+% This is issue 17 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass
+%    [lw35fonts]    % uncomment this line to get Palatino
+     {ltnews}[2004/02/28]
+
+% \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+
+\publicationmonth{December}
+\publicationyear{2005}
+\publicationissue{17}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+% \raisefirstsection
+
+\section{Project licence news}
+
+The \LaTeX{} Project Public License has been updated slightly so that
+it is now version 1.3c.  In the warranty section the
+phrase ``unless required by applicable law'' has been reinstated,
+having got lost at some point.  Also,
+it now contains three clarifications: of the difference between
+``maintained'' and ``author-maintained''; of the
+term ``Base Interpreter''; and when clause 6b and 6d shall not apply.
+
+Following requests, we now also provide the text of the licence as a
+\LaTeX{} document (in the file \texttt{lppl.tex}). This file can be
+processed either as a stand-alone document or it can be included
+(without any modification) into another \LaTeX{} document, e.g., as an
+appendix, using \verb|\input| or \verb|\include|.
+
+
+\section{New guide on font encodings}
+
+Way back in 1995 work was started on a guide to document the
+officially allocated \LaTeX{} font encoding names. However, for one
+reason or another this guide (named \textit{\LaTeX{} font encodings})
+was, until now, not added to the distribution.  It describes the major
+7-bit and 8-bit font encodings used in the \LaTeX{} world and explains
+the restrictions required of conforming text font encodings.  It also
+lists all the `encoding specific commands' (the LICR or \LaTeX{}
+Internal Character Representation) for characters supported by the
+encodings \texttt{OT1} and \texttt{T1}.
+
+When the file \texttt{encguide.tex} is processed by \LaTeX{}, it will
+attempt to typeset an encoding table for each encoding it describes.
+For this to be possible, \LaTeX{} must be able to find \texttt{.tfm}
+files for a representative example font for each encoding.  If
+\LaTeX{} cannot find such a file then a warning is issued and the
+corresponding table is omitted.
+
+
+\section{Robust commands in math}
+
+The font changing commands in text-mode have been robust commands for years,
+but the same has not been true for the math versions such as
+\verb|\mathbf|.  While the math-mode commands worked correctly in
+section heads, they could cause problems in other places such as index
+entries.  With this release, these math-mode commands are now robust in
+the same way as their text-mode counterparts.
+
+%%
+\pagebreak
+%%
+
+
+\section{Updates of required packages}
+
+Several of the packages in the \package{tools} bundle have been updated
+for this release.
+
+The \package{xspace} package has some new features.  One is an
+interface for adding and removing the exceptions it knows about and
+another is that it works with active characters. These remove problems
+of incompatibility with the \package{babel} system.
+
+In \textit{\LaTeX\ News~16} we announced that some packages might
+begin to take advantage of \eTeX{} extensions on systems where these
+are available: and the latest version of \package{xspace} does just
+that.  Note also that \package{fixltx2e} will make use of the
+facilities in \eTeX{} whenever these are present (see below).
+
+The \package{calc} package has also been given an update with a few
+extra commands.  
+The commands \verb|\maxof| and \verb|\minof|, each with two
+brace-delimited arguments, provide the usual numeric $\max$ and $\min$
+operations. The commands \verb|\settototalheight| and
+\verb|\totalheightof| work like \verb|\settoheight| and
+\verb|\heightof|.  There are also some internal improvements to make
+\package{calc} work with some more primitive \TeX\ constructs, such as
+\verb|\ifcase|.
+
+The \package{varioref} package has acquired a few more default
+strings but there are still a number of languages for 
+which good strings are still missing.
+
+The \package{showkeys} package has also been updated slightly to work
+with more recent developments in \package{varioref}. Also, it now
+provides an easy way to define the look of the printed labels with
+the command \verb|\showkeyslabelformat|.
+
+\section{Work on \LaTeX{} fixes}
+
+The package known as \package{fixltx2e} has three new additions. A new
+command \verb|\textsubscript| has been added as a complement to the
+command \verb|\textsuperscript| in the kernel.  Secondly, a new form of
+\verb|\DeclareMathSizes| that allows all of its arguments to have a
+dimension suffix.  This means you can now use expressions such as
+\verb|\DeclareMathSizes{9.5dd}{9.5dd}{7.4dd}{6.6dd}|.  
+
+The third new
+addition is the robust command \verb|\TextOrMath| which takes two
+arguments and executes one of them when typesetting in text or math
+mode respectively. This command also takes advantage of \eTeX{}
+extensions if available; more specifically, 
+%%
+%%\pagebreak
+%%
+when the \eTeX{} extensions are available, it does not
+destroy kerning between previous letters and the text to be typeset. 
+The command is also used
+internally in \package{fixltx2e} to resolve a problem with
+\verb|\fnsymbol|.  
+
+Also, further work has been done on reimplementing
+the command \verb|\addpenalty|, which is used internally in several
+places: we hope it is an improvement!
+
+\section{The graphics bundle}
+
+The \package{graphics} bundle now supports the
+\package{dvipdfmx} post-processor and Jonathan Kew's XE\TeX\
+program. By support we mean that the graphics packages recognize the
+new options \texttt{xetex} and \texttt{dvipdfmx} but we do not
+distribute the respective driver files. 
+
+This leads elegantly to a description of the 
+new policy concerning such driver files in the \package{graphics} bundle.
+Most driver files for our graphics packages are maintained by the
+developers of the associated post-processor or \TeX\ programs.  
+The teams developing these packages are working very hard: their rapid
+development offers a stark contrast to the current schedule of \LaTeX\
+releases.  It is therefore no longer practical
+for the \LaTeX\ Team to be responsible for distributing the
+latest versions of these driver files.  
+
+Therefore the installation files for \package{graphics} have been
+split: there is now \file{graphics.ins} to install the package files and
+\file{graphics-drivers.ins} for the driver files (located in
+\file{drivers.dtx}). 
+There is no need 
+to install all those provided in the file \file{drivers.dtx}.
+
+Please also note that, as requested by the maintainers of
+\package{PStricks}, we have removed the package \package{pstcol} as
+current versions of \package{PSTricks} make it obsolete.
+
+%%
+\newpage
+%%
+
+
+\section{Future development}
+
+The title of this section is a little misleading as it actually
+describes \emph{current} development. In 1998 the \package{expl3}
+bundle of packages was put on \ctan\ to demonstrate a possible \LaTeX3
+programming environment. These packages have been lying dormant for some
+time while the \LaTeX\ Project Team were preoccupied by other things
+such as developing the experimental packages \package{xor},
+\package{template}, etc., (and also writing that indispensable
+and encyclopaedic volume,\\ 
+The \LaTeX{} Companion -- 2nd edition).
+
+In October 2004 work on this code base was resumed with the goal of
+some day turning it into a kernel for \LaTeX3.  This work can now
+also make full use of the widely accepted \eTeX\ extensions. Currently
+two areas are central to this work. 
+
+\begin{itemize} 
+\item Extending the
+  kernel code of \LaTeX3. 
+\item Converting the experimental packages
+  such as \package{xor}, \package{template} to use the new
+  syntax internally. 
+\end{itemize} 
+
+Beware! Development of
+\package{expl3} is happening so fast that the descriptions above might
+be out of date when you read this! If you wish to see what's going on
+then go to
+\url{http://www.latex-project.org/code.html} where you can download
+ fully working code (we hope!).  
+
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews18.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews18.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4d7c4a9f20a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews18.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews18.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews18.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..33f0d7310dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews18.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file. 
+% 
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+% 
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
+% version 2008 or later.
+% 
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% 
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+% 
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution 
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with 
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+% 
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews18.tex
+%
+% This is issue 18 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass
+    [lw35fonts]    % uncomment this line to get Palatino
+     {ltnews}[2004/02/28]
+
+% \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+
+\publicationmonth{December}
+\publicationyear{2007}
+\publicationissue{18}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\noindent This news never existed.
+
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews19.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews19.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..00d5df6ab1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews19.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews19.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews19.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..af99d329dd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews19.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file.
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2008 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews19.tex
+%
+% This is issue 19 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass{ltnews}
+
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\usepackage{lmodern,url}
+
+\publicationmonth{September}
+\publicationyear{2009}
+
+\publicationissue{19}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\section{New \LaTeX\ release}
+
+This issue of \LaTeX~News marks the first release of a new version of
+\LaTeXe\ since the publication of The \LaTeX\ Companion in 2005--2006.
+
+Just in time for \TeX\ Live 2009, this version is a maintenance
+release and introduces no new features. A number of small changes have
+been made to correct minor bugs in the kernel, slightly extend the Unicode
+support, and improve various
+aspects of some of the \texttt{tools} packages.
+
+\section{New code repository}
+
+Since the last \LaTeX\ release, the entire code base has been moved
+to a public \textsc{svn} repository%
+\footnote{\url{http://www.latex-project.org/svnroot/latex2e-public/}}
+and the entire build architecture re-written. In fact, it has only
+been possible for us to consider a new \LaTeX\ release since earlier
+this year when the test suite was finally set up with the new system.
+In the process, a bug in the \LaTeX\ picture fonts distributed with
+\TeX\ Live was discovered, proving that the
+tests are working and are still very valuable.
+
+Now that we can easily generate new packaged versions of the \LaTeXe\
+distribution, we expect to be able to roll out bug fixes in a much
+more timely manner than over the last few years. New versions should
+be distributed yearly with \TeX\ Live. Having said this, the
+maintenance of the \LaTeXe\ kernel is slowing down as the bugs become
+fewer and more subtle. Remember that we cannot change any of the
+underlying architecture of the kernel or any design decisions of the
+standard classes because we must preserve backwards compatibility with
+legacy documents at all costs.
+
+Even new features cannot be added, because any new documents using
+them will not compile in systems (such as journal production engines)
+that are generally not updated once they've been proven to work as
+necessary.
+
+None of this is to say that we consider \LaTeXe\ to be any less
+relevant for document production than in years past: a stable system
+is a useful one.
+Moreover, the package system continues to provide a flourishing and stable
+means
+for the development of a wide range of extensions.
+
+\newpage
+
+\section{Babel}
+
+One area of the \LaTeXe\ code base that is still receiving feedback to
+be incorporated into the main distribution is the Babel system for
+multilingual typesetting.
+While the Babel sources have already been added to the \textsc{svn} repository the
+integration of the test system for Babel is still outstanding.
+
+
+\section{The future}
+
+While work on \LaTeXe\ tends to maintenance over active development,
+the \LaTeX3 project is
+seeing new life. Our goals here are to provide a transition from the
+\LaTeXe\ document processing model to one with a more flexible
+foundation. Work is continuing in the \textsf{expl3} programming
+language and the \textsf{xpackages} for document design. Future
+announcements
+about \LaTeX3 will be available via the \LaTeX\ Project
+website and in TUGboat.
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews20.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews20.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..86c9b8942a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews20.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews20.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews20.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a43aa37b7c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews20.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright 1993--2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file.
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2008 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews20.tex
+%
+% This is issue 20 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass{ltnews}
+
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\usepackage{lmodern,url}
+
+\publicationmonth{June}
+\publicationyear{2011}
+
+\publicationissue{20}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\section{Scheduled \LaTeX\ bug-fix release}
+
+This issue of \LaTeX~News marks the first bug-fix release of
+\LaTeXe\ since shifting to a new build system in 2009.
+Provided sufficient changes are made each year, we expect to
+repeat such releases once per year to stay in sync with \TeX\ Live.
+Due to the excitement of \TeX's $2^5$-th birthday last year,
+we missed our window of opportunity to do so for 2010.
+This situation has been rectified this year!
+
+\section{Continued development}
+
+The \LaTeXe\ program is no longer being actively developed, as any non-negligible changes now could have dramatic backwards compatibility issues with old documents. Similarly, new features cannot be added to the kernel since any new documents written now would then be incompatible with legacy versions of \LaTeX.
+
+The situation on the package level is quite different though. While most of us have stopped developing packages for \LaTeXe{} there are many contributing developers that continue to enrich \LaTeXe{} by providing or extending add-on packages with new or better functionality.
+
+However, the \LaTeX\ team certainly recognises that there are improvements to be made to the kernel code; over the last few years we have been working on building, expanding, and solidifying the \textsf{expl3} programming layer for future \LaTeX\ development. We are using \textsf{expl3} to build new interfaces for package development and tools for document design. Progress here is continuing.
+
+\section{Release notes}
+
+In addition to a few small documentation fixes, the following changes have been made to the \LaTeXe\ code; in accordance with the philosophy of minimising forwards and backwards compatibility problems, most of these will not be noticeable to the regular \LaTeX\ user.
+
+\paragraph{Font subsets covered by Latin Modern and \TeX\ Gyre}
+
+The Latin Modern and \TeX\ Gyre fonts are a modern suite of families based
+on the well-known Computer Modern and `PostScript 16' families with many additional
+characters for high-quality multilingual typesetting.%
+\footnote{%
+  See their respective TUGboat articles for more information:\\
+  \url{http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb24-1/jackowski.pdf}\\
+  \url{http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb27-2/tb87hagen-gyre.pdf}%
+}
+
+Information about their symbol coverage in the \verb|TS1| encoding is now included
+in \texttt{textcomp}'s default font definitions.
+
+% \paragraph{Private conditional switch in italic correction}
+% negligible improvement/only useful to LaTeX programmers: not worth documenting I think?
+
+% \paragraph{Improve formatting in \texttt{doc} for filenames with some punctuation}
+% negligible improvement, again?
+
+\paragraph{Redefinition of \cs{enddocument}}
+
+Inside the definition of \verb=\end{document}= the \texttt{.aux} file is read back in to resolve cross-references and build the table of contents etc. From 2.09 days this was done using \verb=\input= without any surrounding braces which could lead to some issues in boundary cases, especially if \verb=\input= was redefined by some package. It was therefore changed to use \LaTeXe{}'s internal name for this function. As a result, packages that modify \verb=\enddocument= other than through the officially provided hooks may need to get updated.
+
+\paragraph{Small improvement with split footnotes in \texttt{ftnright}}
+
+If in the first column there is more than a full column worth of footnote
+material the material will be split resulting in footnotes out of
+order. This issue is now at least detected and generates an error but the algorithm used by the package is
+unable to gracefully handle it in an automated fashion (some alternatives for resolving the problem if it happens are given in the package documentation).
+
+\paragraph{Improvement in \texttt{xspace} and font-switching}
+
+The \texttt{xspace} package provides the command \verb|\xspace|
+which attempts to be clever about inserting spaces automatically
+after user-defined control sequences.
+An important bug fix has been made to this command to correct its
+behaviour when used in conjunction with font-switching commands
+such as \verb|\emph| and \verb|\textbf|.
+Previously, writing
+\begin{verbatim}
+  \newcommand\foo{foo\xspace}
+  ... \emph{\foo}  bar baz
+  ... \emph{\foo}, bar baz
+\end{verbatim}
+would result in an extraneous space being inserted after `foo' in
+both cases; this has now been corrected.
+
+
+\paragraph{RTL in \texttt{multicol}}
+
+  The 1.7 release of \texttt{multicol} adds support for languages that are typeset
+  right-to-left. For those languages the order of the columns on the page
+  also needs to be reversed---something that wasn't possible in earlier releases.
+
+The new feature is supported through the
+commands \verb|\RLmulticolcolumns| (switching to right-to-left typesetting)
+and \verb|\LRmulticolcolumns| (switching to left-to-right typesetting) the
+latter being the default.
+
+\paragraph{Improve French \texttt{babel} interaction with \texttt{varioref}}
+
+ Extracting and saving the page number turned out to be a source of subtle
+ bugs. Initially it was done through an \verb"\edef" with a bunch of
+\verb"\expandafter" commands inside. This posed a problem if the page number
+ itself contained code which needed protection (e.g., pr/4080) so this got
+ changed in the last release to use \verb"\protected@edef". However, that in turn failed with Babel
+(bug report/4093)   if the label contained active characters, e.g., a ``:'' in French. So now
+we use (after one failed attempt pr/4159) even more \verb"\expandafter" commands and \verb"\romannumeral" trickery to avoid any expansion other
+ than what is absolutely  required---making the code in that space absolutely unreadable.
+\begin{verbatim}
+  \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{%
+  \romannumeral
+    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+  \z@
+  \expandafter \@cdr
+  \romannumeral
+    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+  \z@
+  \csname r@#2\endcsname\@nil}%
+\end{verbatim}
+Code like this nicely demonstrates the limitations in the programming layer of \LaTeXe{} and the advantages that  \textsf{expl3} will offer on this level.
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews21.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews21.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b4d8b483425
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews21.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews21.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews21.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f9416b58e18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews21.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright 2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file.
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2008 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews21.tex
+%
+% This is issue 21 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass{ltnews}
+\def\ConTeXt{C\kern-.0333emon\-\kern-.0667em\TeX\kern-.0333emt} 
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\usepackage{lmodern,url,hologo}
+
+\publicationmonth{May}
+\publicationyear{2014}
+
+\publicationissue{21}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\section{Scheduled \LaTeX\ bug-fix release}
+
+This issue of \LaTeX~News marks the second bug-fix release of
+\LaTeXe\ (standard \LaTeX) since shifting to a new build system in 2009.
+Provided sufficient changes are made, we expect to
+make such releases yearly or every two years, in sync with \TeX\ Live.
+
+
+
+\subsection{Release notes}
+
+This release makes no changes to the core code in the \LaTeXe\ format
+but there are a small number of documentation fixes (not listed
+here). In addition several packages in the \textsf{base} and
+\textsf{required} areas have been updated as detailed below.
+
+
+This has been done in accordance with the philosophy of minimising
+problems in both forwards and backwards compatibility, so most of
+these changes should not be noticed by the regular \LaTeX\ user.
+
+References in the text below of the form ``graphics/3873'' are to
+bug reports listed
+at:\\ \url{http://latex-project.org/cgi-bin/ltxbugs2html}
+
+
+\let\paragraph\subsubsection
+
+\paragraph{\textsf{fixltx2e} updates}
+
+
+
+There are a number of bugs and faulty design decisions in \LaTeXe{}
+that should have been corrected long ago in the kernel code.  However,
+such corrections cannot be done as this would break backwards
+compatibility in the following sense. A large number of documents
+exist by now that have worked around the bug or have even made use of
+a particular misfeature.  Thus changing the kernel code would break
+too many existing documents.
+
+The corrections for these types of bug have therefore been collected together
+in a package that can be loaded only when needed; its name is \textsf{fixltx2e}.
+For this release we made the following changes to this package:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+   Misspelled float placement specifiers such as
+   \verb=\begin{figure}[tv]= instead of \texttt{tb} are silently
+   ignored by the kernel code.  Now we test for such letters and issue
+   an error message.
+\item
+   \LaTeX's float handling algorithm can get out of sync if you mix
+   single and double-column floats (as they are placed independently
+   of each other). This was corrected in \textsf{fixltx2e} a few years ago
+   but the fix was not perfect as one situation using
+   \verb=\enlargethispage= generated a low-level \TeX{} error. 
+   This behaviour of the package is now improved.
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+
+
+\paragraph{New \textsf{fltrace} package}
+
+For years the file \texttt{ltoutput.dtx} contained some hidden code to
+trace the detailed behaviour of the float placement algorithm of
+\LaTeX. Prompted by questions on StackExchange we now extract this
+code into a new \textsf{fltrace} package. To see the float algorithm
+in action (or to understand why it decides to place all your floats at
+the very end of the document) use
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{fltrace} \tracefloats
+\end{verbatim}
+To stop tracing somewhere in the document use
+\verb=\tracefloatsoff= and to see the current value of various float
+parameters use \verb=\tracefloatvals=. As the package is identical to
+the kernel code with tracing added, it may or may not work if you load any
+other package that manipulates that part of the kernel code. In such a
+case your best bet is to load \textsf{fltrace} first.
+
+\paragraph{\textsf{inputenc} package updates}
+
+The \textsf{inputenc} package allows different input encodings for
+\LaTeX\ documents to be specified including the important
+\texttt{utf8} option used to specify the Unicode UTF-8 encoding. A
+common mistake in documents has been to also include this option when
+using the Unicode-based \TeX\ engines \hologo{LuaTeX} and \hologo{XeTeX}
+producing strange errors as these engines natively deal with UTF-8
+characters.
+
+If a document stored in an 8bit encoding is processed by
+\hologo{pdfTeX}, it needs the \textsf{inputenc} package to work
+correctly. However, if such a document is processed unchanged by
+\hologo{LuaTeX} or \hologo{XeTeX}, then accented characters may
+silently get dropped from the output.
+
+The package has been modified so that if used with \hologo{LuaTeX} or
+\hologo{XeTeX}, then it just issues a warning if \texttt{utf8} or
+\texttt{ascii} is specified, and stops with an error for any other
+encoding requested.
+
+
+
+One further improvement has been made to the encoding definition files
+(\texttt{.def}) used by \textsf{inputenc}: the catcode of \texttt{@}
+is now saved and restored when reading them instead of always using
+\verb=\makeatother= inside the files (latex/4192).
+
+
+
+\paragraph{The tools directory}
+
+In the past each of the sub-directories in the ``required'' section of
+the \LaTeX{} distribution contained a single \texttt{.ins} file to
+generate the code files from the source files. We have now
+started to provide individual \texttt{.ins} files for each of those
+packages that are likely to require updates outside a major
+\LaTeX{} release.
+
+\paragraph{\textsf{multicol} updates}
+
+Version 1.8 of \textsf{multicol} implements some improvements/fixes
+and one extension. In the past the balancing algorithm enlarged the
+column height until it found a solution that satisfied all
+constraints. If there were insufficient break points then the final
+column height could have been much larger than expected and if that
+happened near the end of the page it resulted in the text overflowing
+into the bottom margin. This situation is now detected and in that
+case a normal page is cut and balancing is resumed on the next
+page. Some overflow is still allowed and controlled via the parameter
+\verb=\maxbalancingoverflow=.
+
+The use of \verb=\enlargethispage= is now properly supported within
+the environment. Finally a new command \verb=\docolaction= was added
+to allow the execution of code depending on the column in which the
+command is executed. See the documentation for details.
+
+Bug fixes: the new version fixes both a color leak that could happen
+in certain situations and the problem that \texttt{multicols} could
+mess up the positioning of \verb=\marginpar=s that followed the
+environment.
+
+
+\paragraph{\textsf{tabularx} updates}
+
+The restrictions on embedding \verb|\tabularx| \verb|\endtabularx|
+into the definition of a new environment have been relaxed
+slightly. See the package documentation for details.
+
+\paragraph{\textsf{showkeys} updates}
+
+The \textsf{showkeys} package has been updated to fix problems if used
+at the start of list items, and to work if brace groups (\verb|{| and
+\verb|}|) are used in the optional argument of
+\verb|\cite|. (tools/4162, tools/4173)
+
+
+\paragraph{\textsf{color} updates}
+
+The \verb|\nopagecolor| command suggested by Heiko Oberdiek, 
+available for some years in the \textsf{pdftex} option, has been
+added to the core package as suggested in graphics/3873. Currently
+this is supported in the driver files for \textsf{dvips} and
+\textsf{pdftex}.  Patches to support other drivers are welcome.
+
+ \paragraph{\textsf{graphicx} updates}
+
+The \textsf{graphicx} version of \verb|\rotatebox| now allows 
+\verb|\par| (and blank lines) in values, to match the change made
+to the \textsf{graphics} version some years ago. See graphics/4296.
+
+
+\paragraph{\textsf{keyval} updates}
+
+All parsing used in the \textsf{keyval} package has been changed
+to allow \verb|\par| (and blank lines) in values.
+(A second change, to parsing of brace groups
+in a construct such as \texttt{key=\{\{\{value\}\}\}}, was reverted in v1.15.)
+See graphics/3446.
+
+
+
+
+\vfill
+
+\section{Standard \LaTeX\ (\LaTeXe) and \textsf{expl3}}
+
+The substantial collection of innovative code in \textsf{expl3}
+implements a new programming language that has for a while now been
+used by some writers of \LaTeXe\ packages.  This code has recently
+also been made available for use on top of plain \TeX\ or {\ConTeXt},
+largely to support generic packages that are supposed to work with
+different flavours of \TeX.  These uses in no way affect authors of
+\LaTeX\ documents and such \LaTeXe\ packages will continue to work as
+advertised by their authors with standard \LaTeX.
+
+This code base will also become an important foundation for the kernel
+of \LaTeX3 and so the new programming language can be described as
+`The \LaTeX3 Programming Language'. However, if you see or hear that a
+package `uses \LaTeX3' then it remains very unlikely (as yet) to mean
+that the package is part of some `new version of \LaTeX'.
+
+News about the development and use of \textsf{expl3} and about other
+developments in the \LaTeX3 code base is reported regularly in the
+\LaTeX3~News series (\url{http://latex-project.org/l3news/}), the most
+recent issue of which was published in March 2014.
+
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews22.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews22.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..013af128628
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews22.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews22.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews22.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..65d7db900a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews22.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2015-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file.
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2008 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews22.tex
+%
+% This is issue 22 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass{ltnews}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\usepackage{lmodern,url,hologo}
+
+\publicationmonth{January}
+\publicationyear{2015}
+
+\publicationissue{22}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\section{New \LaTeXe\ bug-fix policy}
+
+\subsection{Introduction}
+
+For some years we have supplied bug fixes to the \LaTeXe\ kernel via the
+\textsf{fixltx2e} package. This
+kept the kernel stable, but at the expense of meaning that most users did not
+benefit from bug fixes, and that some compromises 
+which were made to save space in the
+machines of the time are still affecting most users today.
+
+In this release we have started a new update policy. All the fixes previously
+available via \textsf{fixltx2e} are now enabled \emph{by default} in the
+format, as are some further extensions for extended \TeX\ engines, \eTeX,
+\hologo{XeTeX} and \hologo{LuaTeX}. Compatibility and stability are still
+important considerations, and while most users will not notice these
+improvements, or will want to benefit from them, a new \textsf{latexrelease}
+package is provided that will revert all the changes and re-instate the
+definitions from earlier releases. The package can also be used with older
+releases to effectively \emph{update} the kernel to be equivalent to this 2015
+release.
+
+A new document, \textsf{latexchanges}, is distributed with the release
+that documents all the changes to documented commands since the 2014
+\LaTeX\ release, and will be updated in future releases if further
+changes have been made.
+
+\subsection{The \textsf{latexrelease} package}
+
+As noted above a new package is available to manage differences between \LaTeX\
+releases. If you wish to revert all changes back to the definitions as they
+were in previous releases you may start your document requesting the \LaTeX{} release from May~2014:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\RequirePackage[2014/05/01]{latexrelease}
+\documentclass{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+Conversely if you start a large project now and want to protect yourself
+against possible future changes, you may start your document
+\begin{verbatim}
+\RequirePackage[2015/01/01]{latexrelease}
+\documentclass{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+Then the version of \textsf{latexrelease} distributed with any future \LaTeX\
+release will revert any changes made in that format, and revert to the
+definitions as they where at the beginning of 2015.
+
+If you wish to share a document using the latest features with a
+user restricted to using an older
+format, you may use the form above and make the \textsf{latexrelease} package
+available on the older installation.  The package will then update the format
+definitions as needed to enable the older format to work as if dated on the date
+specified in the package option.
+
+\subsection{The \cs{IncludeInRelease} command}
+
+The mechanism used in the \textsf{latexrelease} package is available for use in
+package code. If in your \textsf{zzz} package you have
+\begin{verbatim}
+\RequirePackage{latexrelease}
+\IncludeInRelease{2015/06/01}
+    {\zzz}{\zzz definition}
+  \def\zzz......new code
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}
+  {\zzz}{\zzz definition}
+  \def\zzz....original
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\end{verbatim}
+then in a document using a format dated 2015/06/01 or later, the ``new code''
+will be used, and for documents being processed with an older format, the
+``original'' code will be used. Note the format date here may be the original
+format date as shown at the start of every \LaTeX\ run, or a format date
+specified as a package option to the \textsf{latexrelease} package. 
+
+So if the document has
+\begin{verbatim}
+\RequirePackage[2014/05/01]{latexrelease}
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{zzz}
+\end{verbatim}
+then it will use the \emph{original} definition of \verb|\zzz| even if
+processed with the current format, as the format acts as if dated 2014/05/01.
+
+
+\subsection{Limitations of the approach}
+
+The new concept provides full backward and forward compatibility for
+the \LaTeX{} format, i.e., with the help of a current
+\textsf{latexrelease} package the kernel can emulate all released
+formats (starting with 2014/06/01\footnote{Patching an older format
+  most likely works too, given that the changes in the past have been
+  minimal, though this isn't guaranteed and hasn't been tested.}).
+
+
+However, this is not necessarily true for all packages.
+ Only if a package makes use of the \cs{IncludeInRelease}
+functionality will it adjust to the
+requested \LaTeX{} release date. Initially this will only be true for
+a few selected packages and in general it may not even be advisable for packages
+that have their own well-established release cycles and methods.
+
+Thus, to regenerate a document with 100\,\% compatible behavior
+it will still be necessary
+to archive it together with all its inputs, for example, by archiving
+the base distribution trees (and any modifications made). However, the
+fact that a document requests a specific \LaTeX{} release date should
+help identifying what release tree to use to achieve perfect accuracy.
+
+
+\section{Updates to the kernel}
+
+\subsection{Updates incorporated from \textsf{fixltx2e}}
+
+The detailed list of changes incorporated from \textsf{fixltx2e} is
+available in the new \textsf{latexchanges} document that is
+distributed with this release. The main changes are that $2$-column
+floats are kept in sequence with one column floats, corrections are
+made to the \verb|\mark| system to ensure correct page headings in
+$2$-column documents, several additional commands are made robust.
+
+\subsection{\eTeX\ register allocation}
+
+\LaTeX\ has traditionally used allocation routines inherited from plain \TeX\
+that allocated registers in the range $0$--$255$. Almost all distributions have
+for some years used \eTeX\ based formats (or \hologo{XeTeX} or \hologo{LuaTeX})
+which have $2^{15}$ registers of each type ($2^{16}$ in the case of
+\hologo{LuaTeX}). The \textsf{etex} package has been available to provided an
+allocation mechanism for these extended registers but now the format will by
+default allocate in a range suitable for the engine being used. The new
+allocation mechanism is different than the \textsf{etex} package mechanism, and
+supports \hologo{LuaTeX}'s full range and an allocation mechanism for \LaTeX\
+floats as described below.
+
+On \eTeX\ based engines, an additional command, \verb|\newmarks| is available
+(as with the \textsf{etex} package) that allocates extended \eTeX\ marks, and
+similarly if \hologo{XeTeX} is detected a new command
+\verb|\newXeTeXintercharclass| is available, this is similar to the command
+previously defined in the \texttt{xelatex.ini} file used to build the
+\texttt{xelatex} format.
+
+\subsection{Additional \LaTeX{} float storage}
+
+\LaTeX's float placement algorithm needs to store floats (figures and tables)
+until it finds a suitable page to output them. It allocates $18$ registers for
+this storage, but this can often be insufficient.
+ The contributed \textsf{morefloats} package has
+been available to extend this list; however, it also only allocates from the
+standard range $0$--$255$ so cannot take advantage of the extended registers.
+The new allocation mechanism in this release incorporates a new command
+\verb|\extrafloats|. If you get the error:
+\mbox{\texttt{Too many unprocessed floats.}}
+then you can add (say) \verb|\extrafloats{500}| to the document preamble to
+make many more boxes available to hold floats. 
+
+
+\subsection{Built-in support for Unicode engines}
+
+The kernel sources now detect the engine being used and adjust definitions
+accordingly, this reduces the need for the ``\texttt{.ini}'' files used to make
+the formats to patch definitions defined in \texttt{latex.ltx}.
+ 
+As noted above the format now includes extended allocation routines.
+
+The distribution includes a file \textsf{unicode-letters.def} derived from the
+Unicode Consortium's Unicode Character Data files that details the upper and
+lower case transformation data for the full Unicode range. This is used to set
+the \verb|lccode| and \verb|uccode| values if a Unicode engine is being used,
+rather than the values derived from the T1 font encoding which are used with
+8-bit engines.
+
+Finally \verb|\typein| is modified if \hologo{LuaTeX} is detected
+such that it works with this engine.
+
+\section{l3build}
+
+This release has been tested and built using a new build system implemented in
+\textsf{Lua}, intended to be run on the \textsf{texlua} interpreter distributed
+with modern \TeX\ distributions. It is already separately available
+from CTAN. This replaces earlier build systems (based at various times on
+\textsf{make}, \textsf{cons}, and Windows \textsf{bat} files). It allows the
+sources to be tested and packaged on a range of platforms (within the team,
+OS X, Windows, Linux and Cygwin platforms are used). It also allows the
+format to be tested on \hologo{XeTeX} and \hologo{LuaTeX} as well as the
+standard \hologo{pdfTeX}/\eTeX\ engines.
+
+\section{Hyperlinked documentation and TDS zip files}
+
+As well as updating the build system, the team have looked again at exactly
+what gets released to \textsc{ctan}. Taking inspiration from Heiko Oberdiek's
+\textsf{latex-tds} bundle, the PDF documentation provided now includes
+hyperlinks where appropriate. This has been done without modifying the sources
+such that users without \textsf{hyperref} available can still typeset the
+documentation using only the core distribution. At the same time, the release
+now includes ready-to-install TDS-style zip files. This will be of principal
+interest to \TeX\ system maintainers, but end users with older machines who
+wish to manually update \LaTeX\ will also benefit.
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews23.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews23.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c37e9f0bca8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews23.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews23.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews23.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..693e22de831
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews23.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2015-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file.
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2008 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews23.tex
+%
+% This is issue 23 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass{ltnews}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\usepackage{lmodern,url,hologo}
+
+\makeatletter % -- provide command introduced in new release
+              %    so this typesets with an old format
+
+% Check we are not in the preamble of a composite document
+\def\@tempa{\@latex@error{Can be used only in preamble}\@eha}
+\ifx\DeclareTextCommandDefault\@tempa
+\else
+  \DeclareTextCommandDefault\textcommabelow[1]
+    {\hmode@bgroup\ooalign{\null#1\crcr\hidewidth\raise-.31ex
+     \hbox{\check@mathfonts\fontsize\ssf@size\z@
+     \math@fontsfalse\selectfont,}\hidewidth}\egroup}
+\fi
+\makeatother
+
+\publicationmonth{October}
+\publicationyear{2015}
+
+\publicationissue{23}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\section{Enhanced support for \hologo{LuaTeX}}
+
+As noted in \LaTeX\ News 22, the 2015/01/01 release of \LaTeX{}
+introduced built-in support for extended \TeX\ systems.
+
+The range of allocated register numbers (for example, for count
+registers) is now set according to the underlying engine capabilities
+to 256, 32768 or 65536. Additional allocators were also added for the
+facilities added by \hologo{eTeX} (\verb|\newmark|) and \hologo{XeTeX}
+(\verb|\newXeTeXintercharclass|). At that time, however, the work to
+incorporate additional allocators for \hologo{LuaTeX} was not ready for
+distribution.
+
+The main feature of this release is  that by default it includes
+allocators for \hologo{LuaTeX}-provided features, such as Lua
+functions, bytecode registers, catcode tables and Lua callbacks.
+Previously these features have been provided by the contributed
+\package{luatex} (Heiko Oberdiek) and \package{luatexbase}
+(\'{E}lie Roux,
+  Manuel P\'{e}gouri\'{e}-Gonnard and Philipp Gesang)
+packages. However, just as
+noted with the \package{etex} package in the previous release, it is
+better if allocation is handled by the format to avoid problems with
+conflicts between different allocation schemes, or definitions made
+before a package-defined allocation scheme is enabled.
+
+The facilities incorporated into the format with this release, and
+described below, are closely modelled on the \package{luatexbase}
+package and we thank the authors, and especially \'{E}lie Roux, for
+help in arranging this transition.
+
+The implementation of these \hologo{LuaTeX} features has been
+redesigned to match the allocation system introduced in the 2015/01/01
+\LaTeX\ release, and there are some other differences from the previous
+\package{luatexbase} package. However, as noted below,
+\package{luatexbase} is being updated in line with this \LaTeX\ release
+to provide the previous interface as a wrapper around the new
+implementation, so we expect the majority of documents using
+\package{luatexbase} to work without change.
+
+\subsection{Names of \hologo{LuaTeX} primitive commands}
+
+The 2015/01/01 \LaTeX\ release for the first time initialised
+\hologo{LuaTeX} in \textsf{latex.ltx} if \hologo{LuaTeX} is being
+used. Following the convention used in the contributed
+\textsf{lualatex.ini} file used to set up the format for earlier
+releases, most \hologo{LuaTeX}-specific primitives were defined with
+names prefixed by \texttt{luatex}. This was designed to minimize name
+clashes but had the disadvantage that names did not match the
+\hologo{LuaTeX} manual, or the names used in other formats, and
+produced some awkward command names such as \verb|\luatexluafunction|.
+From this release the names are enabled without the \texttt{luatex}
+prefix.
+
+In practice this change should not affect many documents; relatively
+few packages access the primitive commands, and many of those are
+already set up to work with prefixed or unprefixed names, so that they
+work with multiple formats.
+
+For package writers, if you want to ensure that your code works with
+this and earlier releases, use unprefixed names in the package and
+ensure that they are defined by using code such as:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\directlua{tex.enableprimitives("",
+             tex.extraprimitives(
+               "omega", "aleph", "luatex"))}
+\end{verbatim}
+Conversely if your document  uses a package relying on prefixed names
+then you can add:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\directlua{tex.enableprimitives("luatex",
+             tex.extraprimitives(
+               "omega", "aleph", "luatex"))}
+\end{verbatim}
+to your document.
+
+Note the compatibility layer offered by the \package{luatexbase} package
+described below makes several commands available under both names.
+
+As always, this change can be reverted using:\\
+\verb|\RequirePackage[2015/01/01]{latexrelease}|\\
+at the start of the document.
+
+
+
+\subsection{\TeX\ commands for allocation in \hologo{LuaTeX}}
+For detailed descriptions of the new allocation commands see the
+documented sources in \textsf{ltluatex.dtx} or chapter N of
+\textsf{source2e}; however, the following new allocation commands are
+defined by default in \hologo{LuaTeX}: 
+\verb|\newattribute|,
+\verb|\newcatcodetable|,
+\verb|\newluafunction| and
+\verb|\newwhatsit|.
+In addition, the commands \verb|\setattribute| and
+\verb|\unsetattribute| are defined to set and unset Lua attributes
+(integer values similar to counters, but attached to nodes). Finally
+several catcode tables are predefined: 
+\verb|\catcodetable@initex|,
+\verb|\catcodetable@string|,
+\verb|\catcodetable@latex|,
+\verb|\catcodetable@atletter|.
+
+\subsection{Predefined Lua functions}
+If used with \hologo{LuaTeX}, \LaTeX\ will initialise a Lua table,
+\textsf{luatexbase}, with functions supporting allocation and also
+the registering of Lua callback functions.
+
+\subsection{Support for older releases and plain \TeX}
+The \hologo{LuaTeX} allocation functionality made available in this
+release is also available in plain \TeX\ and older \LaTeX\ releases 
+in the files \textsf{ltluatex.tex} and \textsf{ltluatex.lua} which may be
+used simply by including the \TeX\ file: \verb|\input{ltluatex}|.
+An alternative for old \LaTeX\ releases is to use:\\
+\verb|\RequirePackage[2015/10/01]{latexrelease}|\\
+which will update the kernel to the current release, including
+\hologo{LuaTeX} support.
+
+\subsection{Additional \hologo{LuaTeX} support packages}
+In addition to the base \LaTeX\ release two packages have been
+contributed to the \textsf{contrib} area on CTAN. The
+\package{ctablestack} package offers some commands to help package
+writers control the \hologo{LuaTeX} \textsf{catcodetable}
+functionality, and the \package{luatexbase} package replaces the
+previously available package of the same name, providing a compatible
+interface but implemented over the \package{ltluatex} code.
+
+\section{More Floats and Inserts}
+If \hologo{eTeX} is available, the number of registers allocated in
+the format to hold floats such as figures is increased from 18 to 52.
+
+The extended allocation system introduced in 2015/01/01 means that in
+most cases it is no longer necessary to load the \package{etex}
+package. Many classes and packages that previously loaded this package
+no longer do so. Unfortunately in some circumstances where a package
+or class previously used the \package{etex} \verb|\reserveinserts|
+command, it is possible for a document that previously worked to
+generate an error ``no room for a new insert''. In practice this error
+can always be avoided by declaring inserts earlier, before the
+registers below 256 are all allocated. However, it is better not
+to require packages to be re-ordered and in some cases the re-ordering
+is complicated due to delayed allocations in \verb|\AtBeginDocument|.
+
+In this release, a new implementation of
+\verb|\newinsert| is used which allocates inserts from the previously
+allocated float lists once the classical register allocation has run
+out. This allows an extra 52 (or in \hologo{LuaTeX}, 64~thousand)
+insert allocations which is more than enough for practical documents
+(by default, \LaTeX\ only uses two insert allocations).
+
+\section{Updated Unicode data}
+
+
+The file \textsf{unicode-letters.def} recording catcodes, upper and
+lower case mappings and other properties for Unicode characters has
+been regenerated using the data files from Unicode~8.0.0.
+
+\section{Support for Comma Accent}
+The command \verb|\textcommabelow| has been added to the format.
+This is mainly used for the Romanian letters 
+\textcommabelow{S}\textcommabelow{s}\textcommabelow{T}\textcommabelow{t}.
+This was requested in latex/4414 in the \LaTeX\ bug tracker.
+
+\section{Extended \package{inputenc}}
+The \texttt{utf8} option for \package{inputenc} has been extended to support
+the letters s and t with comma accent,
+U+0218\,--\,U+021b. Similarly circumflex w and y U+0174\,--\,U+0177 are defined.
+Also U+00a0 and U+00ad are declared by default, and defined to be
+\verb|\nobreakspace| and \verb|\-| respectively.
+
+The error message given on undefined UTF-8 input characters
+now displays the Unicode number
+in U+\textit{hex} format in addition
+to showing the character.
+
+\section{Pre-release Releases}
+The patch level mechanism has been used previously to identify \LaTeX\
+releases that have small patches applied to the main release, without
+changing the main format date.
+
+The mechanism has now been extended to allow identification of
+pre-release versions of the software (which may or may not be released
+via CTAN) but can be identified with a banner such as\\
+{\catcode`\<=13 \def<{\string<} \catcode`\>=13 \def>{\string>}%
+\verb|LaTeX2e <2015/10/01> pre-release-1|}\\
+Internally this is identified as a patch release with a negative patch
+level.
+
+\section{Updates in tools}
+
+The \package{multicol} package has been updated to fix the interaction
+with ``here'' floats that land on the same page as the start or end of
+a \textsf{multicols} environment.
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews24.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews24.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..02776c72564
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews24.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews24.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews24.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6cba173b606
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews24.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2015-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file.
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2008 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews24.tex
+%
+% This is issue 24 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass{ltnews}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\usepackage{lmodern,url,hologo}
+
+\makeatletter % -- provide command introduced in new release
+              %    so this typesets with an old format
+
+% Check we are not in the preamble of a composite document
+\def\@tempa{\@latex@error{Can be used only in preamble}\@eha}
+\ifx\DeclareTextCommandDefault\@tempa
+\else
+  \DeclareTextCommandDefault\textcommabelow[1]
+    {\hmode@bgroup\ooalign{\null#1\crcr\hidewidth\raise-.31ex
+     \hbox{\check@mathfonts\fontsize\ssf@size\z@
+     \math@fontsfalse\selectfont,}\hidewidth}\egroup}
+  \DeclareTextCommandDefault\textcommaabove[1]{%
+      \hmode@bgroup
+      \ooalign{%
+        \hidewidth
+        \raise.7ex\hbox{%
+          \check@mathfonts\fontsize\ssf@size\z@\math@fontsfalse\selectfont`%
+        }%
+       \hidewidth\crcr
+       \null#1\crcr
+      }%
+      \egroup
+    }
+\fi
+
+\makeatother
+
+\publicationmonth{February}
+\publicationyear{2016}
+
+\publicationissue{24}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\section{\hologo{LuaTeX} support}
+
+This release refines the \hologo{LuaTeX} support introduced in the
+2015/10/01 release. A number of patches have been added to improve the
+behavior of \package{ltluatex} (thanks largely to code review by Philipp Gesang).
+The kernel code has been adjusted to
+allow for changes in \hologo{LuaTeX} v0.85--v0.88. Most notably, newer
+\hologo{LuaTeX} releases allow more than $16$ write streams and these are now
+enabled for use by \verb|\newwrite|, but also the experimental
+\texttt{newtoken} Lua library has been renamed back to \texttt{token}
+which required small adjustments in the  \hologo{LuaTeX} setup.
+
+The biggest change in  \hologo{LuaTeX} v0.85--v0.87 compared to previous
+versions is that all the primitives (originally defined in
+\hologo{pdfTeX}) dealing with the PDF ``back end''
+are no longer defined, being replaced by a much smaller set of new primitives.
+This does not directly affect the core \LaTeX{}
+files in this release but has required major changes to the
+\texttt{.ini} files used by \TeX{} Live and similar distributions to
+set up the format files. These changes in the  \hologo{LuaTeX} engine
+will affect any packages using these back end commands (packages such
+as \package{graphics},  \package{color},  \package{hyperref}, etc.).
+Until all contributed packages are updated to the new syntax users may
+need to add aliases for the old \hologo{pdfTeX} commands. A new
+\package{luapdftexalias} package has been contributed to CTAN (not part of the
+core \LaTeX\ release) that may be used for this purpose. 
+
+See also the sections below for related changes in the
+\textsf{tools} and \textsf{graphics} bundles.
+
+
+\section{Unicode data}
+
+As noted in \LaTeX{} News~22, the 2015/01/01 release of \LaTeX{} introduced
+built-in support for extended \TeX{} systems. In particular, the kernel now
+loads appropriate data from the Unicode Consortium to set \verb|\lccode|,
+\verb|\uccode|, \verb|\catcode| and \verb|\sfcode| values in an automated
+fashion for the entire Unicode range.
+
+The initial approach taken by the team was to incorporate the existing model
+used by (plain) \hologo{XeTeX} and to pre-process the ``raw'' Unicode data into
+a ready-to-use form as \verb|unicode-letters.def|. However, the relationship
+between the Unicode Consortium files and \TeX{} data structures is non-trivial and still
+being explored. As such, it is preferable to directly parse the original
+(\verb|.txt|) files at point of use. The team has therefore ``spun-out'' both
+the data and the loading to a new generic package, \package{unicode-data}. This
+package makes the original Unicode Consortium data files available in the
+\verb|texmf| tree (in \verb|tex/generic/unicode-data|) and provides generic
+loaders suitable for reading this data into the plain, \LaTeXe{}, and other,
+formats.
+
+At present, the following data files are included in this new package:
+\begin{itemize}\parskip=0pt
+  \item \verb|CaseFolding.txt|
+  \item \verb|EastAsianWidth.txt|
+  \item \verb|LineBreak.txt|
+  \item \verb|MathClass.txt|
+  \item \verb|SpecialCasing.txt|
+  \item \verb|UnicodeData.txt|
+\end{itemize}
+These files are used either by \LaTeXe{} or by \package{expl3}
+(i.e.~they represent the set currently required by the team). The
+Unicode Consortium provides various other data files and we would be happy to add
+these to the generic package, as it is intended to provide a single place
+to collect this material in the \verb|texmf| tree. Such requests can be
+mailed to the team as~usual or logged at the package home page:
+\url{https://github.com/latex3/unicode-data}.
+
+The new approach extends use of Unicode data in setting \TeX{} information in
+two ways. First, the \verb|\sfcode| of all end-of-quotation/closing punctuation
+is now set to $0$ (transparent to \TeX{}). Second, \verb|\Umathcode| values are
+now set using \verb|MathClass.txt| rather than setting up only letters (which
+was done using an arbitrary plane~$0$/plane~$1$ separation). There are also
+minor refinements to the existing code setting, particularly splitting the
+concepts of case and letter/non-letter category codes.
+
+For \hologo{XeTeX}, users should note that \verb|\xtxHanGlue| and
+\verb|\xtxHanSpace| are \emph{no longer defined}, that no assignments are made
+to \verb|\XeTeXinterchartoks| and that no \verb|\XeTeXintercharclass| data is
+loaded into the format. The values which were previously inherited from
+the plain \hologo{XeTeX} setup files are \emph{not} suitable for properly
+typesetting East Asian text. There are third-party packages addressing this
+area well, notably those in the \package{CTeX} bundle. Third-party packages
+may need adjustment to load the data themselves; see the \textsf{unicode-data}
+package for one possible loader.
+
+\section{More support for east European accents}
+
+As noted in \LaTeX{} News~23, comma accent support was added for \texttt{s} and
+\texttt{t} in the 2015/10/01 release. In this release a matching
+\verb|\textcommaabove| accent has been added for U+0123 (\verb|\c{g}|,
+\textcommaabove{g}) which is the lower case of U+0122 (\verb|\c{G}|,
+\textcommabelow{G}).  In the OT1 and T1 encodings the combinations are
+declared as composites with the \verb|\c| command, which matches the
+Unicode names ``\textsf{latin (capital|small) letter g with cedilla}'' and
+also allows \verb|\MakeUppercase{\c{g}}| to produce \verb|\c{G}|, as
+required.  In T1 encoding, the composite of \verb|\c| with \texttt{k}, \texttt{l},
+\texttt{n} and \texttt{r} are also
+declared to use the comma below accent rather than cedilla to match the
+conventional use of these letters.
+
+The UTF-8 \texttt{inputenc} option \texttt{utf8} has been extended to
+support all latin combinations that can be reasonably constructed with a
+(single) accent command an a base character for the T1 encoding so
+\textcommaabove{g}, \k{u} and similar characters may be directly input
+using UTF-8 encoding.
+
+\section{Changes in Graphics}
+
+The changes in \hologo{LuaTeX}~v0.87 mean that the \package{color} and
+\package{graphics} packages no longer share the \texttt{pdftex.def} file
+between \hologo{LuaTeX} and \hologo{pdfTeX}. A separate file
+\texttt{luatex.def} (distributed separately) has been produced, and
+distributions are encouraged to modify \texttt{graphics.cfg} and
+\texttt{color.cfg} configuration files to default to the \texttt{luatex}
+option if \hologo{LuaTeX}~v0.87 or later is being used. The team has
+contributed suitable \texttt{.cfg} files to CTAN to be used
+as models.
+
+Normally it is best to let the local \texttt{graphics.cfg}
+automatically supply the right option depending on the \TeX\ engine
+being used; however the \package{color} and \package{graphics} (and so
+\package{graphicx}) packages have been extended to have an explicit
+\texttt{luatex} option comparable to the existing \texttt{pdftex} and
+\texttt{xetex} options.
+
+The \package{trig} package has been updated so that pre-computed values
+such as $\sin(90)$ now expand to digits (\texttt{1} rather than the
+internal token \verb|\@one| in this case). This allows them to be used
+directly in PDF literal strings. 
+
+\section{Changes in Tools}
+
+\hologo{LuaTeX} from version v0.87 no longer supports the
+\verb|\write18| syntax to access system commands. A new package
+\package{shellesc} has been added to \textsf{tools} that defines a new
+command \verb|\ShellEscape| that may be used in all \TeX\ variants to
+provide a consistent access to system commands. The package also
+defines \verb|\write18| in  \hologo{LuaTeX} so that it continues to access
+system commands as before; see the package documentation for details.
+
+\section{Improving support for Unicode engines}
+
+\looseness=-1
+Stability concerns are always paramount when considering any change to
+the \LaTeXe{} kernel. At the same time, it is important that the format
+remains usable and gives reliable results for users. For the Unicode
+\TeX{} engines \hologo{XeTeX} and \hologo{LuaTeX} there are important
+differences in behavior from classical ($8$-bit) \TeX{} engines which
+mean that identical default behaviors are not appropriate. Over the
+past 18 months the team has addressed the most pressing of these
+considerations (as detailed above and in \LaTeX{} News~22 and 23),
+primarily by integrating existing patches into the kernel. There are,
+though, important areas which still need consideration, and which
+\emph{may} result in refinements to kernel support in this area in
+future releases.
+
+The default font setup in \LaTeXe{} at present is to use the \texttt{OT1}
+encoding. This assumes that hyphenation patterns have been read using
+appropriate codes: the \texttt{T1} encoding is assumed. The commonly-used
+hyphenation patterns today, \package{hyph-utf8}, are set up in this
+way for $8$-bit engines (\hologo{pdfTeX}) but for Unicode engines use
+Unicode code points. This means that hyphenation will be incorrect
+with Unicode engines unless a Unicode font is loaded. This requires
+a concept of a Unicode font encoding, which is currently provided by
+the \package{fontspec} package in two versions, \texttt{EU1} and
+\texttt{EU2}. The team is working to fully understand what is meant
+by a ``Unicode font encoding'', as unlike a classical \TeX{} encoding
+it is essentially impossible to know what glyphs will be provided
+(though each slot is always defined with the same meaning).  There
+is also an overlap between this area and ideas of language and writing
+system, most obviously in documents featuring mixed scripts (for example
+Latin and Cyrillic).
+
+As well as these font considerations, the team is also exploring
+to what extent it is possible to allow existing ($8$-bit)
+documents to compile directly with Unicode engines without requiring
+changes in the sources. Whether this is truly possible remains an open
+question.
+
+It is important to stress that changes will only be made in this area where
+they do \emph{not} affect documents processed with
+\hologo{eTeX}/\hologo{pdfTeX} (i.e.~documents which are written for
+``classical'' $8$-bit \TeX{} engines). Changes will also be made only where
+they clearly address deficiencies in the current setup for Unicode engines
+(i.e.~where current behaviors are wrong).
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews25.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews25.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..31867da62a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews25.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews25.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews25.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9d675015c3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews25.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2016-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file.
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2008 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews25.tex
+%
+% This is issue 25 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass{ltnews}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\usepackage{lmodern,url,hologo}
+
+
+\publicationmonth{March}
+\publicationyear{2016}
+
+\publicationissue{25}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\section{Lua\TeX}
+This \LaTeX\ release sees several internal changes designed to ensure
+that the system is still usable with Lua\TeX\ versions greater than
+0.80, which have introduced many changes into the engine, most notably
+the removal or renaming of most of the primitive commands introduced by
+pdf\TeX. Also the lists of Lua callbacks handled by the callback
+allocation mechanism has been updated to match the callbacks defined
+in Lua\TeX\ version 0.90.
+
+These changes have also required updates in \textsf{tools}
+and \textsf{amsmath} as described below.
+
+This is the first release of \LaTeX\ for which the test suite reports
+no failures when used with Lua\TeX.
+
+\section{Documentation checksums}
+The \package{doc} package has always provided two mechanisms that were
+mainly intended to guard against file truncation or corruption when
+files were commonly distributed by email through unreliable mail
+gateways: a Character Table of the ASCII character set could be
+inserted (and checked) and a ``checksum'' (count of the number of
+backslashes in the code sections) could be checked.  These features
+are not really needed with modern distribution mechanisms and can be a
+distraction when reading the source code and so have been removed. The
+\package{doc} package has been updated so that if you use a
+\verb|\CheckSum| command then, as before, the number is checked;
+however, if you omit the command then no error or warning is given.
+
+
+\section{Updates to \package{inputenc}}
+
+The UTF-8 support in \package{inputenc} has been further extended with
+support for non-breaking hyphens and more dashes.
+
+\section{Updates in Tools}
+
+The \package{varioref} package has been updated with improved
+documentation of multi\-lingual support, and avoiding unnecessary warnings in
+some cases with \verb|\reftextfaraway|.
+
+The \package{tabularx} package's handling of \verb|\endtabularx| in
+environment definitions has been fixed to again match its documentation.
+
+The \package{bm} package has been updated as required by the changes
+to \verb|\mathchardef| in Lua\TeX.
+
+
+\section{amsmath}
+
+Since the launch of \LaTeXe\ in 1993, the \textsf{amsmath} bundle has
+been part of the \emph{required} packages in the core \LaTeX\
+distribution, with bug reports handled by the \LaTeX\ bug database at 
+\url{https://latex-project.org/bugs-upload.html}.
+
+The \textsf{amsmath} packages and the \textsf{amscls} classes have
+been maintained by the American Mathematical Society.
+
+With this release a new arrangement has been agreed between the
+American Mathematical Society and the \LaTeX3 project. The \LaTeX3
+project will take over maintenance of the \textsf{amsmath} bundle,
+with the American Mathematical Society retaining maintenance of
+\textsf{amscls}.
+
+The recommended installation of these files in the \TeX\ directory
+structure remains unchanged as \path|tex/latex/amsmath| and
+\path|tex/latex/amscls| respectively.
+
+This release of \package{amsmath} includes several updates so that
+\package{amsmath} does not generate errors when math is used with
+Lua\TeX\ v0.87+, which has changes to \verb|\mathchardef| that are
+incompatible with the previous version of \package{amsmath}. It also
+improves \verb|\dots| handling so that \verb|\long| macros are
+correctly handled (for example, \verb|\dots \Rightarrow| now
+uses centered dots), as well as commands expanding to character tokens
+(for example, \verb|\times \dots \times| will use centered dots with
+\verb|\times| defined as in the \package{unicode-math} package).
+
+\section{Related updates}
+In addition to the updates in the core \LaTeX\ release, some files in
+the CTAN ``contrib'' area have also been updated. Notably there have
+been further updates to the \textsf{unicode-data} files; also, the
+files required to build plain and \LaTeX\ formats have now been
+submitted to CTAN as \textsf{tex-ini-files}. The
+addition of a new \texttt{luatex} option for \textsf{graphics}-related
+packages (\textsf{luatex-def} on CTAN) has required updates to the
+configuration files to select a
+default option and these have similarly been uploaded to CTAN as
+\textsf{graphics-cfg}. (Previously these files were maintained
+directly in the \TeX\ Live repository, and were not available on CTAN.)
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews26.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews26.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..39671b7cf75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews26.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews26.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews26.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a1362b3475b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews26.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2017-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file.
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2008 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews26.tex
+%
+% This is issue 26 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass{ltnews}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\usepackage{lmodern,url,hologo}
+
+\publicationmonth{January}
+\publicationyear{2017}
+
+\publicationissue{26}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+\tableofcontents
+
+\setlength\rightskip{0pt plus 3em}
+\section{\eTeX{}}
+
+In \LaTeX{} News~16 (December 2003) the team announced
+\begin{quotation}
+We expect that within the next two years, releases of \LaTeX{} will
+change modestly in order to run best under an extended \TeX{} engine
+that contains the \eTeX{} primitives, e.g., \eTeX{} or pdf\TeX{}.
+\end{quotation}
+and also said
+\begin{quotation}
+Although the current release does not \emph{require} \eTeX{} features, we
+certainly recommend using an extended \TeX{}, especially if you need to debug
+macros.
+\end{quotation}
+
+For many years the team have worked on the basis that users will have \eTeX{}
+available but had not revisited the above statements formally. As of the
+January 2017 release of \LaTeXe{}, \eTeX{} is \emph{required} to build the
+format, and attempting to build a format without the extensions will fail.
+
+Practically, modern \TeX{} distributions provide the extensions in all engines
+other than the ``pure'' Knuth \texttt{tex}, and indeed parts of the
+format-building process already require \eTeX{}, most notably some of the UTF-8
+hyphenation patterns. As such, there should be no noticeable effect on users of
+this change.
+
+The team expect to make wider use of \eTeX{} within the kernel in future;
+details will be announced where they impact on end users in a visible way.
+
+\section{Default encodings in \hologo{XeLaTeX} and \hologo{LuaLaTeX}}
+The default encoding in \LaTeX\ has always been the original
+128-character encoding \texttt{OT1}.  For Unicode based \TeX\ engines, this
+is not really suitable, and is especially problematic with
+\hologo{XeLaTeX} as in the major distributions this is built with
+Unicode based hyphenation patterns in the format.  In practice this has
+not been a major problem as documents use the contributed
+\textsf{fontspec} package in order to switch to a
+Unicode encoded font.
+
+In this release we are adding \texttt{TU} as a new supported
+encoding in addition to the previously supported encodings such as \texttt{OT1}
+and \texttt{T1}. This denotes a Unicode based font encoding. It is essentially
+the same as the \texttt{TU} encoding that has been on trial with the
+experimental \texttt{tuenc} option to \textsf{fontspec} for the past
+year.
+
+The \hologo{XeLaTeX} and \hologo{LuaLaTeX} formats will now default
+to \texttt{TU} encoding and \texttt{lmr} (Latin Modern) family. In the
+case of \hologo{LuaLaTeX} the contributed \textsf{luaotfload} Lua
+module will be loaded at the start of each run to enable the loading
+of OpenType fonts.
+
+The \textsf{fontspec} package is being adjusted in a companion release
+to recognise the new encoding default arrangements.
+
+Note that in practice no font supports the full Unicode range, and so
+\texttt{TU} encoded fonts, unlike fonts specified for \texttt{T1}, may be
+expected to be incomplete in various ways. In the current release the file
+\texttt{tuenc.def} that implements the \texttt{TU} encoding-specific commands
+has made some basic assumptions for (for example) default handling of
+accent commands, and the set of command names is derived from the
+command names used for the UTF-8 support in the \textsf{inputenc} package,
+restricted roughly to the character ranges classically provided by
+the \texttt{T1} and \texttt{TS1} encodings, but is part of a longer term plan
+seen over recent releases to increase support for Unicode based \TeX\ engines
+into the core \LaTeX\ support.
+
+
+
+If for any reason you need to process a document with the previous
+default \texttt{OT1} encoding, you may switch encoding in the usual ways, for
+example
+\begin{verbatim}
+\usepackage[OT1]{fontenc}
+\end{verbatim}
+or you may roll back all the changes for this release by starting the
+document with
+\begin{verbatim}
+\RequirePackage[2016/12/31]{latexrelease}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\section{\cs{showhyphens} in \hologo{XeLaTeX}}
+Due to the way \hologo{XeLaTeX} interfaces to font libraries, the
+standard definition of \cs{showhyphens} does not work.  A variant
+definition has been available in the contributed \textsf{xltxtra}
+package, however a (slightly different) definition for \cs{showhyphens}
+is now included in \hologo{XeLaTeX} by default. As usual
+this change will be undone if an earlier
+release is specified using the \textsf{latexrelease} package.
+
+\section{The \textsf{fixltx2e} package}
+As described in \LaTeX{} News~22, the \textsf{fixltx2e} package has become
+obsolete with the new update policy. Since 2015 it has just made a
+warning and exited.  In this release we have re-introduced all
+the code from the original fixes in the 2014 \LaTeX\ but guarded by
+\verb|\IncludeInRelease{2015/01/01}|.
+So for current releases \textsf{fixltx2e} still just displays a warning
+but for old releases, whether that is an old format, or a format with
+the version date reset via  the \textsf{latexrelease} package, the
+fixes in the original \textsf{fixltx2e} will be applied.
+
+This improves the ability to run old documents in a way that is compatible
+with contemporary formats. If you have a 2014 document that used
+\verb|\usepackage{fixltx2e}| and you add
+\verb|\RequirePackage[2014/01/01]{latexrelease}| and process it with the
+current format then \textsf{latexrelease} will undo most changes made
+since 2014, but now when the document includes \textsf{fixltx2e} it
+will act like a 2014 version of the package and apply the code fixes,
+not just give a warning that the package is obsolete.
+
+\section{The \textsf{latexbug} package}
+
+As explained in more detail
+at the \LaTeX\ Project
+  website\footnote{\url{https://www.latex-project.org/bugs/}}
+a new package, \textsf{latexbug}, has been produced to help produce
+test files to accompany bug reports on the core \LaTeX\ distribution.
+This is being published separately to CTAN at the same time as this
+release. By using the \textsf{latexbug} package you can easily check
+that the packages involved in the test are all part of the core
+release. The \LaTeX\ project cannot handle bug reports on contributed
+packages, which should be directed to the package maintainer as given
+in the package documentation.
+
+\section{Updates to \textsf{amsmath}}
+The \textsf{amsmath} package has two updates at this release.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item The spacing to the left of the \texttt{aligned} and
+  \texttt{gathered} environments has been fixed: the spurious thin
+  space is no longer added by default. Package options control this
+  to revert to the original behaviour where required; see the
+  \textsf{amsldoc} guide for further details. 
+\item The large delimiters around generalised fractions (for example
+  in the \cs{binom} construct) did not work in previous releases if
+  using \hologo{LuaTeX} or \hologo{XeTeX} with OpenType math fonts. This is
+  related to the lack of specific metrics for this use in the OpenType Math
+  table. In principle \hologo{LuaTeX} has two additional named metrics
+  to control the delimiters but these are not initialised by default,
+  and in \hologo{XeTeX} it does not seem possible to make them work at all.
+  So for Unicode \TeX\ systems, a new implementation of
+  \cs{genfrac} is used at this release that uses \verb|\left\right|
+  internally but parameterised to give spacing as close to the
+  original as possible. The implementation in (pdf)\TeX\ is
+  unaffected.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\section{Updates to \textsf{tools}}
+The \textsf{array} package has been updated to fix a longstanding but
+previously unreported issue with unwanted interactions between tables
+in the page head or foot and the body of the page, as reported in
+\href{http://www.latex-project.org/cgi-bin/ltxbugs2html?pr=tools/4488}{PR
+  tools/4488}.
+There is also an update to the \hologo{LuaTeX} support in \textsf{bm}.
+
+\section{An addendum to the release changes in 2015:  page breaks and vertical spacing}
+
+In 2015 we announced the introduction of the roll-back\slash
+roll-forward concept to manage bug fixes and additions to core
+\LaTeX{} in a manageable way. We also announced at that time
+that we now incorporate all fixes from \textsf{fixltx2e} into the
+kernel (as the old mechanism produced problems instead of improving
+the situation). Refer to
+\href{https://www.latex-project.org/news/latex2e-news/ltnews22.pdf}{\texttt{ltnews22.pdf}}
+for details.
+
+One of the fixes from \textsf{fixltx2e} was for a glaring bug in
+\cs{addvspace} that was originally detected in the mid-nineties and
+back then added to the \textsf{fixltx2e} support package. In certain
+situations \cs{addvspace} would result in a page/column break below
+the baseline of the last line. As a result documents using
+\cs{flushbottom} would show a clear misalignment (even more prominent
+when typesetting in two-column mode).
+
+Starting with release 2015/01/01 this is now finally corrected already
+in the kernel and not only in \textsf{fixltx2e}.  In nearly all
+circumstances this will either make no difference to existing
+documents, or it will locally improve the visual appearance of that
+document without changing anything on other pages.  However, by the
+nature of the change it is also possible that there are further
+non-local changes to the page breaks due to the different break
+positions introduced by the fix.
+
+Thus, for documents that have been written before 2015 and that should
+be preserved unchanged at all costs you may have to add
+\begin{verbatim}
+\RequirePackage[2014/01/01]{latexrelease}
+\end{verbatim}
+at the top of the document, to roll back the format to a date before
+the policy change.
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews27.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews27.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a9f90cfc344
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews27.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews27.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews27.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..37b2fcf89e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews27.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2017-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file.
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2008 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews27.tex
+%
+% This is issue 27 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass{ltnews}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\usepackage{lmodern,url,hologo}
+
+\publicationmonth{April}
+\publicationyear{2017}
+
+\publicationissue{27}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+\tableofcontents
+
+\setlength\rightskip{0pt plus 3em}
+
+\section{ISO 8601 Date format}
+Since before the first releases of \LaTeXe, \LaTeX\ has used a date
+format in the form \textsc{yyyy/mm/dd}. This has many advantages over more
+conventional formats, as it is easy to sort and avoids the unfortunate
+ambiguity between different communities as to whether 01/02/2017 is the
+1st of February or 2nd of January.
+
+However there is another date format, formalised by the
+International Standard ISO~8601. The basic format defined by this
+standard is functionally equivalent to the \LaTeX\ format, but using
+\texttt{-} rather than \texttt{/}. This date format is now supported
+in many Operating Systems and applications
+(for example the \verb|date --iso-8601| command in Linux and similar systems).
+
+From this release, \LaTeX\ will accept ISO format date strings in the
+date argument of \verb|\ProvidesPackage|, \verb|\usepackage|, etc.
+Currently we recommend that you do not use this format in any packages
+that need to work with older \LaTeX\ releases; 
+the \textsf{latexrelease} package may be used with older releases to
+ add this functionality. This change is handled in a special way  by
+ \textsf{latexrelease}: The package always adds support for ISO dates
+whatever format date is requested; this is required so that the
+necessary date comparisons may be made.
+
+The new functionality can be seen in the startup banner which
+advertises \texttt{LaTeX2e <2017-04-15>}.
+
+\section{Further TU encoding improvements}
+The 2017/01/01 release saw the introduction of the new TU encoding for
+specifying Unicode fonts with \hologo{LuaTeX} and
+\hologo{XeTeX}. There were a number of small corrections and additions
+in the patch releases updating 2017/01/01, and a further addition in
+this release, notably extended support for the dot-under accent,
+\verb|\d|.
+
+
+\section{Disabling hyphenation}
+The existing \LaTeX\ code for \verb|\verb| and \verb|verbatim| had some
+issues when used with fonts that were not loaded with hyphenation
+disabled via setting \verb|\hyphenchar| to $-1$. In this release these
+verbatim environments use a \verb|\language| setting,
+\verb|\l@nohyphenation|, that has no hyphenation patterns associated. 
+
+The format ensures that  a language has been allocated with this name.
+For most users this will in fact be no change as the standard
+\textsf{babel} language has for a long time allocated a language with
+this name.
+
+In order that page breaks in \texttt{verbatim} do not influence the
+language used in the page head and foot, the format now normalises the
+language used in the output routine to a default language as described
+below.
+ 
+\section{Discretionary hyphenation}
+The \LaTeX\ definition of \verb|\-| has been adjusted so that it will
+insert the current font's \verb|\hyphenchar|, as would the
+\TeX\ primitive. A comment in \textsf{source2e} has given
+this new definition since the first releases of \LaTeXe, and in this
+release we finally acted upon this comment. Previously \verb|\-|
+always inserted a \texttt{-} at a break point even if a different
+character would be used for automatic hyphenation with the current font.
+
+\section{Default document language}
+
+A new integer parameter \verb|\document@default@language| is
+introduced; this is initialised to $-1$ but is set at
+\verb|\begin{document}| to the language in force at that time if it
+  has not been set by preamble code. This is very similar to the
+  handling of the default color, and is used in a similar way to
+  normalise the settings for page head and foot as described above.
+Users should not normally need to set this explicitly but it is expected that
+language packages such as \textsf{babel} may set this if the default
+behaviour is not suitable.
+
+\section{Line spacing in parboxes}
+Inside a \verb|\parbox| 
+\LaTeX\ normalises the baseline spacing. However it has not
+previously reset \verb|\lineskiplimit|. This meant that
+lines of a paragraph that have ascenders or descenders could be set
+with \emph{closer} line spacing than lines without. This can easily
+happen if you use a \verb|\parbox| in an AMS alignment, as they use a
+relatively large value of \verb|\lineskiplimit|.
+As usual, the \textsf{latexrelease} package may be used to
+force the older behavior.
+  
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews28.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews28.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bf2a5d93e7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews28.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews28.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews28.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c8af784081f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews28.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2017-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file.
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2008 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews28.tex
+%
+% This is issue 28 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass{ltnews}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\usepackage{lmodern,url,hologo}
+
+\providecommand\acro[1]{\textsc{#1}}
+\providecommand\meta[1]{$\langle$\textit{#1}$\rangle$}
+
+
+\publicationmonth{April}
+\publicationyear{2018}
+
+\publicationissue{28}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+\tableofcontents
+
+\setlength\rightskip{0pt plus 3em}
+
+\section{A new home for \LaTeXe{} sources}
+
+In the past the development version of the \LaTeXe{} source files has
+been managed in a Subversion source control system with read access
+for the public. This way it was possible to download in an emergency
+the latest version even before it was released to CTAN and made its
+way into the various distributions.
+
+We have recently changed this setup and now manage the sources using
+Git and placed the master sources on GitHub at
+\begin{quote}
+\url{https://github.com/latex3/latex2e}
+\end{quote}
+where we already store the sources
+for \pkg{expl3} and other work. As before, direct write access is restricted
+to \LaTeX{} Project Team members, but everything is publicly accessible
+including the ability to download, clone (using Git) or checkout
+(using SVN). More details are given in~\cite{Mittelbach:TB39-1}.
+
+\section{Bug reports for core \LaTeXe{}}
+
+For more than two decades we used GNATS, an open source bug tracking
+system developed by the FSF. While that has served us well in the past
+it started to show its age more and more. So as part of this move we
+also decided to finally retire the old \LaTeX{} bug database and replace
+it with the standard ``Issue Tracker'' available at Github.
+
+The requirements and the workflow for reporting a bug in the core
+\LaTeX{} software is documented at
+\begin{quote}
+\url{https://www.latex-project.org/bugs/}
+\end{quote}
+and with further details also discussed in~\cite{Mittelbach:TB39-1}.
+
+
+\section{UTF-8: the new default input encoding}
+
+The first \TeX{} implementations only supported reading 7-bit
+\acro{ascii} files---any accented or otherwise ``special'' character
+had to be entered using commands, if it could be represented at
+all. For example to obtain an ``\"a'' one would enter \verb=\"a=, and to
+typeset a ``\ss'' the command \verb=\ss=. Furthermore fonts at that
+time had 128 glyphs inside, holding the \acro{ascii} characters, some
+accents to build composite glyphs from a letter and an accent, and a
+few special symbols such as parentheses, etc.
+
+With 8-bit \TeX{} engines such as \hologo{pdfTeX} this situation changed
+somewhat: it was now possible to process 8-bit files, i.e., files that
+could encode 256 different characters. However, 256 is still a fairly
+small number and with this limitation it is only possible to encode a
+few languages and for other languages one would need to change the
+encoding (i.e., interpret the character positions 0--255 in a
+different way). The first code points 0--127 were essentially normed
+(corresponding to \acro{ascii}) while the second half 128--255 would
+vary by holding different accented characters to support a certain set
+of languages.
+
+Each computer used one of these encodings when storing or interpreting
+files and as long as two computers used the same encoding it was
+(easily) possible to exchange files between them and have them
+interpreted and processed correctly.
+
+But different computers may have used different encodings and given
+that a computer file is simply a sequence of bytes with no indication for
+which encoding is intended, chaos could easily happen and has
+happened. For example, the German word ``Gr\"o\ss e'' (height) entered on a
+German keyboard could show up as ``Gr\v T\`ae'' on a different
+computer using a different encoding by default.
+
+So in summmary the situation wasn't at all good and it was clear in
+the early nineties that \LaTeXe{} (that was being developed to provide
+a \LaTeX{} version usable across the world) had to provide a solution
+to this issue.
+
+The \LaTeXe{} answer was the introduction of the \package{inputenc}
+package~\cite{Mittelbach:Brno95} through which it is possible to
+provide support for multiple encodings. It also allows to correctly
+process a file written in one encoding on a computer using a different
+encoding and even supports documents where the encoding changes
+midway.
+
+Since the first release of \LaTeXe{} in 1994, \LaTeX{} documents that
+used any characters outside \acro{ascii} in the source (i.e. any
+characters in the range of 128--255) were supposed to load
+\package{inputenc} and specify in which file encoding they were
+written and stored.
+%
+If the \package{inputenc} package was not loaded then \LaTeX{} used a
+``raw'' encoding which essentially took each byte from the input file
+and typeset the glyph that happened to be in that position in the
+current font---something that sometimes produces the right result but
+often enough will not.
+
+In 1992 Ken Thompson and Rob Pike developed the UTF-8 encoding scheme
+which enables the encoding of all Unicode characters within 8-bit sequences.
+Over time this encoding has gradually taken over the world,
+replacing the legacy 8-bit encodings used before. These days all major
+computer operating systems use UTF-8 to store their files and it
+requires some effort to explicitly store files in one of the legacy
+encodings.
+
+As a result, whenever \LaTeX{} users want to use any accented
+characters from their keyboard (instead of resorting to \verb=\"a= and
+the like) they always have to use
+\begin{verbatim}
+  \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+\end{verbatim}
+in the preamble of their documents as otherwise \LaTeX{} will produce
+gibberish.
+
+\subsection{The new default}
+
+With this release, the default encoding for \LaTeX\ files has been
+changed from the ``fall through raw'' encoding to UTF-8 if used with
+classic \TeX\ or \hologo{pdfTeX}. The implementation is essentially
+the same as the existing UTF-8 support from
+\verb|\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}|.  
+
+The \hologo{LuaTeX} and \hologo{XeTeX} engines always supported the
+UTF-8 encoding as their native (and only) input encoding, so with
+these engines \package{inputenc} was always a no-op.
+
+This means that with new documents one can assume UTF-8 input and it
+is no longer required to always specify
+\verb|\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}|. But if this line is present it
+will not hurt either.
+
+
+\subsection{Compatibility}
+
+For most existing documents this change will be transparent:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item documents using only \acro{ascii} in the input file and
+  accessing accented characters via commands;
+\item documents that specified the encoding of their file via an
+  option to the \package{inputenc} package and then used 8-bit
+  characters in that encoding;
+\item documents that already had been stored in UTF-8 (whether or not
+  specifying this via \package{inputenc}).
+\end{itemize}
+Only documents that have been stored in a legacy encoding and used
+accented letters from the keyboard \emph{without} loading
+\package{inputenc} (relying on the similarities between the input used
+and the T1 font encoding) are affected.
+
+These documents will now generate an error that they contain invalid
+UTF-8 sequences.  However, such documents may be easily processed by
+adding the new command \verb|\UseRawInputEncoding| as the first line
+of the file. This will re-instate the previous ``raw'' encoding
+default.
+
+\verb|\UseRawInputEncoding| may also be used on the command line to
+process existing files without requiring the file to be edited
+\begin{verbatim}
+  pdflatex '\UseRawInputEncoding \input'  file
+\end{verbatim}
+will process the file using the previous default encoding.
+
+Possible alternatives are reencoding the file to UTF-8 using a tool
+(such as recode or iconv or an editor) or adding the line
+\begin{flushleft}
+\verb=  \usepackage[=\meta{encoding}\verb=]{inputenc}=
+\end{flushleft}
+to the preamble specifying the \meta{encoding} that fits the file
+encoding.  In many cases this will be \texttt{latin1} or
+\texttt{cp1252}. For other encoding names and their meaning see the
+\package{inputenc} documentation.
+
+As usual, this change may also be reverted via the more general
+\package{latexrelease} package mechanism, by speciying a release date
+earlier than this release.
+
+
+\subsection{BOM: byte order mark handling}
+
+When using Unicode the first bytes of a file may be a, so called, BOM
+character (byte order mark) to indicate the byte oder used in the
+file. While this is not required with UTF-8 encoded files (where the
+byte order is known) it is nevertheless allowed by the standard and
+some editors add that byte sequence to the beginning of a file. In the
+past such files would have generated a ``Missing begin document''
+error or displayed strange characters when loaded at a later stage.
+
+With the addition of UTF-8 support to the kernel it is now possible to
+identify and ignore such BOMs characters even before
+\verb=\documentclass= so that these issues will no longer be showing
+up.
+
+
+
+\section[A general rollback concept]
+        {A general rollback concept for packages and classes}
+
+  In 2015 a rollback concept for the \LaTeX{} kernel was introduced.
+  Providing this feature allowed us to make corrections to the
+  software (which more or less didn't happen for nearly two decades)
+  while continuing to maintain backward compatibility to the highest
+  degree.
+  
+  In this release we have now extended this concept to
+  the world of packages and classes which was not covered
+  initially. As the classes and the extension packages have different
+  requirements compared to the kernel, the approach is different (and
+  simplified). This should make it easy for package developers to
+  apply it to their packages and authors to use when necessary.
+
+  The documentation of this new feature is given in an article
+  submitted to TUGboat and also available from our
+  website~\cite{Mittelbach:TB39-2}.
+
+
+\section[Integration of \pkg{remreset} and \pkg{chngcntr} packages]
+         {Integration of \pkg{remreset} and \pkg{chngcntr} packages 
+         into the kernel}
+
+With the optional argument to \cs{newcounter} \LaTeX{} offers to
+automatically reset counters when some counter is stepped, e.g.,
+stepping a \texttt{chapter} counter resets the \texttt{section}
+counter (and recursively all other heading counters). However, what
+was until now missing was a way to undo such a link between counters
+or to link two counters after they have been defined.
+
+This can be now be done with \cs{counterwithin} and \cs{counterwithout},
+respectively. In the past one had to load the \pkg{chngcntr} package
+for this. For the programming level we also added
+\cs{@removefromreset} as the counterpart of the already existing
+\cs{@addtoreset} command. Up to now this was offered by the
+\pkg{remreset} package.
+
+\section{Testing for undefined commands}
+\LaTeX\ packages often use a test \verb|\@ifundefined| to test if a command
+is defined. Unfortunately this had the side effect of \emph{defining}
+the command to \verb|\relax| in the case that it had no definition.
+ The new release uses a modified definition
+(using extra testing possibilities available in \hologo{eTeX}. The new definition
+is more natural, however code that was relying on the side effect of the
+command being tested being defined if it was previously undefined may have to add
+\verb|\let\|\meta{command}\verb|\relax|.
+
+
+\section{Changes to packages in the tools category}
+
+\subsection{\LaTeX{} table columns with fixed widths}
+
+Frank published a short paper in
+TUGboat~\cite{Mittelbach:TB38-2-213} on producing tables that have
+columns with fixed widths. The outlined approach using column
+specifiers ``\texttt{w}'' and ``\texttt{W}'' has now been integrated
+into the \pkg{array} package.
+
+\subsection{Obscure overprinting with \pkg{multicol} fixed}
+
+A rather peculiar bug was reported on StackExchange for
+\pkg{multicol}. If the column/page breaking was fully controlled by
+the user (through \cs{columnbreak}) instead of letting the environment
+do its job and if then more \cs{columnbreak} commands showed up on the
+last page then the balancing algorithm was thrown off track.
+As a result some parts of the columns did overprint each other.
+
+The fix required a redesign of the output routines used by
+\pkg{multicol} and while it ``should'' be transparent in other cases
+(and all tests in the regession test suite came out fine) there is the
+off-chance that code that hooked into internals of \pkg{multicol}
+needs adjustment.
+
+
+\section{Changes to packages in the amsmath category}
+
+With this release of \LaTeX{} a few minor issues with \pkg{amsmath}
+have been corrected.
+
+\subsection{Updated user's guide}
+
+Furthermore, \texttt{amsldoc.pdf}, the AMS user's
+guide for the \pkg{amsmath} package~\cite{amsldoc}, has been updated
+from version~2.0 to~2.1 to incorporate changes and corrections made
+between 2016 and 2018.
+
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{9}
+  
+\bibitem{Mittelbach:TB39-1} Frank Mittelbach:
+  \emph{New rules for reporting bugs in the \LaTeX{} core software}.  
+  In: TUGboat, 39\#1, 2018.
+  \url{https://www.latex-project.org/publications/}
+
+\bibitem{Mittelbach:Brno95} Frank Mittelbach:
+  \emph{\LaTeXe{} Encoding Interface --- Purpose, concepts, and 
+   Open Problems}.  
+  Talk given in Brno June 1995.
+  \url{https://www.latex-project.org/publications/}
+
+\bibitem{Mittelbach:TB39-2} Frank Mittelbach:
+  \emph{A rollback concept for packages and classes}.  
+  Submitted to TUGboat.
+  \url{https://www.latex-project.org/publications/}
+
+\bibitem{Mittelbach:TB38-2-213} Frank Mittelbach:
+  \emph{\LaTeX{} table columns with fixed widths}.  
+  In: TUGboat, 38\#2, 2017.
+  \url{https://www.latex-project.org/publications/}
+
+\bibitem{amsldoc} American Mathematical Society and The \LaTeX3 Project:
+  \emph{User's Guide for the \texttt{amsmath} package} (Version 2.1).  
+  April 2018.
+  Available from
+  \url{https://www.ctan.org}
+  and distributed as part of every \LaTeX{} distribution.
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews29.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews29.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..329f21266b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews29.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews29.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews29.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..78a1b2e60fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews29.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,526 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2018-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file.
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2008 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews29.tex
+%
+% This is issue 29 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass{ltnews}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\usepackage{lmodern,url,hologo}
+
+\usepackage{csquotes}
+
+\providecommand\acro[1]{\textsc{#1}}
+\providecommand\meta[1]{$\langle$\textit{#1}$\rangle$}
+
+
+\providecommand\XeTeX{\hologo{XeTeX}}
+\providecommand\LuaTeX{\hologo{LuaTeX}}
+\providecommand\pdfTeX{\hologo{pdfTeX}}
+
+\newcommand\githubissue[2][]{\ifhmode\unskip\fi
+     \quad\penalty500\strut\nobreak\hfill
+     \mbox{\small\slshape(%
+       \href{https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/\getfirstgithubissue#2 \relax}%
+          	    {github issue#1 #2}%
+           )}%
+     \par}
+
+% simple solution right now (just link to the first issue if there are more)
+\def\getfirstgithubissue#1 #2\relax{#1}
+
+\newcommand\sxissue[1]{\ifhmode\unskip\fi
+     \quad\penalty500\strut\nobreak\hfill
+     \mbox{\small\slshape(\url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/#1})}\par}
+
+\let\cls\pkg
+\newcommand\env[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\iffalse % only for TUB production
+\usepackage{graphicx}
+\makeatletter
+% Xe\TeX{} requires reflecting the first E, hence we complain if the
+% graphics package is not present.  (For plain documents, this can be
+% loaded via Eplain.)  Also, at Barbara's suggestion, if the current
+% font is slanted, we rotate by 180 instead of reflecting so there is at
+% least a chance to look ok.  (The magic values here seem more or less
+% ok for \texttt{cmsl} and \texttt{cmti}.)
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\tubreflect#1{%
+  \@ifundefined{reflectbox}{%
+    \TBerror{A graphics package must be loaded for \string\XeTeX}%
+  }{%
+    \ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt
+      \raise 1.6ex \hbox{\kern.1em\rotatebox{180}{#1}}\kern-.1em
+    \else
+      \reflectbox{#1}%
+    \fi
+  }%
+}
+\def\tubhideheight#1{\setbox0=\hbox{#1}\ht0=0pt \dp0=0pt \box0 }
+\def\XekernbeforeE{-.125em}
+\def\XekernafterE{-.1667em}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\Xe}{\leavevmode
+  \tubhideheight{\hbox{X%
+    \setbox0=\hbox{\TeX}\setbox1=\hbox{E}%
+    \ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt \def\XekernbeforeE{0em}\fi
+    \lower\dp0\hbox{\raise\dp1\hbox{\kern\XekernbeforeE\tubreflect{E}}}%
+    \kern\XekernafterE}}}
+\def\XeTeX{\Xe\TeX}
+\def\XeLaTeX{\Xe{\kern.11em \LaTeX}}
+\fi
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\publicationmonth{December}
+\publicationyear{2018}
+
+\publicationissue{29}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+%\addtolength\textheight{4.2pc}   % only for TUB
+
+\maketitle
+\tableofcontents
+
+\setlength\rightskip{0pt plus 3em}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+The December 2018 release of \LaTeX{} is a maintenance release in
+which we have fixed a few bugs in the software: some are old, some
+newer, and they are mostly rather obscure.
+
+\section[Bug reports for core \LaTeXe{} and packages]
+        {Bug reports for core \LaTeXe{} and packages maintained by the Project Team}
+
+In Spring 2018 we established a new issue tracking system
+(Github issues at \url{https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues}) for both
+the \LaTeX{} core and the packages maintained by the
+\LaTeX{} Project Team, with an updated procedure for how to report a
+bug or problem.
+
+Initial experience with this system is good, with people who report
+problems following the guidelines and including helpful working
+examples to show the problem---thanks for doing this.
+
+The detailed requirements and the workflow for reporting a bug in the
+core \LaTeX{} software is documented at
+\begin{quote}
+\url{https://www.latex-project.org/bugs/}
+\end{quote}
+with further details and discussion in~\cite{29:Mittelbach:TB39-1}.
+
+
+\section{Changes to the \LaTeX{} kernel}
+
+\subsection{UTF-8:\ updates to the default input encoding}
+
+In the April 2018 release of \LaTeX{} we changed the default encoding
+from 7-bit \acro{ascii} to \acro{utf}-8 when using classic \TeX\ or
+\hologo{pdfTeX}; see \textit{\LaTeX{} News~28}~\cite{29:ltnews28} for
+details.
+
+Now, after half a year of experience with
+this new default,
+we have
+made a small number of adjustments to further improve the user experience.
+These include:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+  Some improvements when displaying error messages about \acro{utf}-8
+  characters that have not been set up for use with \LaTeX{},
+  or are invalid for some other reason;
+%
+\githubissue[s]{60, 62 and 63}
+%
+\item
+  The addition of a number of previously missing declarations for
+  characters that are in fact available with the default fonts, e.g.,
+  \cs{j} \enquote{\j} (0237), \cs{SS} \enquote{\SS} (1E9E),
+  \verb=\k{}= \enquote{\k{ }} (02DB) and \verb=\.{}= \enquote{\.{ }}
+  (02D9);
+\item
+   Correcting the names for \cs{guillemetleft}
+   \enquote{\guillemotleft} and \cs{guillemetright}
+   \enquote{\guillemotright} in all encoding files.  These correct
+   names are in addition to the old (but wrong) Adobe names: Adobe
+   mistakenly called them Guillemot, which is a sea bird.
+%    
+  \githubissue{65}
+%
+\item
+   Added \cs{Hwithstroke} (\enquote{\Hwithstroke}) and \cs{hwithstroke}
+   (\enquote{\hwithstroke}) necessary for typesetting Maltese.
+%
+   \sxissue{q/460110}
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+
+\subsection{Fixed \cs{verb*} and friends in \texorpdfstring{\XeTeX}{XeTeX} and \LuaTeX{}}
+
+
+The original \cs{verb*} and \texttt{verbatim*} in \LaTeX{} were coded
+under the assumption that the position of the space character (i.e.,
+\acro{ascii} 32) in a typewriter font contains a visible space glyph
+``\verb*= =''. This is correct for \pdfTeX{} with the most used font
+encodings \texttt{OT1} and \texttt{T1}.  However, this unfortunately
+does not work for Unicode engines using the \texttt{TU} encoding since
+the space character slot (\acro{ascii} 32) then usually contains a real
+(normal) space, which has the effect that \cs{verb*} produces the same
+results as \cs{verb}.
+
+The \cs{verb*} code now always uses the newly introduced command
+\cs{verbvisiblespace} to produce the visible space character and this
+command will get appropriate definitions for use with the different
+engines.  With \pdfTeX{} it will simply use \cs{asciispace}, which is
+a posh name for ``select character 32 in the current font'', but with
+Unicode engines the default definition is
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\verbvisiblespace
+    {\leavevmode
+     {\usefont{OT1}{cmtt}{m}{n}\asciispace}}
+\end{verbatim}
+which uses the visible space from the font Computer Modern Typewriter,
+regardless of the currently chosen typewriter font.  Internally the
+code ensures that the character used has exactly the same width as the
+other characters in the current (monospaced) font; thus, for example,
+code displays line up properly.
+
+It is possible to redefine this command to select your own character,
+for example
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\verbvisiblespace
+    {\textvisiblespace}
+\end{verbatim}
+will select the the ``official'' visible space character of the
+current font. This may look like the natural default, but it wasn't
+chosen as our default because many fonts just don't have that Unicode
+character, or they have one with a strange shape.
+%
+\githubissue[s]{69 and 70}
+
+        
+\subsection{Error message corrected}
+Trying to redefine an undefined command could in a few cases generate
+an error message with a missing space, e.g.,
+\verb=\renewcommand\1{...}= gave
+\begin{verbatim}
+   LaTeX Error: \1undefined.
+\end{verbatim}
+This is now fixed.
+%
+\githubissue{41}
+
+        
+\subsection{Fixed fatal link error with \pkg{hyperref}}
+
+If an \cs{href} link text gets broken across pages, \pdfTeX{} and
+\LuaTeX{} will generate a fatal error unless both parts of the link
+are internally at the same boxing level. In two-column mode that was
+not the case if one of the pages had spanning top floats. This has now
+been changed so that the error is avoided.
+%
+\githubissue{94}
+
+
+\subsection{Avoid page breaks caused by invisible commands}
+
+Commands like \cs{label} or \cs{index} could generate a potential page
+break in places where a page break was otherwise prohibited, e.g.,
+when used between two consecutive headings. This has now been
+corrected. If for some reason you really want a break and you relied
+on this faulty behavior, you can always add one using \cs{pagebreak},
+with or without an optional argument.
+%
+\githubissue{81}
+
+
+
+\subsection{Prevent spurious spaces when reading table of contents data}
+
+When table of contents data is read in from a \texttt{.toc} file, the
+new-line character at the end of each line is converted by \TeX{} to a
+space. In normal processing this is harmless (as \TeX{} is doing this
+input reading whilst in vertical mode and each line in the file
+represents a single line (paragraph) in the table of contents. If,
+however, this is done in horizontal mode, which is sometimes the case,
+then these spaces will appear in the output. If you then omit some of
+the input lines (e.g., because you do not display \acro{toc} data below a
+certain level), then these spaces accumulate in the typeset output and
+you get surprising, and unwanted, gaps inside the text.
+
+The new code now adds a \texttt{\%} sign at the end of problematic
+lines in the \texttt{.toc} file so that \TeX{} will not generate such
+spaces that may survive to spoil the printed result. As some third
+party packages have augmented or changed the core \LaTeX{}
+functionality in that area (for example, by adding additional
+arguments to the commands in \acro{toc} files) the code uses a conservative
+approach and the \texttt{\%} signs are added only when certain
+conditions are met.  Therefore some packages might require updates if
+they want to benefit from this correction, especially if they
+unconditionally overwrite \LaTeX{}'s \cs{addcontentsline} definition.
+%
+\githubissue{73}
+
+
+\subsection{Prevent protrusion in table of contents lines}
+
+In \TeX{}'s internal processing model,
+paragraph data is one of the
+major data structures. As a result,
+many things are internally modeled
+as paragraphs even if they are not conceptually
+``text paragraphs'' in
+the traditional sense. 
+In a few cases this has some surprising effects
+that are not always
+for the better. One example is
+standard \acro{toc} entries,
+where you have
+heading data followed by some dot leaders and a page
+number at the right, produced, for example, from this:
+\begin{quote}
+  \contentsline {subsection}{Error message corrected}{2}{section*.7}
+\end{quote}
+The space reserved for the page number is of a fixed width, so that
+the dots always end in the same place. Well, they did end in the same
+place until the advent of protrusion support in the \TeX{} engines.
+Now, with the \pkg{microtype} package loaded, it is possible that the
+page number will protrude slightly into the margin (even though it’s
+typeset inside a box) and as a result this page number box gets
+shifted. With enough bad luck this can get you another dot in the
+line, sticking out like the proverbial sore thumb, as exhibited in the
+question on StackExchange that triggered the correction.
+
+\LaTeX{} now takes care that there will be no protrusion happening on
+such lines, even if it is generally enabled for the whole document.
+%
+\sxissue{q/172785}
+
+
+
+\subsection{Start L-R mode for \cs{thinspace} and friends}
+
+In \LaTeX{}, commands that are intended only for paragraph (L-R) mode
+are generally careful to start paragraph mode if necessary; thus they
+can be used at the start of a paragraph without surprising and
+unwanted consequences.  This important requirement had been overlooked
+for a few horizontal spacing commands, such as \cs{thinspace}
+(a.k.a.\ ``\cs{,}''), and for some other support commands such as
+\cs{smash} or \cs{phantom}.  Thus they ended up adding vertical space
+when used at the beginning of a paragraph or, in the case of
+\cs{smash}, creating a paragraph of their own. This has now been
+corrected, and a corresponding update has been made to the
+\pkg{amsmath} package, in which these commands are also defined.
+%
+\githubissue[s]{49 and 50}
+        
+
+        
+\subsection{Guarding \cs{pfill} in \pkg{doc}}
+
+For presenting index entries pointing to
+code fragments and the like,
+the \pkg{doc} package has a \cs{pfill} command that
+generates within the index a line of dots leading from 
+the command name to the page or code line numbers.
+If necessary it would automatically split the entry
+over two lines. That worked well enough for a quarter century, but we
+discovered recently that it is broken inside 
+the \cls{ltugboat} class,
+where it sometimes produces 
+bad spacing within continuation lines.
+
+The reason turned out to be a redefinition of the \LaTeX{} command
+\cs{nobreakspace} (\verb=~=) inside the class \cls{ltugboat}, which
+removed any preceding space (and thus unfortunately also removed the
+dots on the continuation line).  While one can argue that this is a
+questionable redefinition (if only done by a single class and not generally),
+it has been in the class so long that changing it would
+certainly break older documents.  So instead we now guard against that
+removal of space.
+%
+\githubissue[s]{25 and 75}
+
+        
+
+
+        
+\section{Changes to packages in the \pkg{tools} category}
+
+\subsection{Sometimes the \pkg{trace} package turned off too much}
+
+The \pkg{trace} package is a useful little tool for tracing macro
+execution: it hides certain lengthy and typically uninteresting
+expansions resulting from font changes and similar activities.
+However, it had the problem that it also reset other tracing settings
+such as \cs{showoutput} in such situations, so that you couldn't use
+\cs{showoutput} in the preamble to get symbolic output of all the
+pages in the document.  This has now been corrected.
+
+
+
+
+\subsection{Update to \pkg{xr}}
+
+The \pkg{xr} package has been updated so that the code that reads the
+\texttt{.aux} file has been made more robust. It now correctly
+ignores conditionals (added by \pkg{hyperref} and other packages)
+rather than generating low level parsing errors.
+\sxissue{a/452321}
+
+
+\subsection{Column data for \env{multicols*} sometimes vanished}
+
+In certain situations involving \env{multicols*}, when there are more
+explicit \cs{columnbreak} requests than there are columns on the
+current page, data could vanish due to the removal of an internal
+penalty marking the end of the environment. This has been corrected by
+explicitly reinserting that penalty if necessary.
+%
+\githubissue{53}
+
+\subsection{Extension to \cs{docolaction} in \pkg{multicol}}
+
+The \cs{docolaction} command can be used to carry out actions
+depending on the column you are currently in, i.e., first, any inner
+one (if more than two) or last. However, if the action generates text
+then there is the question: is this text part of the current column or
+the one after?  That is, on the next run, do we test before  or after it, 
+to determine in which column we are?
+
+This is now resolved as follows: if you use \cs{docolaction*} any
+generated text by the chosen action is considered to be after the test
+point.  But if you use the command without the star then all the material
+it generates will be placed before the test point to determine the
+current column, i.e., the text will become part of the current column
+and may affect the test result on the next run.
+
+
+
+\subsection{Prevent color leak in \pkg{array}}
+
+In some cases the color used inside a \env{tabular} cell could ``leak
+out'' into the surrounding text. This has been corrected.
+%
+\githubissue{72}
+
+\subsection{Support fragile commands in \texttt{array} or \texttt{tabular} column templates}
+
+The preamble specifiers \texttt{p}, \texttt{m} and \texttt{b} each receives
+a user supplied argument: the width of the paragraph column. Normally
+that is something harmless, like a length or a simple length
+expression. But in more complicated settings involving the \pkg{calc}
+package it could break with a low-level error message.  This has now
+been corrected.
+%
+\sxissue{q/459285}
+
+
+
+\section{Changes to packages in the amsmath category}
+
+The changes in the kernel made for \cs{thinspace}, \cs{smash},
+etc.\ (see above) have been reflected in the \pkg{amsmath} package
+code, so that loading this package doesn't revert them.
+%
+\githubissue[s]{49 and 50}
+
+
+
+
+
+\section{Website updates}
+
+\subsection{Publications area reorganized and extended}
+
+To help readers to find relevant information in more convenient and
+easy ways, the area of the website covering publications by the
+\LaTeX{} Project Team was reorganized and extended (many more
+abstracts added). We now provide the articles, talks and supplementary
+data structured both by year and also by major
+topics~\cite{29:site-pub}. Feel free to take a look.
+
+\subsection{Japanese translations of the user's guide}
+
+Yukitoshi Fujimura has kindly translated
+into Japanese two documents that are
+distributed with standard \LaTeX{}.
+These are: 
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+    \LaTeXe{} for authors;
+\item
+    User's Guide for the \pkg{amsmath}~Package~\cite{29:amsldoc}.
+\end{itemize}
+They can be found on the website documentation page~\cite{29:site-doc}.
+You will now also find there a typeset version of the full \LaTeXe{}
+source code (with index etc.\@) and a number of other goodies.
+
+
+      
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{9}
+  
+\bibitem{29:Mittelbach:TB39-1} Frank Mittelbach:
+  \emph{New rules for reporting bugs in the \LaTeX{} core software}.  
+  In: TUGboat, 39\#1, 2018.
+  \url{https://latex-project.org/publications/}
+
+\bibitem{29:ltnews28}
+  \emph{\LaTeX{} News, Issue 28}.  
+  In: TUGboat, 39\#1, 2018.\\
+  \rlap{\url{https://latex-project.org/news/latex2e-news/}}
+
+\bibitem{29:site-doc} 
+  \emph{\LaTeX{} documentation on the \LaTeX{} Project Website}.\\  
+  \url{https://latex-project.org/documentation/}
+
+\bibitem{29:site-pub} 
+  \emph{\LaTeX{} Project publications on the \LaTeX{} Project Website}.\\
+  \url{https://latex-project.org/publications/}
+
+\bibitem{29:amsldoc} American Mathematical Society and The \LaTeX3 Project:
+  \emph{User's Guide for the \texttt{amsmath} Package} (Version 2.1).  
+  April 2018.
+  Available from
+  \url{https://www.ctan.org}
+  and distributed as part of every \LaTeX{} distribution.
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews30.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews30.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..48b32ce65b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews30.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews30.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews30.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cfc1430fb8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews30.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,668 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright 2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file.
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2008 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews30.tex
+%
+% This is issue 30 of LaTeX News.
+
+\documentclass{ltnews}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\usepackage{lmodern,url,hologo}
+
+\usepackage{csquotes}
+
+\providecommand\acro[1]{\textsc{#1}}
+\providecommand\meta[1]{$\langle$\textit{#1}$\rangle$}
+\providecommand\option[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+\providecommand\env[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+
+
+\providecommand\XeTeX{\hologo{XeTeX}}
+\providecommand\LuaTeX{\hologo{LuaTeX}}
+\providecommand\pdfTeX{\hologo{pdfTeX}}
+\providecommand\MiKTeX{\hologo{MiKTeX}}
+\providecommand\CTAN{\textsc{ctan}}
+\providecommand\TL{\TeX\,Live}
+\providecommand\githubissue[2][]{\ifhmode\unskip\fi
+     \quad\penalty500\strut\nobreak\hfill
+     \mbox{\small\slshape(%
+       \href{https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/\getfirstgithubissue#2 \relax}%
+          	    {github issue#1 #2}%
+           )}%
+     \par\smallskip}
+
+% simple solution right now (just link to the first issue if there are more)
+\def\getfirstgithubissue#1 #2\relax{#1}
+
+\providecommand\sxissue[1]{\ifhmode\unskip\fi
+     \quad\penalty500\strut\nobreak\hfill
+     \mbox{\small\slshape(\url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/#1})}\par}
+
+\providecommand\gnatsissue[2]{\ifhmode\unskip\fi
+     \quad\penalty500\strut\nobreak\hfill
+     \mbox{\small\slshape(%
+       \href{https://www.latex-project.org/cgi-bin/ltxbugs2html?pr=#1\%2F#2}%
+          	    {gnats issue #1/#2}%
+           )}%
+     \par}
+
+\let\cls\pkg
+\providecommand\env[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\iffalse % only for TUB production
+\usepackage{graphicx}
+\makeatletter
+% Xe\TeX{} requires reflecting the first E, hence we complain if the
+% graphics package is not present.  (For plain documents, this can be
+% loaded via Eplain.)  Also, at Barbara's suggestion, if the current
+% font is slanted, we rotate by 180 instead of reflecting so there is at
+% least a chance to look ok.  (The magic values here seem more or less
+% ok for \texttt{cmsl} and \texttt{cmti}.)
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\tubreflect#1{%
+  \@ifundefined{reflectbox}{%
+    \TBerror{A graphics package must be loaded for \string\XeTeX}%
+  }{%
+    \ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt
+      \raise 1.6ex \hbox{\kern.1em\rotatebox{180}{#1}}\kern-.1em
+    \else
+      \reflectbox{#1}%
+    \fi
+  }%
+}
+\def\tubhideheight#1{\setbox0=\hbox{#1}\ht0=0pt \dp0=0pt \box0 }
+\def\XekernbeforeE{-.125em}
+\def\XekernafterE{-.1667em}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\Xe}{\leavevmode
+  \tubhideheight{\hbox{X%
+    \setbox0=\hbox{\TeX}\setbox1=\hbox{E}%
+    \ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt \def\XekernbeforeE{0em}\fi
+    \lower\dp0\hbox{\raise\dp1\hbox{\kern\XekernbeforeE\tubreflect{E}}}%
+    \kern\XekernafterE}}}
+\def\XeTeX{\Xe\TeX}
+\def\XeLaTeX{\Xe{\kern.11em \LaTeX}}
+\fi
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\publicationmonth{October}
+\publicationyear{2019}
+
+\publicationissue{30}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+%\addtolength\textheight{4.2pc}   % only for TUB
+
+\maketitle
+\tableofcontents
+
+\setlength\rightskip{0pt plus 3em}
+
+%\newpage
+
+\medskip
+
+
+%%CCC Does it need an intro?
+%% \section{Introduction}
+
+%% This document is under construction \ldots
+
+
+\section{\LaTeX\texttt{-dev} formats now available}
+
+
+We know that many of you, especially developers and maintainers of
+important packages, have a strong interest in a stable \LaTeX{}
+environment.
+
+In order to keep \LaTeX{} very stable for users whilst allowing for
+further development to continue, we now have a development branch of
+\LaTeX{} on GitHub containing development code for the upcoming
+release. When this code is ready for wider consumption and testing, we
+generate a pre-release of \LaTeX{} from this development branch and make
+it available on \CTAN.
+
+For users of the \TL{} and \MiKTeX{} distributions it is therefore now
+straightforward to test their documents and code against the upcoming
+\LaTeX{} release with ease, simply by selecting a different program name
+(when using the command line) or by selecting a menu entry (after
+setting it up; see below).
+
+If you do this then the latest version of the \LaTeX{} development format
+will be used to process your document, allowing you to test the
+upcoming release with your own documents and packages. For example, if
+you run
+\begin{verbatim}
+  pdflatex-dev myfile
+\end{verbatim}
+then you will be greeted on the screen with something like \texttt{LaTeX2e
+  <2019-10-01> pre-release-2} (identifying the pre-release format)
+instead of the normal \texttt{LaTeX2e <2018-12-01>}. In this
+pre-release you will find the latest new features that we have
+developed. 
+
+\subsection{Our hopes}
+
+We don’t expect everybody to start using the development formats to
+participate in testing, but we hope that people with a strong interest
+in a stable \LaTeX{} environment (especially developers and maintainers
+of important packages) will use the new facilities and help us to
+ensure that future public releases of \LaTeX{} do not (as has happened in
+the past) require some immediate patches because of issues that were
+not identified by our internal regression test suite or by other
+testing
+we do.
+
+Any issue identified when using the development format should
+preferably be logged as an issue on GitHub, following the procedure
+outlined on our website at \url{https://www.latex-project.org/bugs/}
+including the use of the \pkg{latexbug} package as described.
+
+Our bug reporting process normally states that issues involving
+third-party software are out of scope as we can’t correct external
+packages; see~\cite{30:Mittelbach:TB39-1}. However, in the particular
+case of the development format showing an incompatibility with a
+third-party package, it is fine to open an issue with us (in addition,
+please, to informing the maintainer of that package) so that we know
+about the problem and can jointly work on resolving it.
+
+\subsection{Details please \ldots}
+
+More details and some background information about the concepts and
+the process are available in an upcoming \textsl{TUGboat} article: \enquote{The
+  \LaTeX{} release workflow and the \LaTeX{} dev
+  formats}~\cite{devformat}.
+
+\subsection{Setting up menu items}
+
+While the command line call works out of the box if you have a recent  
+\TL{} or \MiKTeX{} installation, its use within an integrated
+editing environment doesn’t at this point in time (maybe the
+developers of these editors will include it in the future). However,
+it is normally fairly simple to enable it as most (or even all?)\ of
+them provide simple ways to call your own setup. How this works in
+detail depends very much on the environment you use, so we can’t give
+much help here.
+
+But as an example: to provide an additional menu entry for
+\texttt{XeLaTeX-dev} on a MacBook all that is necessary is to copy
+the file \texttt{XeLaTeX.engine} to \texttt{XeLaTeX-dev.engine} and change the
+call from \texttt{xelatex} to \texttt{xelatex-dev} inside.
+
+
+
+
+\section{Improving Unicode handling in \pdfTeX{}}
+
+Perhaps the most important improvement in this release is
+even
+better support for \acro{utf}-8 characters when using \pdfTeX{}.\footnote{The
+  Japanese engines e-p\TeX{} and e-up\TeX{} can't use these features
+  yet as they don't support the primitive \cs{ifincsname}. Work is
+  under way to resolve this in the engines.}
+
+When using a \enquote{Unicode engine},  
+any Unicode character (that is not acting as a command, 
+i.e., is not \enquote{active}) 
+can be used as part of the
+\cs{label}/\cs{ref} mechanism or can be displayed in a message or
+written to a file. In 8-bit engines, however, this was severely
+restricted: 
+essentially you had to limit yourself to using
+\acro{ascii} letters, digits and a few punctuation symbols.  With the
+new release, most of these restrictions have been removed and you now
+can write labels such as
+\begin{verbatim}
+  \label{eq:größer}
+\end{verbatim}
+or use accented characters, etc., as part of a \cs{typeout} message.
+The only requirement remaining is that only those \acro{utf}-8 characters
+that are also available for typesetting can be used, i.e., only those
+characters for  
+which adequate font support is loaded. Otherwise you will get an
+error message stating that 
+the 
+particular Unicode character is not set
+up for use with \LaTeX{}.
+
+Note, however, that the restrictions on what characters can be 
+used in the names of commands have not changed. 
+
+What is not possible when using 
+an 8-bit engine such as \pdfTeX{} is to use
+characters other than \acro{ascii} letters as part of a command
+name. This is due to the fact that all other characters in such
+engines are not single character tokens, but in fact consist of a
+sequence of bytes and this is not supported in command names.
+
+\section{Improving file name handling in \pdfTeX{}}
+
+A related change is that file names used as part of \cs{input},
+\cs{includegraphics}, etc., commands 
+can now contain any 
+Unicode characters allowed by the file system in use,  
+including spaces. 
+In this case, 
+ even characters that can't be typeset 
+(due to lack of font support) can be used.
+
+
+\section{Improving the \env{filecontents} environment}
+
+The \env{filecontents} environment now supports an optional argument
+in which you can specify that it is allowed to \option{overwrite} an
+already existing file;  
+ by default nothing is written if a file with the given name 
+exists anywhere in the search tree. An alternative name for this
+option is \texttt{force}.  
+Even then the environment will refuse to write
+to \cs{jobname}\texttt{.tex} to avoid clobbering its own input
+file. However, if you use a different extension on your input file you
+could still overwrite it (there is no way to test for that).
+
+There is also an
+option 
+\option{nosearch}, 
+which specifies that only the current directory is
+examined for an existing file, not the whole \TeX{} inputs tree. 
+This is useful if you want to write a
+local copy of a standard system file.
+Finally, \option{noheader} prevents writing a preamble to the file 
+(this  
+is the same as using the star form of the environment).
+
+Another change is that this 
+environment is 
+now allowed anywhere in the document, 
+which means
+it provides everything (and more) of what the now obsolete 
+\pkg{filecontents} package provided.
+
+
+
+\section{Making more user commands robust}
+
+In the early days of \LaTeX{} many commands were fragile, i.e., they
+needed \cs{protect} in front of them when used in places such as
+section headings and other \enquote{moving arguments}, etc. 
+In \LaTeXe{} many of these commands were made robust,  
+but still a fairly large number remained unnecessarily fragile.
+
+In this release of \LaTeX{} we have now 
+made a lot more commands robust.
+There is a very small collection of commands that must stay fragile  
+because their expansion (maybe partially) at just the right time is critical.
+Yet others are unlikely to ever be needed in a \enquote{moving argument}.
+
+Doing this for \cs{begin} and \cs{end} was rather tricky as the
+standard mechanism with \cs{DeclareRobustCommand} doesn't work here,
+at least not for \cs{end} as that needs to expand during typesetting
+without generating a \cs{relax} (from the \cs{protect}). Such a token
+would start a new row in table environments, such as \texttt{tabular},
+etc. Furthermore, some packages try to look into the definition of
+\cs{end} by expanding it several times. Thus expansion with
+\cs{expandafter} had to produce exactly the same result as before. But
+in the end we overcame that hurdle too, so now environments are
+automatically robust if used in places like headings or
+\verb=\typeout= and so forth.
+
+%%CCC do we need to say something about possible problems if other packages 
+%%   or documents have redefined commands whose robustness has changed?
+
+What hasn't been tackled yet is the redefinitions in \pkg{amsmath}: 
+this package
+redefines a number of basic math constructs
+that are now robust, so that  
+they become fragile again
+once the package is loaded. 
+This area will be addressed in a followup release.
+%
+\githubissue{123}
+
+
+
+\section{Other changes to the \LaTeX{} kernel}
+
+\subsection{Guard against \cs{unskip} in tabular cells}
+
+If a \env{tabular} or \env{array} cell started with a 
+command that started with an 
+\cs{unskip} 
+then centering the column broke 
+ because the stretching glue   
+ on the left got removed. The fix for this was to add 
+ a minuscule, and hence unnoticeable, additional space after the stretching space: 
+removing this extra space causes no problems.
+
+This change was also applied in the \pkg{array} package.
+
+\githubissue{102}
+
+
+\subsection{Fix Unicode table data}  
+
+\texttt{U+012F} which is \enquote{i with ogonek} produced a
+\enquote{dotless i with ogonek} by mistake. This has been corrected.
+
+\githubissue{122}
+
+The Unicode slots \texttt{27E8} and \texttt{27E9} have been mapped to
+\cs{textlangle} and \cs{textrangle} which is the recommended mapping.
+In the past they raised a
+\\
+\LaTeX{} error.
+%
+\githubissue{110}
+
+When doing cut-and-paste from other documents or websites, f-ligatures and others ligatures
+might end up as 
+single Unicode characters in your file. In the past those got rejected by \LaTeX{}.
+ We 
+ now define those Unicode slots and map them back to the sequence of
+ individual characters constituting the ligature.
+If supported by the current font
+(which is normally the case) they
+are then reconstructed as ligatures and thus get typeset 
+as desired. 
+Otherwise they will come out as individual characters which
+is still better than an error message.
+
+\githubissue{154}
+
+
+\subsection{Improve \cs{InputIfFileExists}'s handling of file names}
+
+In rare circumstances it was possible that \cs{InputIfFileExists}
+would work incorrectly, e.g., a construction such as
+\begin{verbatim}
+\InputIfFileExists{foo}{\input{bar}}{}
+\end{verbatim}
+would not load the files \texttt{foo.tex} and \texttt{bar.tex} but
+would load \texttt{bar.tex} twice. This has been corrected.
+
+\githubissue{109}
+
+
+\subsection{Improve interface for cross-references}
+
+%%CCC  should be 'provide' as they still exist. FMi - no they no longer do that
+The packages \pkg{fncylab} and \pkg{varioref} provided
+a slightly
+improved definition of \cs{refstepcounter} which allowed
+the internal
+\cs{p@..} commands to receive the counter value as an argument, 
+instead of 
+acting as a simple prefix. This supports 
+more complex 
+formatting of the value in the reference. 
+
+
+These packages also provided
+the command \cs{labelformat} to help in the specification of
+such formatting in an easy way.  For
+example, \verb=\labelformat{equation}{eq.~(#1)}= specifies that 
+references to equations
+automatically come out as
+\enquote{eq.~(5)} or similar. As such a \cs{labelformat} declaration
+means a \cs{ref} command can no
+longer be successfully used at the start of a sentence, the packages also
+provided \cs{Ref} for such scenarios.
+
+Both of these commands, \cs{labelformat} and \cs{Ref},
+are now removed from the packages and instead made available in 
+the kernel so there is no 
+need to load additional packages.
+
+
+
+
+\subsection{Improve wording of a warning message}
+
+The kernel now says \enquote{Trying to load \ldots}
+instead of \enquote{Try loading \ldots} in one of its informal
+messages to match style of similar messages.
+%
+\githubissue{107}
+
+
+\subsection{Avoid bad side-effects of \cs{DeclareErrorFont}} 
+
+As a side effect of setting up the error font for \acro{nfss}, this
+declaration also changed the current font size back to 10pt.
+In most
+circumstances that doesn't matter, because that declaration was meant
+to be used only during the format generation and not during 
+a \LaTeX{} run. 
+However, it has turned out to  be
+used by some developers in other places
+(incorrectly in fact:
+e.g., inside some \texttt{.fd} files) where 
+resetting the size causes 
+havoc
+seemingly at random.
+The command has now changed to not produce such side effects.
+
+\gnatsissue{latex}{4399}
+
+
+
+\subsection{\pkg{nfssfont}: Make font table generation the default action}
+
+With the small file \texttt{nfssfont.tex} it is possible to produce
+font tables and other font tests 
+in the style set up by Don Knuth. 
+In nearly all cases 
+a font table is wanted, 
+so this action has been made the default. 
+Now one can simply hit enter
+instead of having to write \verb=\table\bye=.
+
+
+\subsection{\pkg{trace}: Add package support in the kernel}
+
+The \pkg{trace} package implements the commands \cs{traceon}
+and \cs{traceoff} that work like 
+\cs{tracingall} but skip
+certain code blocks that produce a lot of tracing output.
+%%CCC   being of no interest to anyone!! -- FMi I love your encouragement
+This is useful when debugging, to suppress uninteresting tracing 
+from, for example, loading a font. 
+Code blocks that should not be traced
+need to be surrounded by the commands
+\cs{conditionally@traceoff} and \cs{conditionally@traceon}.
+
+The \LaTeX{} kernel now provides dummy definitions for these two
+commands so that package writers can use them in their packages
+regardless of \pkg{trace} being loaded or not.
+
+
+
+        
+\section{Changes to packages in the \pkg{tools} category}
+
+\subsection{\pkg{array}: Warn if primitive column specifiers are overwritten}
+
+With \cs{newcolumntype} it is possible to define your own column
+specifiers for a \texttt{tabular} preamble; it is also possible to
+change existing ones. However, doing that for a primitive column
+specifier, such as \texttt{c}, is seldom a good idea, since then its
+functionality becomes unavailable. 
+The package was therefore supposed
+to warn the user in this case, but due to a missing \cs{expandafter}
+in the code it never did---now it does.
+%
+\githubissue{148}
+
+
+\subsection{\pkg{multicol}: Introduce \texttt{minrows} counter for balancing}
+
+When there are only a few lines of text on a page at the end of a
+\env{multicols} environment, 
+balancing the columns often looks rather odd: such as 
+three columns each containing a single line. The balancing behavior
+can now be controlled through the counter \texttt{minrows} 
+(default is~1) which specifies that,  
+after balancing, there must be at least that many lines in the first column. 
+Thus, if you set \texttt{minrows}
+to \texttt{2} then you 
+would get a
+distribution of \texttt{2+1+0} lines and if set 
+to three, the result
+would be 
+\texttt{3+0+0} instead of the default \texttt{1+1+1}. 
+
+What is most appropriate really depends on the circumstances, but this
+now gives you the tools to make local or global adjustments.
+
+
+\subsection{\pkg{varioref}: Better support for \pkg{cleveref}}
+
+The \pkg{varioref} package has been internally updated to provide
+better interfaces for packages such as \pkg{hyperref} and
+\pkg{cleveref}.
+
+It also  
+has a new package option \option{nospace} that stops
+\pkg{varioref} from meddling with space in front of
+its commands. The
+original behavior was always somewhat problematical and it is
+suggested that 
+all new documents 
+use this option (which
+should really have been the default).
+
+Support was also added for the Arabic language through the option
+\option{arabic}.
+
+
+
+        
+\subsection[\pkg{xr}: Support citations to bibliographies in\\ external documents]
+{\pkg{xr}: Support citations to bibliographies in external documents}
+
+The \pkg{xr} package can be used to cross-reference an external \LaTeX{} 
+document. 
+This means that even when a work is split over different documents (that
+need to be processed separately), \cs{ref} or \cs{pageref} can use labels from 
+any document, creating links between them. This facility has now been extended 
+so that \cs{cite} commands and
+their cousins can now also reference bibliographies in external
+documents; this feature was first provided in the package
+\pkg{xcite} by Enrico Gregorio.
+
+Note that for technical reasons \pkg{xr} doesn't work with
+\pkg{hyperref}. Use \pkg{xr-hyper} instead if you need the latter
+package.
+
+
+\section{Changes to packages in the \pkg{amsmath} category}
+
+\subsection{\pkg{amsmath}: Introduce \cs{overunderset} command}
+
+The \pkg{amsmath} package has always offered 
+the commands \cs{overset} and
+\cs{underset} to produce binary operators with something set above or
+below. But sometimes one needs to put something above and something below: 
+The newly added \cs{overunderset} makes this
+easily possible.
+
+
+
+\section{Documentation updates}
+
+There are a number of
+%small
+documentation updates in files 
+on the documentation page of the project website~\cite{30:site-doc}.
+
+\subsection{Highlighting the standard \texorpdfstring{\acro{nfss}}{NFSS} codes for series} 
+
+The \emph{Font Selection Guide}~\cite{fntguide} has been
+updated to strongly recommend that the standard codes should be used
+when providing font support.  The reason for this recommendation is explained here.
+
+
+The font selection scheme uses a number of standard codes for
+\cs{fontseries} and \cs{fontshape} to ensure that different fonts are
+comparable, e.g., that you get a \enquote{light} weight if you specify
+\texttt{l} and \enquote{extra bold} when you write \texttt{eb},
+etc. Over the years people came up with a number of other creative
+short codes like \texttt{k}, \texttt{j}, \texttt{t} and others with
+the result that changing a font family required different codes and
+thus prevented users from easily mixing and matching different
+families. 
+Some work has been undertaken to get back to a coherent scheme and
+all the font families supported through the program \texttt{autoinst}
+are now producing the standard codes again. 
+
+
+\subsection{\LaTeX{} \texttt{base} and \texttt{doc} distribution reunited}
+      
+For a long time the \LaTeX{} distribution available from \CTAN{} was
+split into several parts to allow them to be uploaded or downloaded
+separately. As this is these days more confusing than helpful we have
+recombined the base part with the documentation part (as both are
+anyway always updated together). Thus the package \texttt{latex-doc}
+is no longer separately available from \CTAN{} but contained in the
+\texttt{latex-base} distribution.
+
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{9}
+
+%\fontsize{9.3}{11.3}\selectfont
+
+\bibitem{30:Mittelbach:TB39-1} Frank Mittelbach:
+  \emph{New rules for reporting bugs in the \LaTeX{} core software}.  
+  In: TUGboat, 39\#1, 2018.
+  \url{https://latex-project.org/publications/}
+
+\bibitem{devformat} Frank Mittelbach:
+  \emph{The
+  \LaTeX{} release workflow and the \LaTeX{} dev formats}.  
+  In: TUGboat, 40\#2, 2019.
+  \url{https://latex-project.org/publications/}
+
+\bibitem{fntguide} \LaTeX{} Project Team:
+  \emph{\LaTeXe{} font selection}.\\  
+  \url{https://latex-project.org/documentation/}
+
+\bibitem{30:site-doc} 
+  \emph{\LaTeX{} documentation on the \LaTeX{} Project Website}.\\  
+  \url{https://latex-project.org/documentation/}
+
+%\bibitem{30:site-pub} 
+%  \emph{\LaTeX{} Project publications on the \LaTeX{} Project Website}.\\
+%  \url{https://latex-project.org/publications/}
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.pdf
index 96ebe1ada8a..6ee1395e6a7 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.tex
index e0aabafba49..d3a7542cfdb 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 % \iffalse meta-comment
 %
-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
 % in this file. 
 % 
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 % The latest version of this license is in
 %    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
 % and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
-% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+% version 2008 or later.
 % 
 % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
 % 
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltxdoc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltxdoc.pdf
index d7d6d9d6949..f641b9f483d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltxdoc.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltxdoc.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/makeindx.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/makeindx.pdf
index f6475a4ecea..f5985404bbe 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/makeindx.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/makeindx.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/manual.err b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/manual.err
deleted file mode 100644
index e78b18de9f6..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/manual.err
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,365 +0,0 @@
-\documentclass{article}
-
-\newcommand{\reportedby}[2]{{\small [First reported by #1 on \mbox{#2}.]}}
-\newcommand{\erratum}[1]{\subsubsection*{#1}}
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%                 MODIFICATION DATE                               %
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%                                                                 %
-% Defines \moddate to expand to modification date such as         %
-%                                                                 %
-%    5 Aug 1991                                                   %
-%                                                                 %
-% and \prdate to print it in a large box.  Assumes editor         %
-% updates modification date in standard SRC Gnu Emacs style.      %
-% (should work for any user name).                                %
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\def\ypmd{%                                                       %
-%                                                                 %
-%                                                                 %
-  Last modified on Sat 13 October 2018 at 12:56:41 PST by lamport      %
-  endypmd}                                                        %
-%                                                                 %
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\newcommand{\moddate}{\expandafter\xpmd\ypmd}                     %
-\def\xpmd Last modified                                           %
-on #1 #2 #3 #4 at #5:#6:#7 #8 by #9 endypmd{#2 #3 #4}                %
-\newcommand{\prdate}{\noindent\fbox{\Large\moddate}}              %
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-\newcommand{\mytt}{\normalfont\ttfamily}
-\newcommand{\cindex}{\index}
-\newcommand\bs{\char '134 }  % A backslash character for \tt font
-
-\title{Errata to the Second Edition of the \LaTeX\ Manual}
-\author{Leslie Lamport}
-\date{\moddate}
-
-\begin{document}
-\maketitle
-
-\noindent These are all the errors and omissions to the manual,
-\LaTeX: {\em A Document Preparation System}, second edition, published
-by Addison-Wesley, reported as of \moddate.  Positions in the book are
-indicated by page and line number, where the top line of a page is
-number 1 and the bottom line is number $-1$.  A running head and a
-page number are not considered to be lines, but all other lines are.
-Please report any additional errors to The \LaTeX\ Project at
-\texttt{www.latex-project.org/bugs/}\,.
-
-
-\subsection*{Errors Corrected in the First Printing}
-
-\erratum{page 25, example of \texttt{verse} environment}
-Replace \verb|{\em all\/}| by \verb|\emph{all}|.
- \reportedby{Rosemary Bailey}{29 Aug 1994}
-
-\erratum{page 28, first paragraph} 
-Not an error, but it would be
-helpful to add the following sentence to the end of that paragraph:
- ``(If a declaration has arguments, they become additional
-arguments of the corresponding environment's \verb|\begin| command.)''
-
-
-\erratum{page 33, line 10}
-Add \verb|\]| to the list of fragile commands.
- \reportedby{Rosemary Bailey}{29 Aug 1994}
-
-\erratum{page 43, table 3.5}
-Add an entry for \verb|\notin| ($\notin$).
- \reportedby{Rosemary Bailey}{29 Aug 1994}
-
-\erratum{page 72, two examples}
-Change \verb|{\em ...}| to \verb|\emph{...}|
- \reportedby{Rosemary Bailey}{29 Aug 1994}
-
-\erratum{page 101}
-This is not an error, but some readers will find it helpful if, in the
-descriptions of \verb|\setlength| and \verb|\addtolength|,
-\verb|\gnat| were replaced by \verb|\parskip|.  
- \reportedby{Ellen Gilkerson}{9 Aug 1994}
-
-\erratum{page 108, lines 7 and 10}
-This is not an error, but it might be easier to understand
-the example if \verb|\len| were replaced by something like \verb|\saved|.
- \reportedby{Rosemary Bailey}{29 Aug 1994}
-
-\erratum{page 139, lines $-8$ and $-9$}
-
-The funny break between these two lines should be eliminated.
-\reportedby{Malcolm Clark}{9 Aug 1994}
-
-\erratum{page 177, line $-12$}
-
-The \verb|twocolumn| option cannot be used with the \verb|letters|
-class.
-
-\erratum{page 197, lines 7 and 9}
-
-The \verb|figure*| environment is ended by \verb|\end{figure*}|, and
-the \verb|table*| environment is ended by \verb|\end{table*}|.
-\reportedby{Malcolm Clark}{9 Aug 1994}
-
-\erratum{page 228}
-
-Add a note that, before running a LaTeX2.09 file in compatibility mode
-in LaTeX2e, you should delete the old versions of the auxiliary files.
-
-\subsection*{Errors Corrected in the Second Printing}
-
-\erratum{page xv, line 10}
-``Chris Rowley'' should come after ``Sebastian Rahtz''.
-\reportedby{Martin Schr\"{o}der}{24 April 1995}
-
-
-
-\erratum{page 29, line $-10$}
-Change ``error indicator line'' to ``error locator line''.
-\reportedby{Xavier Perramon}{2 Jan 1995}
-
-\erratum{page 37, lines 26--28}
-Change the two sentences ``None of these \ldots formula.'' to:
-\begin{quote}
-These text-producing commands can be used in math mode to put ordinary
-text in a formula.  (When the command is used in math mode, its
-argument is processed in LR mode.)  The declarations cannot be used in
-math mode.  Section 3.3.8 explains how to change the type style of a
-formula's math-mode symbols.
-\end{quote}
-\reportedby{Mike Piff}{7 Mar 1995}
-
-\erratum{page 39, line 6}
-Replace ``any mode'' with ``paragraph and LR mode''.  Also,
-after line 8, add:
-\begin{quote}
-The commands \verb|\dag|, \verb|\ddag|, \verb|\S|, and \verb|\P|
-can also be used in math mode.
-\end{quote}
-
-\erratum{page 53, line 24}
-Change ``are needed in the'' to ``are used in the''
-\reportedby{Mike Piff}{21 Oct 1994}
-
-\erratum{page 80, line 1}
-The section heading should not be outdented.
-\reportedby{Martin Schr\"{o}der}{23 Jan 1995}
-
-\erratum{page 83, line $-8$}
-Change ``\verb|\resettime|'' to ``\verb|\settime|''.
-
-\erratum{page 84, after line $11$} Add the following sentence: ``The
-\hbox{\verb|\onlyslides|} and \hbox{\verb|\onlynotes|} commands may
-not work right if a \texttt{slide}, \texttt{overlay}, or \texttt{note}
-environment appears in the argument of any command.'' 
-\reportedby{Eike Ritter}{May 1996}
-
-\erratum{page 153, line 1}
-Add ``or subentry'' after ``entry''.
-\reportedby{Martin Schr\"{o}der}{22 Feb 1995}
-
-\erratum{page 171}
-Add the following before line $-4$:
-\begin{description}
-\item[\mytt \bs columnwidth]
-Normal width 
-  \cindex{columnwidth}%
-of a column;
-%  \index{column!width}% 
-  \index{width!of column}% 
-equals \verb|\textwidth| except for multiple-column styles.
-Its value should not be changed with the length-setting commands.
-\end{description}
-Also, in line $-4$, change \verb|\textwidth| to \verb|\columnwidth|.
-%\reportedby{Volker Kuhlmav}{20 Jan 1995}
-\reportedby{Rosemary Bailey}{9 Sep 1994}
-
-\erratum{page 180, lines 15--19} 
-%
-Replace these five lines (which begin ``These commands are overridden'')
-with:
-\begin{itemize} \item[]
-To override a heading on a right-hand page (any page for one-sided
-printing), put a \verb|\markright| after the sectioning command and in
-its mandatory argument, and add an optional argument without the
-\verb|markright|, as in
-\begin{itemize}
-\item[]
-  \verb|\chapter[Gnu Scents]{Gnu Scents\markright{|\textit{right\_head}\verb|}}|\\
- \verb|\markright{|\textit{right\_head}\verb|}|
-\end{itemize}
-To change the heading on a left-hand page, put a \verb|\markboth|
-command immediately after the sectioning command.
-\end{itemize}
-\reportedby{Jerome Breitenbach}{14 Dec 1995}
-
-\erratum{page 182} 
-The dimensions
-\verb|\pageheight| and \verb|\pagewidth|
-should be \verb|\paperheight| and \verb|\paperwidth|,
-respectively.  (The index entries on page 260 should also be changed.)
-\reportedby{Alan Jeffrey, on behalf of a user}{12 Sep 1995}
-\erratum{page 192, line 19}
-Change ``\emph{cmd}'' to ``\emph{def}''.
-\reportedby{Martin Schr\"{o}der}{9 Mar 1995}
-
-
-\erratum{page 195, line 14}
-Change ``numbered `within' it'' to ``numbered directly `within' it''.
-\reportedby{Martin Schr\"{o}der}{5 Dec 1994}
-
-\erratum{page 197, line 14}
-After ``\verb|\textwidth|'' add ``or \verb|\columnwidth|''
-\reportedby{Volker Kuhlmann}{22 Jan 1995}
-
-\erratum{page 226}
-
-After line 7, add
-\begin{quote}
-These declarations may not be used in math mode.
-\end{quote}
-Replace lines 16-19 (beginning ``None of these commands'') with
-\begin{quote}
-When these commands are used in math mode, the \emph{text}
-argument is processed in LR mode.  
-
-These commands and declarations are robust.  Words typeset in
-typewriter style are not hyphenated except where permitted by \verb|\-|
-commands.
-\end{quote}
-\reportedby{Marc Lavine}{22 Aug 1995}
-
-\erratum{page 228}
-To the section ``Type Styles and Sizes'', add the following sentence:
-A few mathematical symbols now require the \texttt{latexsym} package---see
-Tables 3.4--3.7.
-
-\subsection*{Errors Corrected in the Sixteenth Printing}
-
-\erratum{page 42, line 14}
-Change ``through a symbol'' by ``through a relation symbol''.
-\reportedby{Frank Mittelbach}{15 Nov 1996}
-
-\erratum{page 42, Table 3.4}
-\verb|\land| should be listed as a synonym for \verb|\wedge|, and
-\verb|\lor| should be listed as a synonym for \verb|\vee|.
-\reportedby{Chris Rowley}{28 Oct 1998}
-
-\erratum{page 43, Table 3.7}
-\verb|\lnot| should be listed as a synonym for \verb|\neg|.
-\reportedby{Chris Rowley}{15 Oct 1998}
-
-\erratum{page 137} This is not an error, but it would be better to
-change lines 23 and 24 to:
-\begin{quote}
-\LaTeX\ 
-  \index{file!not found error}%
-  \index{file!nonexistent}%
-is trying to read a file that apparently doesn't exist.  If the missing
-file has the extension \texttt{tex}, then \LaTeX\ is trying to
-  \index{input)@\verb+\input+!of nonexistent file}%
-  \index{include)@\verb+\include+!of nonexistent file}%
-\verb|\input| or \verb|\include| it; if it 
-\end{quote}
-
-\erratum{page 171, line 19}
-Change the description of \verb|\indent| to:
-\begin{description}
-\item[\mytt \bs indent]
-Produces a 
-%  \cindex{indent}%
-%  \index{paragraph!indentation}%
-horizontal space whose width equals the width of the
-paragraph indentation.  It can be used to add a paragraph indentation
-where one would otherwise be suppressed.  (If it doesn't work,
-try typing \verb|\indent\indent|.)  Robust.
-\end{description}
-\reportedby{Chris Rowley}{15 Oct 1998}
-
-\erratum{page 179, line 19}
-%
-Change to: 
-\begin{quote}
-page style for the \texttt{article} and \texttt{report} document classes.
-\end{quote}
-\reportedby{Stephen J. Alter}{17 Sep 1997}
-
-\erratum{page 195, line 28}
-Replace ``\textit{num}$_1$ and \textit{num}$_1$ are numbers''
-with ``\textit{num}$_1$ and \textit{num}$_2$ are numbers''.
-\reportedby{Magnus Lewis-Smith}{14 Jan 1999}
-
-\erratum{page 196, line $-5$}
-Change \verb|\newboolean{|\emph{name}\verb|}| to
-\verb|\newboolean{|\emph{nam}\verb|}|.  
-\reportedby{Christopher von B\"{u}low}{28 Aug 2000}
-
-
-\erratum{page 198, line 14}
-Change ``it will not be printed'' to ``it will usually not be printed''.
-
-\erratum{page 218, line $-14$}
-Change ``\texttt{tabular}'' to ``\texttt{tabbing}''.
-\reportedby{Carlos Pita}{27 Aug 2001}
-
-\erratum{foldout, column 3, line 3}
-Replace \emph{style} with \emph{class}.  \reportedby{Christopher von B\"{u}low}{28 Aug 2000}
-
-\subsection*{Errors Corrected in the Seventeenth Printing}
-
-\erratum{page 51, line 8}
-Change ``The \verb|\,| command'' to ``The \verb|\,| and \verb*|\ | commands''.
-\reportedby{Phillip J Shelton}{2 Jul 1999}
-
-\erratum{page 61, second example (middle of page)}
-Remove the \verb|\mbox{}| following the \texttt{tabbing} environment.
-\reportedby{Marcin Wolinski}{17 Sep 2003}
-
-\erratum{page 210, line 20}
-Add a space after ``bibliography''.
-\reportedby{Marcin Wolinski}{17 Sep 2003}
-
-\subsection*{Error Corrected in the Twenty-First Printing}
-\erratum{page 198, line $-11$} 
-The sentence beginning ``The last three rules'' is hard to read.  Better
-would be:
-\begin{quote}
-\noindent The last three rules are suspended when a 
-  \verb|\clearpage|,\linebreak
-  \verb|\cleardoublepage|, or
-  \verb|\end{document}| command occurs, 
-at which point all unprocessed figures and tables are allowed a
-\hbox{\mytt p} option and printed.
-\end{quote}
-\reportedby{Paul Stanford}{9 Oct 2004}
-
-\subsection*{Error Corrected in the Twenty-Second Printing}
-
-\erratum{page 253, column 2, lines $-5$ and $-6$} 
-
-The two index entries for \verb|\ldots| should be combined.
-
-
-\reportedby{Christopher Dutchyn}{22 July 2005}
-
-
-\subsection*{Uncorrected Errors}
-
-\erratum{page 206, line 17 (\texttt{\string\multicolumn} explanation)}
-
-Insert the following text right after ``\texttt{l}, and \texttt{r}.''
-\begin{quote}
-If the part of the environment's \emph{cols} argument being replaced
-immediately follows an \texttt{@} expression, then the \emph{item}
-will be preceded by a normal intercolumn space unless the
-\verb|\multicolumn| command's \emph{col} argument begins with an
-\texttt{@} expression.  In particular, beginning the \emph{col}
-argument with \verb|@{}| will suppress that space.
-\end{quote}
-\reportedby{Ulrike Fischer, Frank Mittelbach}{23 Sep 2018}
-
-\end{document}
-
-%try
-%try
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/manual.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/manual.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 62d4eab9a68..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/manual.pdf
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.pdf
index 97d1fa45a1e..5024a2070a1 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.tex
index 147fec78781..ff796c76879 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 % \iffalse meta-comment
 %
-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
 % in this file. 
 % 
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 % The latest version of this license is in
 %    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
 % and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
-% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+% version 2008 or later.
 % 
 % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
 % 
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/nfssfont.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/nfssfont.pdf
index 3ab32e6f959..88a54a902e9 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/nfssfont.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/nfssfont.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/proc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/proc.pdf
index 3daa1444cd4..265e13a7be4 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/proc.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/proc.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slides.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slides.pdf
index 1a33f7e0cf7..5a581a88390 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slides.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slides.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slifonts.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slifonts.pdf
index 5c71c2333fb..5e6de067975 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slifonts.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slifonts.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf
index 02ac1bf9c66..c0586f08b75 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.tex
index 79b9a7f5db9..d34dabfa476 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 % \iffalse meta-comment
 %
-% Copyright 1993-2016
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
 % in this file. 
 % 
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 % The latest version of this license is in
 %    https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
 % and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
-% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+% version 2008 or later.
 % 
 % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
 % 
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/syntonly.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/syntonly.pdf
index 0f92fed10d4..37b44ac0bbf 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/syntonly.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/syntonly.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/texpert.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/texpert.txt
index 7e2860d09de..9380a677fef 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/texpert.txt
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/texpert.txt
@@ -207,4 +207,4 @@ the distributed files with names <*>guide.tex.  You will need
 to install the new version before you can typeset these files.
 
  
---- Copyright 1995-2016 the LaTeX3 project.  All rights reserved ---
+--- Copyright 1995-2019 the LaTeX3 project.  All rights reserved ---
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlb1144.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlb1144.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index a96aee591e9..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlb1144.pdf
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc2.err b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc2.err
deleted file mode 100644
index 57b3c857153..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc2.err
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4630 +0,0 @@
-\newcommand\erratafiledate{2014-09-30}
-
-\def\comando#1{\texttt{\string#1}}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% To produce a printed version of this errata file run this file through
-% LaTeX. It will unpack a small class file (if not already present) and
-% a configuration file with the extension .cfg. You might want to modify
-% the setting in this configuration file to print only a partial errata
-% suitable for your printed revision of this book, see details in the
-% .cfg file.
-%
-% The current version of this file can be found at:
-%
-%    https://www.latex-project.org/help/books/
-%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-\begin{filecontents}{ttcterrata.cls}
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 1997,2004,2005,2007, 2014 Frank Mittelbach
-%% This class file is licenced under LPPL latest version; 
-%% see https://www.latex-project.org/lppl
-%
-%
-% It sets up a few commands used to format the errata entries for books in the
-% Addison-Wesley Series:
-%
-%    Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting
-%
-% hence the name. However, anybody who likes to use it is free to apply it for
-% errata files of other books. 
-%
-% Changes:
-%
-% v1.0a - changed name from errata.cls to ttcterrata.cls
-
-\ProvidesClass{ttcterrata}
-  [2007/11/10 v1.0a Mini class for errata files; subject to change (FMi)]
-
-\LoadClass{article}
-
-\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1}
-\addtolength\textwidth{5cm}
-\addtolength\oddsidemargin{-3cm}
-
-\addtolength\textheight{36pt}
-
-\RequirePackage{shortvrb}
-\MakeShortVerb{\|}
-
-\RequirePackage{array,longtable}
-\RequirePackage{multicol}
-
-
-\newcommand\erratagetnumber{}
-\def\erratagetnumber#1/#2/#3\erratagetnumber{#1#2#3}
-
-
-\newcommand\gobbleerrata{%
-  \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup
-     \let\endgobble\egroup
-     \let\hideamp\relax
-     \let\\\relax\let\par\@@par}
-
-\newcommand*\hideamp{&}
-
-\let\endgobble\relax
-
-
-\newcommand\erratastartdate{}
-\newcommand\myprinting{1}
-
-
-\newcommand\doweprint[2]{%
-  \ifnum \myprinting < \if!#2!1000 \else \ifx s#2 1000\else#2 \fi\fi
-   \ifnum \expandafter\erratagetnumber\erratastartdate\erratagetnumber <
-          \erratagetnumber#1\erratagetnumber \relax
-     \@tempswatrue
-   \else
-     \@tempswafalse
-   \fi
-  \else
-    \@tempswafalse
-  \fi
-}
-
-
-
-\newcommand\includedentries{entries after = \erratastartdate}
-\newcommand\printedentries{between \erratastartdate\space and}
-
-\newcommand\showallerrors{%
- \renewcommand\includedentries{all errata entries}%
- \renewcommand\printedentries{up to}
- \renewcommand\doweprint[2]{\@tempswatrue}}
-
-
-\newcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{%
-    \if!#2!\textbf{#1}\else\textit{#1}\rlap{\textsuperscript{#2}}\fi}
-
-\newcommand\norevisionnumbers{%
-  \renewcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{\textbf{##1}}}
-
-\IfFileExists{\jobname.cfg}
-  {
-   \input{\jobname.cfg}
-   \typeout{***************************************************}
-   \typeout{*}
-   \typeout{* Configuration file for \jobname.err found }
-   \typeout{*}
-   \typeout{***************************************************}
-  \AtEndDocument{
-   \typeout{***************************************************}
-   \typeout{*}
-   \typeout{* If you wish to generate an errata listing}
-   \typeout{* containing only errors found after a certain revision}
-   \typeout{* and/or only errors found after a certain date}
-   \typeout{* modify the information stored in \jobname.cfg}
-   \typeout{*}
-   \typeout{* Current settings are:}
-   \typeout{*}
-   \typeout{* \@spaces  printing of your book = \myprinting}
-   \typeout{* \@spaces  include \includedentries}
-   \typeout{*}
-   \typeout{***************************************************}
-  }}
-  {}
-
-%% \erroronpage <page> <line info> <contributor> <date> <fixed in revision>
-
-\newcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
-   \endgobble
-   \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
-   \if@tempswa
-     \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-   \else
-     \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-     \expandafter\gobbleerrata
-   \fi
-   \hideamp \\%
-   \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
-   \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
-}
-
-\newcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{%
-   \endgobble
-   \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
-   \if@tempswa
-     \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-   \else
-     \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-     \expandafter\gobbleerrata
-   \fi
-   \hideamp \\%
-   \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill
-   \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
-   \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
-}
-
-\newcommand\CHAPTER[1]{\endgobble
-  &\\[4pt]%
-  \multicolumn{4}{l}{\framebox[10cm][l]{\textbf{\normalsize\strut#1}}} \\}
-
-\newenvironment{erratalist}
-  {\begin{longtable}{r>{\raggedright}p{2cm}l>{\raggedright}p{10cm}l}}
-  {\endgobble\end{longtable}}
-
-\newcommand\erratatitle[2]
-  {\begin{center}\LARGE\bfseries
-      Errata list for #1\\[5pt](\myprinting.\ printing)\\[10pt]
-      \small Includes all entries found \printedentries\space #2\\
-      (For other periods/print runs reprocess this document
-      with different config settings)
-   \end{center}%
-   \markright{Errata for #1 (\printedentries\space #2)}%
-   \thispagestyle{plain}%
-   \vspace{20pt}}
-
-\pagestyle{myheadings}
-
-\AtBeginDocument{\small}
-
-\setlength\parindent{0pt}
-\setlength\parskip{2pt}
-
-\newcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{\sffamily#1} #2\par}
-
-% some special shortcuts overwriting existing commands:
-
-\let\u\underline 
-\renewcommand\>{$\to$}
-
-%%% some code suggested by Thorsten Hansen to count the number of
-%%% contributions by individuals (will work only if we do not get
-%%% too many :-)
-
-\def\count@contributors#1/#2/#3\@nil{
-   \@ifundefined{c@#1}{\newcounter{#1}}{}\stepcounter{#1}%
-%%%   also count secondary:
-%%%   \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\newcounter{#2}}{}\stepcounter{#2}% 
-}
-
-\renewcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
-   \count@contributors#3/secondary/\@nil
-   \endgobble
-   \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
-   \if@tempswa
-     \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-   \else
-     \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-     \expandafter\gobbleerrata
-   \fi
-   \hideamp \\%
-   \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
-   \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
-}
- 
-\renewcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{%
-   \count@contributors#3/secondary/\@nil
-   \endgobble
-   \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
-   \if@tempswa
-     \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-   \else
-     \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-     \expandafter\gobbleerrata
-   \fi
-   \hideamp \\%
-   \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill
-   \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
-   \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
-}
-
-\renewcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{%
-  \sffamily#1} #2\@ifundefined{c@#1}{}{ (\arabic{#1})}\par} 
-
-\end{filecontents}
-
-
-\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.cfg}
-%
-%
-% Configuration file for the errata listing of 
-%
-%  The LaTeX Companion, Second Edition
-%
-%
-% \erratastartdate 
-%
-% Specifies the date from which on errata entries should be listed.
-%
-% The format is YYYY/MM/DD.
-%
-% The default below ensures that all entries for a particular
-% printing are typeset.
-%
-
-\renewcommand\erratastartdate{2004/04/22}
-
-
-%
-% \myprinting
-%
-% Specifies which (revised) printing you own. For example, if you
-%    have the second printing set this to 2 so that errors already
-%    corrected in that printing will not appear in your errata
-%    listing.
-%
-% The default below ensures that all entries relevant to the x-th
-%    printing are typeset. 
-%    
-%
-
-\renewcommand\myprinting{1}
-\renewcommand\myprinting{2}  % 3rd printing was without corrections
-\renewcommand\myprinting{4}  % September 2005
-
-%
-% \norevisionnumbers
-%
-% Specifies that all page numbers in the errata are shown in the same
-%    format (bold face) irregardless of whether or not they are fixed
-%    in some revision. The default is to print corrected errors in
-%    italic and add the revision number as a superscript.
-
-%
-% \showallerrors
-%
-% With this command you tell the program that all errata entries are
-%    supposed to be generated. This makes \myprinting and
-%    \erratastartdate basically obsolete so this isn't turned on by
-%    default.
-%
-%
-\endinput
-\end{filecontents}
-
-
-\documentclass{ttcterrata}[2005/11/10]  % we want new class
-
-\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-\let\u\underline          % shortcut for this file
-\newcommand\meta[1]{$\langle$\textit{#1\/}$\rangle$}
-
-\usepackage{textcomp}
-
-\usepackage{url}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\erratatitle{The \LaTeX{} Companion, Second Edition}{\erratafiledate}
-
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-@book(A-W:MG04,
-   author = {Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens},
-   title = {The {\LaTeX} Companion},
-   edition = 2,
-   note =  {With Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley},
-   series =    {Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting},
-   publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
-   address   = {Boston, Massachusetts},
-   year = 2004,
-   pagenums = {1120},
-   bibliography = {yes},
-   index = {yes},
-   isbn = {0-201-36299-6},
-)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\begin{list}{}{\setlength\leftmargin{0cm}\setlength\rightmargin{3cm}}
-\item[]
-
-This file (\texttt{\jobname.err}) can be found as part of the \LaTeX{}
-distribution and its latest version is maintained on the \LaTeX{}
-project site at \texttt{https://www.latex-project.org/help/books/\jobname.err}
-where you will also find extracts of the book.
-
-The first column in the table shows the page number of the errata
-entry.  Superscript numbers in the first column refer to the printed
-revision in which this entry was corrected (\textit{s} indicates a
-correction in the sources only). The second
-column gives the precise location (negative line or paragraph numbers
-are counted from the bottom of the page). The third column shows the
-first finder of the problem.
-
-You can customize this list to only show errata related to the printing
-you own by changing the configuration in the file \texttt{\jobname.cfg}.
-
-\begin{center}
-  \Large \bfseries  To Err is Human --- Bug Contest
-\end{center}
-
-Any mistake found and reported is a gain for all readers of our book.
-For this reason Addison-Wesley and the authors offer a prize (for 6 
-periods) to the eligible person who finds the largest
-number of bugs during that period (in case of a draw a random choice
-will be made between all those with the largest number of findings).
-A person can receive at most one prize, ever; errors found by any of
-the authors do not count.
-
-Each prize is a free choice of any single computing book found on the
-AW Professional web site \texttt{http://www.awprofessional.com} (that
-is, no boxed sets or multiple volume offers).
-
-
-As usual, the authors and publisher reserve the right to make various
-decisions such as whether a reported feature is an error for
-competitive purposes or whether similar features count as a single or
-multiple errors.  --- 
-Good luck!
-
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{clr}
-Contest period ends & Winner \\[4pt]
-2004/10 & Hubert G\"a\ss lein     & 287 suggestions\\
-2005/04 & Ulrich Dirr             &  11 suggestions\\
-2005/10 & Daniel Alonso i Alemany &  13 suggestions\\
-2006/04 & Michael Schutte         &   2 suggestions\\
-2008/05 & Brooks Moses            &   1 suggestion \\
-\ldots  & -- final draw eventually --
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{list}
-
-\newpage
-
-
-%<--------------------------
-
-\newcommand\BibTeX{\textsc{Bib}\TeX}
-
-\begin{erratalist}
-
-\CHAPTER{General  }
-
-\seriouserroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{}
-
-   To help you in assessing this errata document we have placed
-   exclamation marks in front of each entry that we consider essential
-   for correctly understanding the book contents.
-   
-\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/05/14}{} 
-   
-   Due to the printing process there may be small alignment problems
-   between blue and black text on some pages. These can vary from book
-   to book depending on how the paper was handled between print
-   runs---such is the analog nature of printing on a press.
-
-
-
-\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/07/28}{} 
-   Slightly updated examples matching the second printing will be made
-   available at CTAN: \texttt{info/examples/tlc2}. The book CD will
-   have the original examples from the first printing.
-
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Front matter}
-
-\erroronpage{iv}{bottom}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
-   Some updates indicating second printing (with corrections)
-
-\erroronpage{v}{l.7}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
-   For the record: the term ``for ever'' is the British spelling and a
-   conscious decision.
-
-\erroronpage{xiii}{\S 8.6.2}{FMi}{2004/06/21}{2}
-   Change section heading: ``Operator \u{and function} names''
-
-\erroronpage{xxiii}{11.2}{FMi}{2004/07/26}{2}
-  Change table caption: ``Languages supported by \u{\texttt{texindy}}''
-
-\erroronpage{xxvii}{para 1, l.1+6+7}{CAR}{2004/05/20}{2}
-   Each time a space is missing between package names in parentheses.
-
-\erroronpage{xxvii}{para 1, l.-2}{THa}{2004/06/21}{2}
-   Add: ``Thorsten Hansen (\textsf{bibunits}\u{, \textsf{multibib}}) 
-
-\erroronpage{xxvii}{para 4, l.2}{NBe}{2004/04/23}{2}
-   Replace ``Wai Wing'' with ``Wai Wong'' (very sorry for this typo).
-
-\erroronpage{xxvii}{para 4, l.2}{MHCL/CAR}{2004/06/09}{2}
-   Kai Tek airport is correctly named Kai Tak airport but the photo
-   was actually taken at Hong Kong International Airport
-   
-\erroronpage{xxvii}{after para 4}{FMi}{2004/06/09}{2}
-  Add following paragraph:
-``Any mistake found and reported is a gain for all readers of our
-book. We would therefore like to thank those readers who reported
-any of the mistakes which had been overlooked so far.
-The latest version of the errata file can
-be found on the \LaTeX{} project site at
-\texttt{https://www.latex-project.org/help/books/tlc2.err} where you will also
-find an on-line version of the index and other extracts from the book.''
-
-\CHAPTER{Chapter 1}
-
-\erroronpage{2}{para 5, l.1}{MSc}{2004/06/03}{2}
-         Replace:  LaTeX \>  \LaTeX{}
-
-\erroronpage{7}{para 5, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
-  Missing word and wrong designation of acronym:
-  ``\ldots\
-  languages such \u{as} the \u{Portable Document} Format (PDF)
-  \ldots''
-
-
-\erroronpage{7}{para 5, l.-2}{MSc/CAR}{2004/06/06}{2}
-Replace: ``\ldots produce other device-independent
-  output forms in proprietary languages such as the Portable Document
-  Format~(PDF) (extension~\texttt{.pdf}).'' \> \\
-  ``\ldots produce device-independent
-  file formats including the Portable Document Format~(PDF)
-  (extension~\texttt{.pdf}), which is the native file format of Adobe
-  Acrobat.''
-
-
-\erroronpage{13}{para -2, l.5}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
-   Replace ``writes'' with ``write''.
-
-%\erroronpage{13}{last para, l.1}{MSc}{2004/06/08}{}
-%        ``blue notes`` vertically misaligned
-
-\erroronpage{14}{para 2, l.2}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{2}
-   Bug in \texttt{url.sty} generated extra space.
-
-\erroronpage{14}{para 2, l.6}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
-   Printing problem: ``or'' only half visible.
-
-\erroronpage{14}{para 3, l.3}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
-   Printing problem: ``d'' in ``document'' only half visible.
-
-\erroronpage{14}{exa 1-3-5, l.6}{DHL}{2004/05/14}{2}
-   Printing problem: ``i'' in ``\verb=\section='' not visible.
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Chapter 2}
-
-\erroronpage{16}{para 4,ll.2--4}{HjG}{2005/04/03}{4}
-   Nitpicking? Code for class options will not be in a package file!\\
-   ``Code for \u{class} options is sometimes stored in files
-   (in \u{this case} with the extension \texttt{.clo}) but is normally
-   directly specified in the class or package file (\dots).''
-   \>\\
-   ``Code for options is sometimes stored in files
-   (in \u{the case of classes} with the extension \texttt{.clo}) but
-   is normally
-   directly specified in the class or package file (\dots).''
-
-\erroronpage{16}{para 4, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/10/10}{4}
- Although not wrong, better:
-  ``For example,
-    the option \texttt{11pt} \u{might be} related to
-    \u{\texttt{art11.clo}} when\ldots''
-  \>
-  ``For example,
-    the option \texttt{11pt} \u{is} related to
-    \u{\texttt{size11.clo}} when\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{20}{para 1, l.-2}{BMo}{2004/05/14}{2}
-    Words need to be swapped: ``\ldots can achieve \u{this effect} by
-    \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{20}{footnote, l.2}{MSc/FMi}{2004/06/10}{2}
-        Replace ``e.g.,'' with ``i.e.,''
-
-\erroronpage{21}{para 1 of 2.1.4, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
-   Words need to be swapped:
-   ``\ldots package \u{created by} Donald Arseneau.''
-
-\erroronpage{21}{para -2, l.2}{MLi}{2013/07/12}{}
-  The command is called \verb=\AskOption= (without ``s'')
-
-\erroronpage{24}{para -2,ll.-3\slash -2}{HjG}{2005/04/03}{4}
-   \LaTeX{}nically not correct:\\
-   ``\u{all} lower-level counter\u{s} (i.e., \u{those} with
-   higher-level number\u{s}) \u{are} reset.''\>\\
-   ``\u{the next} lower-level counter (i.e., \u{that} with \u{the next}
-   higher-level number) \u{is} reset.''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{26}{footnote}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
-   Misplaced closing brace (see example 2-2-3):\\
-   \verb=\fbox{\csname thesection\endcsname\hspace{0.5em}=%
-   \u{\texttt{\textbraceright}}
-   \>
-   \verb=\fbox{\csname thesection\endcsname=%
-   \u{\texttt{\textbraceright}}\verb=\hspace{0.5em}=
-
-\erroronpage{27}{exa 2-2-4}{MBr}{2004/08/01}{2}
-   Rewrite example text to avoid overfull hbox.
-
-\erroronpage{27}{para -2, l.4}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
-   Missing italic correction:
-   \verb=\=\emph{name}\verb=mark=
-
-
-\seriouserroronpage{28}{afterskip item, ll.3--4}{HjG}{2005/04/03}{4}
-   \LaTeX{}nically not correct (cf.\ latex/3463):\\
-   ``\dots\ whether a display heading (\textit{afterskip}${}\geq0$) or a
-   run-in heading (\textit{afterskip}${}<0$) is produced.''\>\\
-   ``\dots\ whether a display heading (\textit{afterskip}${}>0$) or a
-   run-in heading (\textit{afterskip}${}\leq0$) is produced.''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{32}{para -1,l.4--7}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/20}{2}
-   Replace: ``The  modified |\section| command
-also starts a new page, which is typeset with a special page style
-(see Chapter~4) and with
-top floats suppressed.
-The indentation of the first paragraph in a
-section is also suppressed by  using the low-level kernel command
- |\@afterheading| and setting
-the Boolean switch \texttt{@afterindent} to \texttt{false}.
-For details on the use of these commands see the |\chapter| implementation in
-the standard classes (file \texttt{classes.dtx}).''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{33}{code}{FMi}{2004/05/20}{2}
-   Replace code as follows to make statement on p.32 true:\\
-\hspace{0pt minus\linewidth}\begin{minipage}{1.35\linewidth}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\makeatletter
-  \renewcommand\appendix{%
-     \renewcommand\section{%                       % Redefinition of \section...
-          \newpage\thispagestyle{plain}%           %   new page, folio bottom
-          \suppressfloats[t]\@afterindentfalse     %   no top floats, no indent
-          \secdef\Appendix\sAppendix}%             %   call \Appendix or \sAppendix
-     \setcounter{section}{0}\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}}
-
-  \newcommand\Appendix[2][?]{%                    % Complex form:
-     \refstepcounter{section}%                    % step counter/ set label
-     \addcontentsline{toc}{appendix}%             % generate toc entry
-        {\protect\numberline{\appendixname~\thesection}#1}%
-     {\raggedleft\large\bfseries \appendixname\   % typeset the title
-      \thesection\par \centering#2\par}%          %   and number
-     \@afterheading                               % prepare indentation handling
-     \sectionmark{#1}%                            % add to running header
-     \addvspace{\baselineskip}}                   % space after heading 
-
-  \newcommand\sAppendix[1]{%                      % Simplified (starred) form
-    {\raggedleft\large\bfseries\appendixname\par \centering#1\par}%
-    \@afterheading\addvspace{\baselineskip}}
-\makeatother
-\end{verbatim}
-\end{minipage}
-
-\erroronpage{30}{para-3, l.-2}{RPa}{2004/09/14}{4}
-   ``page 426'' should be ``page 428''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{33}{code}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
-   Definitions of \verb=\Appendix= and \verb=\sAppendix= use
-   \verb=\flushright= instead of \verb=\raggedleft=!
-
-   Editorial note: already addressed in previous major change.
-
-\erroronpage{33}{exa 2-2-11}{MBr}{2004/08/01}{2}
-   Text contains two spaces after period (not wrong but unnecessary).
-
-\erroronpage{33}{exa 2-2-11}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
-   Comment only needs one \% not two.
-
-% not really a bug but ...
-\erroronpage{35}{para 1}{hajk}{2005/09/29}{}
-        Package fncychap also makes unwanted ``Chapter 0'' heading for 
-        |\chapter{Preface}| in |\frontmatter| of book.
-
-  Comment: I don't really consider this a bug (as it is not surprising
-  with such designs) but will see if it can be explicitly mentioned.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{45}{para 2, l.13}{DHL}{2004/05/27}{2}
-   In the displayed code, the second occurrence of
-   ``\verb=\renewcommand\theBhead=\dots'' \>
-   ``\verb=\renewcommand\theChead=\dots''
-
-\erroronpage{37}{para 3, l.-2}{FMi}{2004/10/21}{4}
-   Replace: ``\ldots title in lowercase'' \>
-            ``\ldots title in \u{small capitals}''
-
-\erroronpage{46}{para -2,l.3}{HjG}{2005/04/03}{4}
-   Delete: ``need\u{ed}'' \> ``need''
-
-\erroronpage{48}{para 2, l.5}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
-   Delete doubled word:
-   ``(\ldots\ to the \u{the} table of contents)''
-
-\erroronpage{49}{para 3, l.2}{DHL/CAR}{2004/05/27}{2}
-   Replace: ``Thereby, the result of'' \>
-   ``The exact effect of''
-
-\erroronpage{50}{para -4, l.3}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
-   Add remark:
-   ``\ldots, so that the standard document classes have definitions
-   for \verb=\l@part= and \verb=\l@chapter=
-   \u{(or \texttt{\char`\\l@section} with \textsf{article})}
-   that do not use \verb=\@dottedtocline=.''
-
-\erroronpage{50}{para --1}{FMi}{2004/10/22}{4}
-   Replace para with:
-     The nesting level of the entry.
-     With the help of the counter \texttt{tocdepth} the user can
-     control how many nesting levels will be  displayed.
-     Levels greater than the value of this counter
-     will not appear in the table of contents.
-
-
-\erroronpage{51}{fig.~2.3}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
-   The lines of the ``heading text'' are wrapped at a place different
-   from that indicated by the \verb=|<- \@tocrmarg ->|=.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{51}{descr. of 
-                 \texttt{\textbackslash
-                 @pnumwidth}}{CBa}{2005/04/04}{4}
-   Needs changing with |\renewcommand|!
-
-\seriouserroronpage{51}{descr. of 
-                 \texttt{\textbackslash @tocrmarg}}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/20}{2}
-   Add additional sentence: 
-   ``It can be set to a rubber length, which results in the TOC being set
-                   unjustified.''
-
-\erroronpage{51}{footnote}{FMi}{2004/09/19}{4}
-   Add: ``\ldots See Section 7.10.3 \u{on page 428} for more\ldots''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{52}{para 2, exa}{CBa}{2005/04/04}{4}
-   As |\@pnumwidth| is actually a macro the assignment using
-   |\settowidth| unfortunately doesn't work at all.
-   Instead a value needs to be assigned via |\renewcommand|.
-
-\erroronpage{52}{para 3, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
-    Printing problem: ``w'' in ``down'' only half visible.
-
-\erroronpage{52}{middle}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2}
-   Add after code line:
-   ``When adjusting \verb=\@pnumwidth= this way it is likely that the
-   value of \verb=\@tocrmarg= needs to be changed as well to keep the
-   layout of the table of contents consistent.''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{52}{para 3, l.-1}{JJN}{2004/08/17}{4}
-    Replace ``and section'' with ``section, and subsection''.
-    (or replace code above to use |\setcounter{tocdepth}{1}| and speak
-    of "first" level)
-
-\erroronpage{55}{ll.-8/-7}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2}
-   Missing word: ``\ldots\ is defined by \u{the} second argument.''
-
-\erroronpage{56}{footnote}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
-Remove: ``\ldots are limited to three characters, like MS-DOS \u{or Windows}.''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{57}{tab.~2.3}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2}
-   \verb=\mtcPSfont= \> \verb=\mtcSPfont=\\
-   \verb=\nomtcrules= \> \verb=\nomtcrule=\\
-   \verb=\mtcrules= \> \verb=\mtcrule=
-
-\seriouserroronpage{57}{para-2, l.-3}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2}
-   \verb=\partoc= \> \verb=\parttoc=
-
- \erroronpage{58}{exa 2-3-8}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
- km2 appears two times in the code and in the printed output;
- it should be \verb=km\textsuperscript={2} in the code 
- and km\textsuperscript{2} in the output.
-
-\erroronpage{62}{l.-11}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2}
-   ``recourse'' \> ``recur''
-
-\erroronpage{63}{para 1, l.1}{FMi}{2004/11/11}{4}
-   Typo: ``This artific\u{i}al example shows how''
-
-\erroronpage{65}{para 2, l.-1}{CKr}{2004/10/15}{4}
-   Correct: ``formated'' \> ``format\u{t}ed''
-
-\erroronpage{66}{marginal note}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
-   Restrictions on keys deserve a dangerous bend sign.
-
-\erroronpage{68}{exa 2-4-3}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2}
-    The box in the margin ``\fbox{2-4-3}'' is shifted right
-    (with respect to other such boxes).
-
-\erroronpage{72}{para 3, l.-3}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/21}{2}
-   Change/add:
-   ``\ldots by comparing \u{the number of the chapter} in which the
-|\label| \u{occurred} with the current\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{75}{para -1, l.2}{CKr}{2004/10/17}{4}
-   Change: ``provided the \textit{keys}'' \>
-           ``provided the \textit{key}\u{s}'' 
-
-\seriouserroronpage{76}{para -2, l.5--8}{DAr/FMi}{2004/07/24}{2}
-Change marginal to ``{\itshape Unnumbered sections get moving
-arguments}''
-
-Change text to: ``As a consequence, \u{the
-arguments of unnumbered sectioning commands} are turned into
-moving arguments, \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{77}{para -1, l.-4}{DAr}{2004/07/24}{2}
-   Add:  ``In addition,  no \u{unrelated} |\addcontentsline| command is
-allowed to intervene between heading and label.''
-
-\erroronpage{78}{\S 2.4.5, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2} 
-   Add: ``Sebastian
-   Rahtz \u{(with contributions by Heiko Oberdiek and
-   David Carlisle)} has developed\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{78}{para 3, l.3}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2}
-  Program name changed: ``Acrobat Reader'' \>  ``Adobe Reader''
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Chapter 3}
-
-\erroronpage{84}{}{DAr}{2004/07/23}{2}
-Change: ``For example, if the current size is \u{\ttfamily\textbackslash Large} then
-\verb=\relsize{-2}= would change to \u{\ttfamily\textbackslash normalsize}\,. 
-
-\seriouserroronpage{84}{exa 3-1-7}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
-   To avoid extra space in the output, second line should read:\\
-   \verb*=    {\relsize{-2}small words} inside.=
-
-\erroronpage{85}{para -1, l.5}{WaS/FMi}{2004/06/16}{2}
-   Change: ``ON 28TH \u{OF} JULY 2003'' \> ``ON 2ND AUGUST 2004''
-   (no OF generated)
-
-\seriouserroronpage{87}{para 3, l.1}{DAr}{2004/07/24}{2}
-   Replace: |\uuline| \> |\uline|
-
-\erroronpage{87}{exa. 3-1-15}{V-Li}{2004/08/14}{}
-  \verb+\-+ should be used on a word that is actually hyphenated.
-
-   Well, would be nice but not easy to find one.
-
-\erroronpage{87}{exa. 3-1-16}{DHL}{2004/06/07}{2}
-    The solid band produced by |\xout| is actually supposed to come
-    out as a series of separated ``/'' symbols. With the 
-    \texttt{ulem} package used for the first printing that works well
-    for most text fonts, but 
-    with Times Roman (used in the example) you get the result shown.
-    The new package version fixes this defect.
-
-\erroronpage{92}{para 3, l.1+4}{UFi}{2004/07/31}{2}
-Change: ``The position and the \u{height} of the line
-produced by the |\ul| command can be customized using either
-|\setul| or |\setuldepth|\,. The command |\setul| takes two
-dimensions as arguments: the position of the line in relation to the
-baseline and the \u{height} of the line.
-
-\erroronpage{92}{para -1}{FMi}{2004/07/31}{2}
-Add: ``\ldots can use colored rules instead and, if desired, modify the
-highlighting color\u{ as demonstrated below}:
-
-\erroronpage{95}{exa 3-1-33}{MHo/FMi}{2004/05/17}{2}
-   Replace: ``setup'' by ``set-up'' for consistency.
-
-\erroronpage{102}{para 1, l.-3}{CBC}{2004/05/18}{2}
-   Replace: ``in great \u{of} detail'' with ``in great detail''.
-
-\erroronpage{103}{l.8}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2}
-   Replace: ``arbitrary bad lines'' \> ``arbitrar\u{il}y bad lines''
-
-\erroronpage{105}{para -3, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2}
-   Replace: ``typesetting'' \> ``typing''
-
-
-
-\erroronpage{107}{l.3--7}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{4}
- |\linespread| is the \LaTeXe\ command for
- setting up the value of \comando{\baselinestretch}; it is not necessary
- to use |\renewcommand| and in particular it is not necessary to
- activate the new interline spacing by changing font; it suffices the command
- |\selectfont|; the procedure described in this paragraph,
- although still possible, was the one to use with \LaTeX\,209 and with the
- early versions of \LaTeXe, and it was the only way when the First Edition was
- published. The command |\linespread| is introduced the first
- time on page~204, but section 3.1.13 was the right place to do it.
-
-
-\erroronpage{107}{para 4, l.3}{HjG}{2004/05/25}{2}
-    Delete word: ``\ldots\ single\u{ (default)}, \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{107}{para -1, l.3--5}{DHL/FMi}{2004/06/07}{2}
-  Add/change:
-    ``\ldots leading is increased twice---once by |\baselineskip| (where
-     \LaTeX{} already adds about 20\% space between baselines)\ldots'' \>
-``\ldots leading is \u{effectively} increased twice---once by |\baselineskip| (\u{which
-    \LaTeX{} already sets to about 20\% above the font size})\ldots''
-
-
-\erroronpage{116}{Footnote 1, line 1}{CBC}{2004/05/18}{2}
-   Replace: ``I managed to confuse'' with ``we managed to confuse''.
-
-\erroronpage{117}{para 2, l.2}{HjG}{2004/05/25}{2}
-   Missing letter: ``It take\u{s} two \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{117}{para 3, l.3}{CBC}{2004/05/18}{2}
-   Tense correction: ``\ldots they did not change when the text font
-   \u{was} modified''. 
-
-\erroronpage{117}{para 3,l.-3}{FMi}{2004/05/31}{2}
-    Change: ``your list consist of'' \> ``your list\u{s} consist of''.
-
-\erroronpage{117}{para 3,l.-2}{CBC}{2004/05/18}{2}
-    Change: ``lists consist\u{s} of'' \> ``lists consist of''.
-
-\erroronpage{117}{footnote}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
-   Missing word: ``See, \ldots, the \textsf{ledmac} package [171]
-   \u{for} the kinds of \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{119}{para 2, l.1}{DHL}{2004/06/07}{2}
-   Replace word: ``By default, the footnote text is \u{justified}\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{121}{para 2, l.4}{HjG}{2004/05/25}{2}
-   Missing word: ``the \texttt{symbol*} \u{option}''
-
-\erroronpage{124}{middle para, ll. -3/-2}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
-   Missing word: ``It is even possible \u{to} use \ldots''
-
-\iffalse 
-%% only do if real error on page
-\erroronpage{125}{para 3 of \S 3.2.7, ll.-2/-1}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{}
-   Word position: ``\ldots\ whenever |\endnote| or |\endnotemark|
-   \u{is used} without an optional argument.'' 
-\fi
-
-\erroronpage{127}{para 3, l.last}{PYu}{2004/07/01}{2}
-  Replace: ``ragged left'' \> ``ragged right''.
-
-\erroronpage{131}{footnote, l.1}{CBC}{2004/05/19}{2}
-   Change: ``is not producing'' \> ``does not produce''.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{141}{syntax box}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
-   Replace:
-   \emph{body-font} \> \emph{body-style}\\
-   \emph{head-font} \> \emph{head-style}\\
-   \emph{head-after-format} \> \emph{head-after-space}
-
-\erroronpage{142}{exa 3-3-21/22}{UZi}{2005/03/15}{}
-  With the newest version of \texttt{amsthm} the font setting for the headline
-  is ignored for the optional description of the theorem (looks like a
-  bug in amsthm).
-
-\erroronpage{142}{exa 3-3-21}{FMi}{2005/08/15}{4}
-  There is an incompatibility between \texttt{amsthm} and
-  \texttt{ragged2e}. If the latter is used then the use of |\newline|
-  in a theorem declaration doesn't work.
-
-\erroronpage{142}{para -2, l.1}{DHL}{2004/06/07}{2}
-   Missing word: ``make'' \> ``\u{to} make''.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{148}{exa 3-3-26}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
-   In the example, |\hfil| is used; the text immediately before says:
-   ``By using |\hfill| \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{150}{exa 3-3-28}{HjG}{2004/05/27}{2}
-   Nit-picking :-)\\
-   Comment should read: ``|%|\quad\texttt{term <\u{=} labelwidth}''\\
-   And in ll.2/3 of the text following the example:
-   ``If the label is \u{smaller} than |\labelwidth|, \ldots'' \>
-   ``\ldots\ \u{not wider} \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{150}{Example 3-3-28, line 7}{UF}{2004/06/27}{2}
-In the code of the parbox there should be a |\mbox{}| or something
-similar after the |\\| to prevent an underfull hbox-warning.
-
-\erroronpage{150}{exa 3-3-28}{JBez}{2004/07/20}{}
-  The vertical space above "Return values" is too small.
-
-\erroronpage{151}{para 3, l.2}{DHL}{2004/06/07}{2}
-   Wrong word: to match the example,
-     ``\textsc{Notes}'' should be ``\textsc{Note}''
-
-\erroronpage{152}{l.-1 before exa 3-4-2}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
-   Replace: ``(see page 167)'' \> ``(see page 168)''
-
-\erroronpage{155}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
-   Replace: ``behaves similarly to''
-   \> ``is much like''
-
-\erroronpage{155}{para -2, l.5}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
-   Replace: ``behave in similar fashion to''
-   \> ``\ldots in \u{a fashion similar} to''
-
-\erroronpage{156}{para -1, l.4}{CBC}{2004/05/20}{2}
-  Change: ``There is also the possibility to operate'' \> ``It is also
-  possible to operate''. 
-
-\erroronpage{157}{para 2, l.-4}{CBC}{2004/05/20}{2}
-  Change: ``\ldots discussed below) are potentially'' \> ``\ldots
-  discussed below) \u{is} potentially''. 
-
-\erroronpage{158}{para3, l.3}{DHL/FMi}{2004/06/07}{2}
-   Change word: ``tiny white rules \u{behind} the lines'' \> ``tiny white
-   rules \u{between} the lines''.
-
-\erroronpage{166}{syntax box}{CAR}{2004/06/02}{2}
-   Remove extra space: ``\ldots\verb*/}=/\u{~}\emph{data}\texttt=''
-
-\erroronpage{167}{para 1, l.2}{DAl}{2005/01/11}{4}
-    Missing letter: ``\ldots bold italic face exi\u{s}ts.''
-
-\erroronpage{168}{para 3, l.2}{MLa}{2004/05/10}{2}
-    Letter missing: ``While on\u{e} can successfully deploy a
-    package\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{169}{tab.~3.7}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
-   Spurious space: ``Pascal (\u{ \strut}Borland, \ldots)''
-
-\erroronpage{169}{tab.~3.7}{THa/FMi}{2004/06/21}{2}
-   Move the information about blue entries to a separate table note.
-
-\erroronpage{173}{para 2, l.2}{FMi}{2004/11/11}{4}
-   Typo: ``to indicate that the line was artific\u{i}ally broken''
-
-\erroronpage{175}{para 1, l.6}{FMi}{2005/02/22}{4}
-   Replace: \textsf{inputenclistings} \> \textsf{inputenc}
-
-\erroronpage{177}{exa 3-5-1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/31}{2}
-   In the first paragraph, the ``\ldots \verb*=.\para='' yields a
-   single (sentence ending) interword space; but in the following
-   three, ``\ldots \verb*=. \para='' yields doubled space.
-   (Due to the leading space in the definition of |\para|.)
-   The same problem is in exa 3-5-2 except that there is does not show
-   in the output due to a linebreak.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{177/178}{ll.-2/-1/1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/01}{2}
-   Missing word and references to wrong paragraphs of exa 3-5-2:\\
-   ``The line numbers in the second |\marginpar| continue the
-   numbering on the main vertical list (the last line of \u{first}
-   paragraph was~5) and the \u{second} paragraph then continues with
-   line number~9.''
-   \\ \>
-   ``\ldots\ (the last line of \u{the} \u{preceding} paragraph was~5) and
-   the \u{third} paragraph \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{179}{exa 3-5-5}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
-   In the first paragraph, the two instances of
-   ``|\linelabel{|\ldots|}|\verb*= \sample=''
-   yield double (sentence ending) interword space.
-   (Due to the leading space in the definition of |\sample|.)
-
-\erroronpage{179}{Example 3-5-5, l.-2}{CBC}{2004/05/20}{2}
-  Change: ``we see to refer to'' \> ``we see references to''.
-
-\erroronpage{182}{para 2, l.-2}{CBC}{2004/05/20}{2}
-  Change: ``of an \verb=\Parallel..Text='' \> ``of \u{a}
-  \verb=\Parallel..Text=.
-
-\erroronpage{182}{para 3, l.1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/31}{2}
-   ``computer \u{lingua}'' \> ``computer \u{jargon}''
-
-\erroronpage{182}{exa 3-5-11}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/31}{2}
-   Small improvement:\\
-   |\setlength\parindent{|\u{\texttt{-10pt}}|}| \>
-   \ldots \u{\texttt{\char`\{-\char`\\leftskip\char`\}}}
-
-\iffalse only on some books
-\erroronpage{183}{exa 3-5-13}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{}
-   Printing problem:
-   ``|[|'' in ``|\begin{Parallel}[v]{}{}|'' only half visible.
-\fi
-
-\erroronpage{184}{footnote 1, l.1--2}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
-  Rewrite beginning: ``Although the \textsf{multicol} package is
-  distributed under LPPL (\LaTeX{} Project Public License)~[111], for
-  historical reasons its copyright contains an additional ``moral
-  obligation'' clause\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{189}{para 3, l.2}{MHo}{2004/05/08}{2}
-    Spurious extra letter:  ``If this is a
-    possibility, \texttt{multicols}\u{t} produces a warning.''
-
-\erroronpage{189}{para -2, ll.2/3}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
-   Extra word: ``bars in the margin, \u{the} known as \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{189}{par -1, l.4/5}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
-   Add comma: ``However, if \ldots\ another\u{,} the \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{190}{}{FMi}{2004/06/13}{2}
-   Editorial comment: changes for page 189 affect page break position
-   so 190 has to be retypeset for second printing.
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Chapter 4}
-
-\erroronpage{196}{table 4.2}{YiL}{2012/05/07}{}
-  The values shown in the table aren't any quite correct. These days 
-  some of them are calculated depending on the chosen paper size option 
-  and so have slightly different values from what is listed in the table.
-  The values listed are those that have been used in 2.09 (i.e., they
-  would be fully correct in compatibility mode, that is for documents 
-  starting with |\documentstyle|).
-
-\erroronpage{199}{code block}{UFi}{2004/07/31}{2}
-  Change:
-   \texttt{\u{1in}+}|\oddsidemargin+\textwidth+\evensidemargin|\texttt{\u{+1in}}
-
-
-\erroronpage{202}{para 3, l.4}{CBC}{2004/05/21}{2}
- Change: ``list-related parameter'' \> ``list-related parameters''.
-
-\erroronpage{202}{para 3, l.4}{PYu}{2004/07/07}{2}
- Remove surplus word: ``in \u{in} figure 3.3''
-
-\erroronpage{203}{para 3, l.3}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
-   ``one or the other criteri\u{a}''
-   \> ``\ldots\ criteri\u{on}'' (singular)
-
-\seriouserroronpage{205}{para 2, l.2}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
-   Delete backslash: ``an option of the type
-   \u{\texttt{\char`\\}}\emph{num}|headlines|''
-
-\erroronpage{205}{para 3, l.1}{CBC}{2004/05/21}{2}
-  Swap words: ``header \u{is size} enlarged'' \> ``header \u{size is}
-  enlarged''.
-
-\erroronpage{205}{para 4, l.4}{CAR}{2004/06/06}{2}
-   Delete word: ``\ldots taken up by the binding\u{ method}. For
-   example,\ldots'' 
-
-\erroronpage{205}{para 5, l.2}{CBC}{2004/05/21}{2}
-Omitted word: ``one can \u{perform} the parameter calculations''.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{205}{para 5}{FMi}{2004/06/06}{2}
-Append:  For details see the KOMA-Script documentation.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{205}{Example 4-2-6, 1.3}{CBC}{2004/05/21}{2}
-Add a comment line: ``\verb=% syntax: \typearea[<binding corr.>]{<slices>}=''
-
-\erroronpage{206}{para 2, l.6}{FMi}{2004/06/06}{2}
-
- Replace: ``\ldots shows a layout \u{identical} to the one
-            produced\ldots'' \>
-  ``\ldots shows a layout \u{very similar} to the one produced\ldots''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{206}{para 2, l.6}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
-   Wrong references:\\
-   ``Example \u{4-2-4} on page \u{204}'' \>
-   ``Example \u{4-2-5} on page \u{205}''
-
-\erroronpage{209}{para 1, l.1--2}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
-   Replace:
-   ``\ldots  and does not leave sufficient space for marginal notes
-   that fall outside the page.''  
-   \>
-   ``\ldots but does not adjust the size of the marginal boxes to fit
-   in the remaining margin.''
-
-
-\erroronpage{210}{para -1, l.3}{CBC}{2004/05/21}{2}
-  Omitted word:  ``allow you \u{to} set several values''.
-
-\erroronpage{211}{para 4, l.6}{FMi}{2004/08/30}{4}
-   Add: ``\ldots be called multiple times \u{in the preamble},
-   each time overwriting the previous settings.''
-
-\erroronpage{212}{para -1, l.2}{CKr}{2004/11/11}{4}
-  Remove surplus: ``the \emph{logical} page
-                   \u{you} you want to produce.''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{213}{para 1, l.2}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
-       Option \texttt{executive} is listed twice, replace once with
-       \texttt{letter}.
-
-\erroronpage{213}{para 2, l.1}{CKr}{2004/11/11}{4}
-   Typo: ``The following example sets up an artific\u{i}ally small logical page''
-
-\erroronpage{213}{para 1, l.1--2}{FMi}{2006/09/09}{4}
-   Option  \texttt{b3} is listed twice.
-
-\erroronpage{213/214}{exa 4-2-11/13}{FMi}{2004/06/05}{2}
-   The picture (|rosette.ps|) is clipped a tiny bit at the left side.
-   That's actually an error in the |.ps| file itself and can be seen
-   in all other examples where the file is used.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{214}{para 1, l.6}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
-       ``\ldots\ \texttt{notext} \ldots'' should be ``\ldots\
-       \texttt{nographics} \ldots''.
-
-\erroronpage{217}{para -2, l.1}{HjG}{2005/05/08}{4}
-   Replace (since the package's default is different):\\
-   Finally the \u{en dash} between the prefix and the page number \dots\ \>\\
-   Finally the \u{separator} between the prefix and the page number \dots
-
-\erroronpage{219}{l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
-   Missing italic correction:
-   \verb=\=\emph{name}\verb=mark=
-
-\erroronpage{219}{para -1,l.2}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4}
-   Reference to wrong section:\\
-   ``Table~9.2 on page~547 in Section~\u{9.1.3}'' \>\\
-   ``Table~9.2 on page~547 in Section~\u{9.2.1}''
-   (or omit section refence completely)
-
-\erroronpage{223}{tab 4.3}{THa}{2004/06/22}{2}  
-  Spurious space after superscript \textsuperscript{a} in footnote.
-
-\erroronpage{226}{para. 5, l.2}{PYu}{2004/07/05}{2}
-  Change to plural: ``The headers and footers are typeset \u{in boxes}
-  that, by default, \u{have} the same width as |\textwidth|\,.  The
-  \u{boxes} can be made wider (or narrower)\ldots''
-
-
-\erroronpage{227}{para 2,l.1}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4}
-   Replace:
-   ``running \u{heading}'' \>
-   ``running \u{header}''
-
-\erroronpage{227}{para 3,l.1}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4}
-   Replace:
-   ``the \u{heading} is extended'' \>
-   ``the \u{header} is extended'' \>
-
-\erroronpage{229}{2.-1}{CBC}{2004/05/24}{2}
- Change: ``if the first B-head\ldots would have already been'' \> ``if
- the first B-head\ldots had already been''. 
-
-\erroronpage{229}{para -2,l.-2}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4}
-   Replace:
-   ``the \u{heading}'' \>
-   ``the \u{header}''
-
-\erroronpage{230}{exa 4-4-3}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4}
-   Add |%| character:
-   ``|\fancyfoot[R]{\scriptsize\today}|\texttt{\u{\char`\%}}''
-
-% not a bug, but heh ho
-\erroronpage{232}{ll.1/2}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
-   Add words: ``With a similar mechanism we prepared \u{the running
-   headers of} the index for this book.''
-
-\erroronpage{232}{ll.1/2}{CKr}{2004/11/17}{4}
-  Remove surplus: ``With a similar mechanism we prepared \u{the} the running\ldots''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{234}{First boxed command}{CBC}{2004/05/24}{2}
-  Change: ``\verb=\enlargethispage*{=size\verb=}='' \>
-  ``\verb=\enlargethispage{=size\verb=}=''. 
-
-\erroronpage{237}{para 1, l.3}{MKo}{2004/08/06}{2}
- Change: ``\textsf{scrpage}'' \> ``\textsf{scrpage2}''
-
-\erroronpage{237}{para 4, l.3}{DAl}{2005/01/11}{4}
-   Change: ``also works as \u{an} replacement'' \> ``also works as 
- \u{a} replacement''
-
-\erroronpage{237}{para 5, l.2}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
- Change: ``14pt'' \> ``17pt''
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Chapter 5}
-
-\erroronpage{239}{para -1, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
-  Extra word: ``After \u{a} taking a quick look \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{241}{Example 5-1-1}{CBC}{2004/05/24}{2}
-
-  Change: ``esprit trouble'' \> ``esprit troubl\'e''.
-
-The whole example has been changed to better demonstrate
-the \verb|\kill| command.
-
-\erroronpage{242}{para -2}{DSch/FMi}{2005/09/19}{4}
-  Replace para with:
-``The \texttt{tabular*} environment has an additional width argument that
-specifies the required total width of the table. 
-It needs stretchable spaces between columns, that have to be added using
-|\extracolsep|  (see page~246).''
-
-\iffalse
-%% check, maybe (if other error
-\erroronpage{243}{para 1, l.3/4}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{}
-   Change: ``Their scope can be \u{general} or local.''
-   \> ``\u{global}''
-\fi
-
-\erroronpage{243}{}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{4}
- The explanation of the command \comando{\arraystretch} is
- wrong; in fact it does not multiply the inter-row space by the specified
- factor, so that a factor of 1.5 would move the rows 50\% farther apart.
- \comando{\arraystretch} scales by the specified factor the height and depth of
- the invisible strut that is in the first cell of every row of tabular and array
- environments. If all the cells of the row are smaller than the strut the effect
- is more or less similar to an enlargement of the inter-row space, while if at
- least one cell in the row is larger than the strut no spreading apart takes
- place other than that required by the largest cell. 
-
-
-
-\erroronpage{243/244}{tab.~5.1/5.2}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
-   In the left columns of these tables, typewriter font should be used
-   for the braces, to better match the appearance in the syntax boxes.
-
-\erroronpage{244}{tab.~5.2}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
-   1. In the |m| row, the braces in |\parbox|\u{\{}\emph{width}\u{\}}
-   are not from the typewriter font, as they are in the |b| row.\\
-   2. In the |>| and |<| rows, the |p|, |m|, and |b| options are
-   listed once without and once with their |{..}| arguments.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{244}{para -1, l.3--4}{FMi/DCa}{2005/02/05}{4}
- Replace:   ``the sum of its value,
-   added to the product
-   |\baselineskip|${}\times{}$|\arraystretch}|''
- \> 
- `` $|\arraystretch| \times (|\extrarowheight| + 0.7 |\baselineskip|)$''
-
-
-\erroronpage{246}{para 3}{FMi}{2005/09/19}{4}
-  Add blue marginal note: ``Making \texttt{tabular*} stretch to the
-  required width''
-
-\erroronpage{246}{para 3, l.3/4}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
-   Change:
-   ``The use \ldots\ is subject\u{ed} to two restrictions: \ldots''
-   \> ``\ldots~subject \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{247}{exa 5-2-9}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
- Add hyphenation points for |Possibi\-li\-t\'es|
-
-\erroronpage{248}{para 1}{FMi}{2005/09/19}{4}
- Replace para with: ``A
- common use of |@{}| is to remove the space equal to
-the value of |\tabcolsep| (for \texttt{tabular}) that, by default,
-appears on each side of the table, 
-except when the column specification starts or ends in a \verb=|=.''
-
-
-\erroronpage{249}{exa 5-2-11}{FMi}{2004/07/27}{2}
- Add hyphenation points for |Possibi\-li\-t\'es|
-
-\seriouserroronpage{249}{l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
-   Change:
-   ``\ldots\ the \textsf{array} package \texttt{m} and \u{\texttt{t}}
-   types, \ldots''
-   \> ``\ldots\ \u{\texttt{b}} \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{252}{para 2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
-   Missing word: ``\ldots\ the last entry in \u{a} row \ldots''\\
-   Missing word: ``This specification may \u{be} saved \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{252}{para 3, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
-   Either add: ``The |X| columns are set using the |p| column
-   \u{type}, \ldots''\\
-   or change (cf.~l.2: an |m| column): ``\ldots\ using \u{a} |p|
-   column \ldots''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{257}{syntax box~2}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
-   Typo: ``\texttt{\char`\\botto\u{m}caption}''
-
-\erroronpage{261}{para 3, l.3}{HPB/FMi}{2004/07/16}{2}
-Add: ``\ldots may be typeset using
-     \u{the packages \textsf{array} and} \textsf{longtable} \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{262}{para -1, l.2}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/04}{2}
-   Missing characters:
-   ``in standard \LaTeX{}\u{'s} \textsf{article} class''
-
-\erroronpage{270}{exa 5-6-7}{DCa}{2004/07/22}{2}
-  Spurious `` d'' after ``Beef'' should be deleted.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{270}{para 3 l.1}{UFi}{2004/07/31}{2}
- Change: |\botrule| \> |\bottomrule|
-
-\seriouserroronpage{271}{para 3}{FMi}{2004/12/17}{4}
- Replace para by: ``By default, the rule extends all the way to the left, but is
- ``trimmed'' from the rightmost column by the length specified in the
- length parameter |\cmidrulekern|. The optional (\emph{trim})
- \u{argument may contain the characters
-   \texttt{l} and  \texttt{r},
-   indicating that the rule}
- \u{is to be trimmed from the left or right, respectively.}
- Each \texttt{l} and \texttt{r} may optionally be followed by a width
- argument \u{specified using \texttt{\{}\emph{widths}\texttt{\}}},
- in which case the rule is trimmed by this amount rather than by the default
- |\cmidrulekern|.
-
-
-\seriouserroronpage{271}{syntax box~1}{HjG}{2004/06/04}{2}
-   Argument is optional, not mandatory:
-   |\addlinespace|\texttt{\u[}\emph{width}\texttt{\u]}
-
-\erroronpage{273}{para 3, l.3}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
-   Missing word: ``not accounted for \u{by} |\multirow|''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{278}{para 2, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
-   Replace: ``Section 6-3-4'' \> ``Example 6-3-4''
-
-\erroronpage{279}{list, item 1}{CKr}{2004/11/30}{4}
-   Correct typo: ``forced line b\u{r}eaks.''
-
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Chapter 6}
-
-\erroronpage{283}{para 2, l.5--8}{FMi}{2005/01/15}{4}
-Replace with: ``We then continue by
-  explaining how you can define and use your own floating environments (Section~6.3.1),
-  or, conversely, how captioning commands can  be used  to enter
-  information into the list of figures and tables for nonfloating
-  material (Section~6.3.2). 
-  Then methods for rotating the content of a float are described
-  (Section~6.3.3).
-
-\erroronpage{284}{}{FMi}{2005/01/15}{4}
-      Editorial comment: needs reprinting since one line moved from
-      283 to the current page.
-
-\erroronpage{285}{item 3, l.3}{FMi}{2005/02/13}{4}
-   Use typewriter:  ``the default is \texttt{12pt}
-   \texttt{plus} \texttt{2pt} \u{\texttt{minus}} 
-     \texttt{2pt} for 10\,pt''
-
-\erroronpage{285}{item 3, l.3}{HjG}{2005/02/06}{4}
-   Default for 12pt document size is given wrong:\\
-   ``\texttt{\u{14pt} plus 2pt minus 4pt}'' \>
-   ``\texttt{\u{12pt} plus 2pt minus 4pt}''
-
-\erroronpage{285}{item 3, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/05}{2}
-   Should be singular: ``for 12pt document size\u{s}).''
-
-\erroronpage{285}{item 7, l.3}{HjG/FMi}{2005/02/06}{4}
-   Replace (as it is rubbish):
-   ``(the default is like |\textfloatsep| on a text page,
-   but is |8pt plus 2fil| on a page that contains only floats)'' \>\\
-   ``(the default is like |\textfloatsep|)''
-
-\erroronpage{288}{para -1, l.4--7}{DAr/FMi}{2004/07/23}{2}
-  Replace part with:
-``However, by itself this option
-forces all floats to appear \emph{before} the next section material is
-typeset, since the |\FloatBarrier| prevents a float from a current
-  section from appearing below 
-the start of the new section, even if some material of the current
-section is present on the same page. ''
-
-\erroronpage{292}{para 4, ll.1/2}{HjG}{2004/06/05}{2}
-   Replace: ``combination \u{to}'' \> ``combination \u{of}''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{292}{para -1, l-2}{FMi}{2005/01/08}{4}
-Add sentence:
-  ``Because the float styles define the placement of the caption,
-floats can contain only a single \verb=\caption= command which is a
-restriction compared to standard \LaTeX's behavior.''
-
-Also add marginal warning: ``Only one \verb=\caption= supported''
-
-
-\erroronpage{293}{para 1, l.3}{J-CCh}{2005/06/01}{4}
-Remove surplus char:  ``package documentation in
-\texttt{float\u{s}.dtx}.''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{293}{exa 6-3-1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/05}{2}
-   Wrong command used (or misplaced opening brace) in preamble code:\\
-   |\newcommand\xmlcode[1]{\|\u{\ttfamily ttfamily}|{#1}}|
-   \>\\
-   |\newcommand\xmlcode[1]{\|\u{\ttfamily texttt}|{#1}}| \\
-   only by chance this doesn't do any harm in the example!
-
-\erroronpage{293}{exa 6-3-1}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{4}
-The Euler constant must be typeset in roman type according
-to the ISO rules; $e$ is the charge of the electron.
-
-\erroronpage{294}{exa 6-3-3}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/05}{2}
-   The picture (|rosette.ps|) is clipped a tiny bit at the left side.
-   That's actually an error in the |.ps| file itself and can be seen
-   in all other examples where the file is used.
-
-\erroronpage{295}{para -2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/05}{2}
-   Missing word: ``The |[H]| \u{float} is \ldots''
-
-
-\erroronpage{298}{para 1, l.4}{AMa}{2005/01/13}{4}
-   The word ``caption'' should be should typeset in sans serif.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{298}{para 3, l.5}{HjG}{2004/06/06}{2}
-   Missing argument: ``|\newfloat{XMLexa}|%
-   \u{\texttt{\textbraceleft\meta{placement}\textbraceright}}|{lox}|''
-
-\erroronpage{299}{para 2, ll.-2/-1}{HjG}{2004/06/06}{2}
-   Missing word: ``so that it \u{is} not worth''
-
-\erroronpage{301}{exa 6-4-2}{HjG}{2004/06/06}{2}
-   Misspelled word (both in source and output):\\
-   ``\texttt{ex-\u{s}ample}'' \> ``\texttt{ex-ample}''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{302}{para 2, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/06}{2}
-   Missing argument: ``|\newfloat{XML}|%
-   \u{\texttt{\textbraceleft\meta{placement}\textbraceright}}|{lox}|''
-
-\erroronpage{304/305}{exa 6-4-4}{HjG}{2004/06/06}{2}
-   The |\FIG| command is different from the one from
-   exa 6-4-3 (p.303).
-   Add a line:\\
-   |\newcommand\FIG{\includegraphics[width=10mm]{elephant}}|\\
-   in the preamble part of the example's source.\\
-   (But that will probably spoil your hand-optimized page breaks. ---
-    Actually it will improve them: by getting the example larger on
-   line will carry over from  304 to 305 avoiding the widow there
-   without changing that page otherwise)
-
-\erroronpage{307}{l.-4}{HjG}{2005/02/12}{4}
-   Surplus closing brace:\\
-   ``|\makebox[\linewidth][c]{\usebox\@tempboxa}|%
-    |\par|\texttt{\u\textbraceright}|%   single line|''
-
-\iffalse
-\erroronpage{307}{l.3--4}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{}
-The Runaway error may be explained in a better way: the
- \emph{short-text} cannot exceed one paragraph; the \emph{long-text} may be
- several paragraphs long; if the optional argument \emph{short-text} is missing
- the \emph{long-text} replaces it, therefore the macros that should process the
- single paragraph \emph{short-text} get terribly shaken and produce the Runaway
- argument error. A reference to Appendix~B and the long\slash short definition
- of commands should be helpful.
-\fi
-
-\erroronpage{309}{para 4, l.3}{DAl}{2005/06/29}{4}
-   Missing comma: ``\ldots you will get a typical ``standard \LaTeX''  
-   format\u{,} that is, \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{312}{\texttt{position} option}{JS/FMi}{2005/09/14}{4}
-   State that key \texttt{bottom} is the default.
-
-\erroronpage{312}{para 2, l.2}{DAl}{2005/06/29}{4}
-    Word in wrong position:  ``for example, ``above'' the caption if
-    caption is \u{the} placed at the bottom.'' 
- \>
-   ``for example, ``above'' the caption if \u{the} caption is \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{317}{para -4, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/06}{2}
-   Extra letter: ``The \textsf{subfig} package\u{s} \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{319}{para 1, l.5}{C-JCh}{2005/06/10}{4}
-  Incorrect right quote:  ``numbers like ``11.3\u{''}\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{319}{para 2, l.3}{C-JCh}{2005/06/10}{4}
-  Incorrect right quote:  ``such as ``Figure 1(a-c)\u{''}.''
-
-\erroronpage{321}{exa 6-5-13, l.2}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/06}{2}
-   Change value:
-   ``|listofindent=4em|'' \> ``|listofindent=5em|''.\\
-   Looks better and also makes description on page 320 correct.
-
-\erroronpage{321}{para 3, l.2}{UFi}{2004/07/31}{2}
-Remove: ``approach is to \u{to} specify\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{326}{para -1, l.4}{DAl}{2005/07/14}{4}
-   Missing letter: ``floats appear to\u{o} close to each other\ldots''
-
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Chapter 7}
-
-\erroronpage{332}{para -2,l.2}{THa}{2004/07/21}{2}  
-  SinCE SEriFS arE noT alwayS horizonTaL: ``Serifs are the tiny
-  horizontal strokes\dots'' \> ``Serifs are the tiny strokes\dots''  
-
-\erroronpage{338}{para -1, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/29}{2}
-   Missing word: ``command \u{and} declarative forms''
-
-\erroronpage{341}{para -2, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/29}{2}
-   Missing comma: ``such as |\OE|\u, to lowercase).''
-
-\erroronpage{342}{tab 7.1}{CBe/FMi}{2004/07/27}{2}
-  Add footnote: ``\textit{The actual sizes shown above are those specially
-                  tailored for use in this book}''
-
-\erroronpage{347}{para 2, l.5+6}{JS/FMi}{2006/11/08}{s}
-Replace: ``\u{Computer Modern Typewriter and}
-Computer Modern Sans \u{have} only bold extended variants.''
-\>
- ``\u{In contrast} Computer Modern Sans \u{has} only bold extended variants.''
-
-\erroronpage{349}{Table 7.4}{AFV}{2008/08/08}{}
-The font associated with the command |\mathtt| is a sans typewriter font. This
-differs from nearly all TeX set ups where the math typewriter font is Computer
-Modern Typewriter.
-
-\erroronpage{349}{para -1, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/29}{2}
-   Missing comma:
-   ``\ldots\ where commands, such as |\rm|\u, would cause \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{351}{para -2, l.5}{HjG}{2004/06/29}{2}
-   Surplus word:
-   ``\ldots\ belongs to the text \u{the} surrounding the formula.''
-
-\erroronpage{353}{para 4, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/29}{2}
-    Replace:
-    ``\u{Extended} Computer Modern'' \>
-    ``\u{European} Computer Modern''
-
-\erroronpage{354/355}{marginal 3}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
-   Should be on top of page 355.
-
-\erroronpage{354}{table caption}{AFV/FMi}{2009/01/5}{}
-   Replace: ``Classification of the Computer Modern font families'' \>
-   ``Classification of \u{most} Computer Modern font families''
-   as not all fonts are listed.
-
-\erroronpage{355}{para 4, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/29}{2}
-   Missing character: ``on\u{e} can simply exchange''
-
-\erroronpage{356}{para 2, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/30}{2}
-   Correct: ``\u{ZE}-fonts'' \> ``\u{EZ}-fonts''
-   (Index entry is OK!)
-
-\erroronpage{357}{exa 7-5-5, last line}{RSt}{2004/05/26}{2}
-   Reference [174] instead of [175].
-
-\erroronpage{357}{exa 7-5-5}{HjG}{2004/06/30}{2}
-   Add page entries for ``Clasen, Matthias'', ``Vieth, Ulrik'', and
-   ``Ziegler, Justin'' to ``People'' index (pp.1080+1082)
-
-\erroronpage{357}{l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/30}{2}
-   Add word:
-   ``Clearly, no one wants to type \u{text} like this \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{358}{para -1, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/30}{2}
-   Change word order:\\
-   ``The list of \u{currently} \u{supported encodings} by
-   \textsf{inputenc} \ldots'' \>\\
-   ``The list of \u{encodings} \u{currently supported} by
-   \textsf{inputenc} \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{359}{several places}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
-    Replace: ISO-8859 \> ISO 8859
-
-\erroronpage{360}{item 8}{CKr}{2004/12/30}{4}
-   Replace: Next Computer encoding  \> Ne\u{XT} Computer encoding
-
-\erroronpage{360}{item 9}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
-   Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8
-
-\erroronpage{360}{para -1}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
-   Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8 (several times)
-
-\erroronpage{361}{para 2+3}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
-   Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8 (several times)
-
-\erroronpage{361}{l.-14}{CBe/FMi}{2004/07/27}{2}
- Replace: ``preamble or the document class'' \>
-  ``document class, a package, or in the preamble''
-
-
-\erroronpage{362}{l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/30}{2}
-   Swap phrases:\\
-   ``\ldots\ the user \u{in the preamble} \u{to load still
-   more encodings}.'' \\\>\\
-   ``\ldots\ the user \u{to load still more encodings}
-   \u{in the preamble}.''
-
-\erroronpage{362}{para 1, l.1}{SCo}{2004/05/17}{2}
-   Printing problem in some books: ``still'', second `l' only half visible.
-
-\erroronpage{367}{para 2, l.3}{CKr}{2005/01/03}{4}
-   Wrong font: ``old-style numerals by simply switching to the \u{\texttt{TS1}}''
-
-\erroronpage{368}{para -4, l.3}{HjG}{2004/07/01}{2}
-   Change:\\
-   ``\ldots\ only. \u{Only} real errors will be shown.'' \>\\
-   ``\ldots\ only. \u{However,} real errors will be shown
-   \u{on the terminal}.''
-
-\erroronpage{370}{para 2, l.-1}{RSt}{2004/05/26}{2}
-   Replace: ``ran run'' with ``\u{you ran}''.
-
-\erroronpage{370}{para 4, l.5}{HjG}{2004/07/06}{2}
-   Add: ``\ldots\ in one of the three \u{text font} categories.''
-
-\erroronpage{371}{para 1, l.4}{HjG}{2004/07/06}{2}
-   Add: ``\ldots, such as via a call to |\usefont|\u{ (see Example
-   7-6-1 below)}.''
-
-\erroronpage{373}{first line of 7.6.1}{UFi}{2004/07/31}{2}
-  Remove   ``the \u{the} fonts''
-
-\erroronpage{373}{first para, l.-1}{BeB}{2004/06/28}{2}
-  ``collection'' is (at least seems to me) singular:\\
-  Typo: ``appear'' \> ``appears''
-
-\erroronpage{374}{`Bookman', l.1}{HjG}{2004/07/08}{2}
-   Typo: ``Bookman was originally design\u{ed} \ldots''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{380}{para 1, l.4--5}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
-   Better show octal numbers: ``\ldots starting positions like
-   \texttt{'254}, \texttt{'266}, \texttt{'300}, and \texttt{'312}
-   (i.e., in octal notation) in\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{380}{exa. 7-6-10}{J-CCh}{2005/07/06}{4}
-   Replace: AGEWMET\u{P}HTOS \> AGEWMET\u{R}HTOS
-
-\erroronpage{386}{para -1, l.2}{RWa}{2004/05/31}{2}
-   Replace ``the X Window\u{s} system'' with ``the X Window \u{S}ystem''.
-
-\erroronpage{387}{para -1, ll.3/4}{HjG}{2004/07/09}{2}
-   Missing word: ``\texttt{0.87478} should \u{be} used''\\
-
-\iffalse
-% no idea if we can fit that in:
-\erroronpage{387}{para -1, ll.3/4}{HjG}{2004/07/09}{}
-   Value for 12\,pt?
-\fi
-
-\erroronpage{388}{tab. 7.14}{HjG}{2004/07/09}{2}
-   Row~1: Thickness of vertical line between first two columns too
-   wide (printing problem).
-
-\erroronpage{388}{tab 7.14, l.-2}{RPa}{2004/09/14}{4}
-    Missing space between ``m,'' and ``bx'' in the middle column.
-
-\erroronpage{391}{tab. 7.15}{FMi}{2004/07/09}{2}
-   Row~1: Thickness of vertical line between first two columns too 
-   wide (printing problem).
-
-\erroronpage{391}{tab 7.15, l.-2}{RPa}{2004/09/14}{4}
-    Missing space between ``m,'' and ``bx'' in the middle column.
-
-\erroronpage{392}{tab 7.16, l.3}{RPa}{2004/09/14}{4}
-    ``(bx)'' should be moved to the second column.
-
-\erroronpage{393}{tab 7.17, l.3}{RPa}{2004/09/14}{4}
-    Missing space between ``(it),'' and ``sc'' in the third column.
-
-\erroronpage{395}{exa 7-7-20}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2}
-   Commands need to be swapped to match text:\\
-   ``|\gothfamily| Swab'' \> ``|\swabfamily| Swab''\\
-   ``|\swabfamily| Gothic'' \> ``|\gothfamily| Gothic''
-
-\erroronpage{395}{exa 7-7-21}{TSS}{2004/05/25}{2}
-  The ``s'' in word ``dies'' should be the ``short s'' (ligature
-  ``s:'') since it occurs in a syllable-final position.
-% others wrong???
-%According to page 765 of "The World's Writing Systems" (edited by P.T.
-%Daniels and W. Bright, ISBN 0-19-507993-0, Oxford University Press,
-%1996), a syllable-final "s" in fraktur text should be the "short s".
-
-\erroronpage{396}{para 3, l.5}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
-   Should be: ``\ldots on the \u{third} line.''
-
-\erroronpage{396}{exa 7-7-22}{TSS}{2004/05/25}{2}
-  The ``s'' in word ``dies'' should be the ``short s'' (ligature
-  ``s:'') since it occurs in a syllable-final position.
-
-\erroronpage{403}{para 1, ll.1/2}{HjG}{2004/07/09}{2}
-   Change: ``by using    \u{G}lyph \u{C}hart''
-   \> ``by using \u{the} \u{g}lyph \u{c}hart''\\
-   (cf.\ para 3, l.1)
-
-\erroronpage{405}{para 3, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2}
-   Missing word:
-   ``of \u{the} International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA)''
-
-\erroronpage{405/406}{ll.-1/1/2}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2}
-   Move closing parenthesis:\\
-   ``\ldots (based on \ldots\ by Donald Knuth, \ldots \u).'' \> \\
-   ``\ldots (based on \ldots\ by Donald Knuth\u), \ldots \,.''
-
-\erroronpage{406}{exa 7-8-11}{HjG}{2004/07/09}{2}
-   Add comma (?): ``|k\ae{}t|\texttt{\u,}''
-
-\erroronpage{407}{para -2, l.1}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
-   Missing word: ``With popular fonts designed for use with \TeX{},
-   the euro symbol \u{is} usually available\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{413}{para -2, l-1}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{4}
- ``local guide''; I believe this is an obsolete concept, dating back to
- the times when \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ were used on multitasking mainframes;
- commercial distributions might still have a ``local guide'', but I have never
-  seen one. 
-
-
-\erroronpage{414}{footnote}{hv}{2008/10/30}{}
-Replace: |\pcharpath| \> |\pscharpath|.
-
-These days the package |pst-char| has been integrated into  |pst-text|.
-
-\erroronpage{416}{tab. 7.27}{HjG}{2004/07/09}{2}
-   Uppercase vs.\ lowercase in entries for \texttt{T3} and
-   \texttt{TS3}:\\
-   ``\LaTeX{} \u{P}honetic \u{A}lphabet encoding'' $\leftrightarrow$\\
-   ``\LaTeX{} \u{p}honetic \u{a}lphabet encoding''
-
-\erroronpage{417}{para 4, l.6}{HjG}{2004/07/10}{2}
-   Correct case:
-   ``\ldots\ in front of it. \u For example,''
-
-\erroronpage{418}{para 2, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/07/10}{2}
-   Add:
-   ``a typewriter font \u{in medium series} with italic shape''
-
-\erroronpage{420}{table 7.28}{CKr}{2005/04/08}{4}
-   For consistency:  ``narrow'' \> ``\u{N}arrow''
-
-\erroronpage{420}{para 1, l.6}{FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
-    Replace: ISO-9660 \> ISO 9660
-
-\erroronpage{426}{para 1, l.-2}{CKr}{2005/01/17}{4}
-  Remove surplus: ``\ldots---other declarations that use this \u{the}
-     font will benefit automatically.''
-
-\erroronpage{426}{para 1, last sentence}{CAR}{2005/01/22}{4}
-  Replace with following sentence:
-    ``This may seem like a strange usage but it has the advantage that when
-    such additional
-    fonts become available you will need to change
-    only one font shape group declaration---all declarations that
-    refer indirectly to these fonts will then benefit automatically.''
-
-
-\erroronpage{426}{para 5}{HjG}{2004/07/10}{2}
-   Surplus word: ``\ldots, this function \u{it} writes \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{426}{l.-2}{HjG}{2004/07/10}{2}
-   Add word: ``The \u{third} argument''
-
-\erroronpage{428}{item 6}{CKr}{2005/01/18}{4}
-   Replace: ``Specified the quad width'' \> ``Specifie\u{s} the quad
-   width'' 
-
-\erroronpage{432}{para 4, l.9}{HjG}{2004/07/11}{2}
-   Not plural: ``\ldots: the outer text size\u{s} and the three math
-   sizes for this text size.''
-
-\erroronpage{433}{l.-10}{HjG}{2004/07/11}{2}
-   Not start of a sentence, hence \> lowercase:
-   ``\u{a}nd are usually placed in an \texttt{.fd} file.''
-
-\erroronpage{441}{para 5, l.1}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
-   Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8 
-
-\erroronpage{442}{footnote, l.2}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
-   Sentence begins with lowercase 's'.
-
-\erroronpage{443}{para 1, l.1--2}{FMi}{2005/06/10}{4}
-Replace the parentheses with: ``(for the latter people sometimes use
-the single character \verb="=\,, but this is incorrect as it may
-produce a straight double quote, i.e., ")''
-
-\erroronpage{443}{para 3, l.4}{CKr}{2005/01/21}{4}
-  Correct order: ``Instead, these commands have been implemented in
-     \u{such a} way that \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{444}{para 2, l.4}{DAl}{2005/08/01}{4}
-   Missing word: ``\ldots associates the number 224 \u{with} the  
-command |\alpha|.''
-
-\erroronpage{445}{para 4, ll.3--5}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2}
-   Move closing parenthesis:\\
-   ``\ldots, which normally denote certain accents (i.e.,
-   are encoding-specific commands, but \ldots\ environment\u).''
-   \\ \> \\
-   ``\ldots, which normally denote certain accents (i.e.,
-   are encoding-specific commands\u), but \ldots\ environment.''
-
-\erroronpage{446}{footnote, l.1}{CKr}{2005/01/21}{4}
-  Correct order: \ldots ``\textthreesuperior'' \u{was a}
-                  math glyph---comprehensible?
-
-\erroronpage{447}{Heading}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
-   Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8 
-
-\erroronpage{451}{para 4, l.2}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2}
-   Wrong number:
-   ``\texttt{\u{'240}} octal'' \> ``\texttt{\u{'344}} octal''
-
-\erroronpage{453}{para 2, l.2}{DAl}{2005/08/01}{4}
-   Missing word : ``\ldots an \emph{LICR-object} that is \u{to} be  
-used whenever\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{455}{para 3, l.-1}{JCh}{2004/07/17}{2}
-   Typo (characters need to be swapped):
-   ``L\u{CI}R'' \> ``L\u{IC}R''
-
-\erroronpage{457}{tab. 7.33}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2}
-   Wrong sort order (table rows need to be swapped):\\
-   |\OE| $\leftrightarrow$ |\O| -- cf.\ |\o| and |\oe| on p.459
-
-\erroronpage{457}{tab. 7.33}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2}
-   Entry |\`i|: ``(\u{avail})'' \> ``(\u{alias})'' 
-
-\erroronpage{458}{\texttt{\string\copyright}}{FMi/usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
- Natively available in LY1 encoding
-
-\seriouserroronpage{458}{l. 27--30}{JLV}{2005/05/31}{4}
- Unfortunately |\guillemotleft|, |\guillemotright|, |\guilsinglleft|, and 
- |\guilsinglright| have no ``default'' and only function in |OT1| if
- \textsf{babel} is loaded
-
-
-\erroronpage{458}{\texttt{\string\k} entries}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
- All |\k| entries should be |<constr.>| in LY1 encoding
-
-\erroronpage{459}{\texttt{\string\r A}}{FMi}{2005/04/09}{4}
- |\r A| is |<constr.>| in OT1 encoding
-
-\erroronpage{459}{\texttt{\string\r} entries}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
- All |\r| entries should be |<constr.>| in LY1 encoding
-
-\erroronpage{459}{\texttt{\string\textcelsius}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
- Default from |constr./TS1|.
-
-\erroronpage{460}{\texttt{\string\textcopyright}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
- Natively available in LY1 encoding
-
-\erroronpage{460}{\texttt{\string\textdiv}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
- Natively available in LY1 encoding
-
-\erroronpage{460}{\texttt{\string\texteuro}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
- Defined in the newer versions of the encoding (but not available in
- all fonts!)
-
-\erroronpage{460}{tab. 7.33}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2}
-   Wrong sort order (table rows need to be swapped):\\
-   |\textdblhyphenchar| $\leftrightarrow$ |\textdblhyphen|
-
-\erroronpage{461}{\texttt{\string\textlnot}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
- Natively available in LY1 encoding
-
-\erroronpage{461}{\texttt{\string\textpertenthousand}}{DAl}{2005/08/01}{4}
-   Constructed in T1 encoding
-
-\erroronpage{461}{\texttt{\string\textperthousand}}{DAl}{2005/08/01}{4}
-   Constructed in T1 encoding
-
-\erroronpage{461}{\texttt{\string\textpm}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
- Natively available in LY1 encoding
-
-\erroronpage{461}{table, l. -12}{usw}{2004/05/24}{2}
- ``\verb=\textquotedblleft=" is indented by accident.
-
-\erroronpage{462}{\texttt{\string\texttimes}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
- Natively available in LY1 encoding
-
-\erroronpage{462}{tab. 7.33}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2}
-   Wrong sort order (table rows need to be swapped):\\
-   |\textthreequartersemdash| $\leftrightarrow$ |\textthreequarters|
-
-\erroronpage{463}{para 1, ll.1/2}{HjG}{2004/06/28}{2}
-   Add: ``prior \u{to} 1990''
-
-\erroronpage{463}{para 1, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/28}{2}
-   Change:
-   ``\ldots integrated in \u{1993})'' \>
-   ``\ldots integrated in \u{1994})'' 
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Chapter 8}
-
-\erroronpage{465}{para 4, ll.2+4}{HjG}{2004/06/20}{2}
-   Add page entry for ``Swanson, Ellen'' to ``People'' index
-   (p.1082). \\
-   Add page entry for ``Knuth, Donald'' to ``People'' index
-   (p.1081).
-
-  Editorial comment: no need for reprinting this page.
-
-
-\erroronpage{466}{para 2, ll.3+6}{HjG}{2004/06/20}{2}
-   Add page entry for ``Spivak, Michael'' to ``People'' index
-   (p.1082).\\
-   Add page entry for ``Jones, David'' to ``People'' index
-   (p.1081).
-
-\erroronpage{466}{para 3 l.1}{UFi}{2004/06/04}{2}
- Remove comma:  ``Michael\u, would have been\ldots''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{468}{para 3, ll.10+11}{JTa}{2004/08/31}4{}
-  Extra closing brace after the second argument of
-  \texttt{\textbackslash newenvironment} on both lines.
-
-\erroronpage{471}{para 2, l.4}{VPe}{2004/06/02}{2}
-  Extra word: ``\ldots this change \u{can} are discussed\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{478}{exa 8-2-19}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
-Poor Maxwell's equations! No doubt there are mathematical
- physicists or physical mathematicians that write Maxwell's equations that way.
- This is a good example for showing some capabilities of the
- \textsf{amsmath} package and its possible extensions by means of the
- \comando{\newenvironment} command, but it is an example where all possible ISO
- rules are violated! Physical equations deal with quantities, not with
- mathematical variables; and quantities have dimensions; as such they have to
- comply with the rules established by the Sisth\`{e}me International (SI) and the
- various obsolete ``cgm'' systems are officially deprecated; the partial
- derivative sign $\partial$ has exactly that meaning and it cannot substitute
- the ``nabla'' $\nabla$ sign;  finally the $j$ symbol probably indicates the
- current density, but in an equation that does not comply with the ISO rules it
- might indicate the imaginary unit (which, on the opposite, is prescribed to be
- typeset in roman or upright shape as well as $\pi$); treating with vectorial
- quantities these should be well marked either with a vector math accent or
- must be set in bold italic; with variables depending from four quantities the
- apex for indicating the derivative is not univocal for specifying the quantity
- with respect to which the derivative is taken. I repeat: the example is good
- for describing the math extension capabilities but it could induce the casual
- reader to believe that this is the correct form for writing down the Maxwell's
- equations; unfortunately it is not.
-
-\erroronpage{480}{para -2, ll.8/9}{HjG}{2004/06/20}{2}
-   ``(there must be no space before the \texttt[)'' --- why?\\
-   (Would be ignored by \TeX{} as the end of the cs-name!)
-
-   Deleted this text.
-
-\erroronpage{484}{para 3, ll.1/2}{HjG}{2004/06/20}{2}
-   Add word: ``\ldots\ the \texttt{equation} \u{environment} is
-\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{488}{para 1, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/20}{2}
-   Add word: ``\ldots\ as a subscript \u{or} superscript.''
-
-\erroronpage{488}{para 1, l.1}{FMi}{2005/04/23}{4}
-   Replace word: ``Note that both \u{environments} \ldots''
-   \> ``Note that both \u{structures} \ldots'' (as one is a command)
-
-\erroronpage{489}{para -2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/20}{2}
-   Missing closing parenthesis: ``(see Section 8.5.3\u)''
-
-\erroronpage{489}{exa. 8-3-9.1}{DAl}{2005/08/21}{4}
-   The third array actually only needs \texttt{c} as preamble even
-   though \texttt{cc} is not wrong. as empty columns on the right are ignored
-
-\erroronpage{491}{para -2, l.3}{BMo}{2004/05/21}{2}
-      Replace:  ``aside'' \> ``at the side''
-
-\erroronpage{493--95}{ll.-1/-2}{HjG}{2004/06/21}{2}
-   Perhaps a note regarding the defaults should be added:\\
-   ``The first two parameters, \emph{ldelim} and \emph{rdelim}, are
-   the left and right delimiters, respectively.
-   \u{They must be either both empty or both non-empty;}
-   \u{to place a single delimiter, use a period ``\texttt.'' on the
-   ``empty'' side.}''
-
-   Editorial comment: affects pagebreaks for 494/95 as well
-
-\iffalse % more blue align stuff
-\erroronpage{498}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
-   Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
-\fi
-
-\erroronpage{499}{\S 8.6.2}{HjG}{2004/06/21}{2}
-   Change section heading: ``Operator \u{and function} names''
-
-\iffalse % more blue align stuff
-\erroronpage{500}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
-   Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
-\fi
-  
-\erroronpage{501}{exa 8-6-4}{HjG}{2004/06/21}{2}
-   Surplus word (in source comment):\\
-   ``\texttt{\% the old \u{the} definition of \textbackslash csc}''
-
-\erroronpage{507}{footnote}{CKr}{2005/02/16}{4}
-   Good try but wrong word: ``Technically this is due to the denominator being
-   wider than the \u{numerator} in this case\ldots''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{508}{table 8.6, col.5}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
-   The bad alignment (in some books) of the blue color probably makes
-   the illustrations in this column useless.
-
-\iffalse % more blue align stuff
-\erroronpage{510}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
-   Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
-\fi
-
-\erroronpage{511}{marginal note}{MHe}{2004/05/22}{2}
-     Swap words: ``\ldots change \u{the existing} math font
-     set-up''
-
-\erroronpage{512}{para 3, l.6}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2}
-   Surplus closing brace:
-   ``|\bm{\alpha}|\texttt{\u\textbraceright}''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{513}{Figure 8.1}{LSchu}{2004/05/22}{2}
-   Text font is Times, but should be Computer Modern (rather
-   embarrassing that).
-
-\erroronpage{513}{para 3, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2}
-   Change: ``In this section show a sample text'' \>\\
-   ``In this section \u{we} show a sample text''
-
-\iffalse % more blue align stuff
-\erroronpage{513}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
-   Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
-\fi
-
-\erroronpage{515}{para 1, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2}
-   Wrong reference: ``Figure~8.3'' \> ``Figure~8.2''
-
-\erroronpage{515}{para -1, l.1}{BMo/CAR}{2004/05/21}{2}
-    Replace: ``The Metafont versions of Concrete Roman and Math\ldots''
-    \> ``The Metafont versions of Concrete, both Roman and Math,\ldots''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{516}{fig.~8.6}{CKr/FMi}{2005/02/18}{4}
-  The txfonts have the symbols |\succapprox| and |\precapprox| in the
-  wrong position in the fonts.
-  Until the fonts are corrected one can manually fix the problem by
-  redeclaring them after loading the \texttt{txfonts} package, i.e.,
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage{txfonts}
-\DeclareMathSymbol{\succapprox}{\mathrel}{AMSb}{119}
-\DeclareMathSymbol{\precapprox}{\mathrel}{AMSb}{118}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\erroronpage{517}{footnote}{FMi}{2005/06/03}{4}
-  Y\&Y has unfortunately folded and their domain was taking over by a
-  seller for ``latex'' clothing (interesting isnt it?).
-  Some information about Y\&Y can be found at
-  \texttt{https://www.tug.org/yandy}.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{518}{fig.~8.9}{CKr/FMi}{2005/02/18}{4}
-  The pxfonts have the symbols |\succapprox| and |\precapprox| in the
-  wrong position in the fonts.
-  Until the fonts are corrected one can manually fix the problem by
-  redeclaring them after loading the \texttt{pxfonts} package, i.e.,
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage{pxfonts}
-\DeclareMathSymbol{\succapprox}{\mathrel}{AMSb}{119}
-\DeclareMathSymbol{\precapprox}{\mathrel}{AMSb}{118}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\erroronpage{521}{para 2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/26}{2}
-   Missing interword space: ``Section\u~7.6.1''
-
-\erroronpage{521}{footnote}{FMi}{2005/06/03}{4}
-  Y\&Y has unfortunately folded and their domain was taking over by a
-  seller for ``latex'' clothing (interesting isnt it?).
-  Some information about Y\&Y can be found at
-  \texttt{https://www.tug.org/yandy}.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{523}{figure 8.16}{MHe}{2004/05/22}{2}
-     The symbols to the left and right of ``Q(t)'' in the middle of
-     the figure are wrong (this is
-     actually a bug in the informal math set-up which has now been
-     corrected).
-
-\erroronpage{523}{figure 8.16, caption}{BMo}{2004/05/21}{2}
-      Replace: ``Info Math fonts'' with ``Informal Math fonts''.
-
-\erroronpage{523}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/26}{2}
-   Change:\\
-   ``The HV math fonts \u{are} designed at MicroPress'' \>\\
-   ``The HV math fonts \u{have been} designed at MicroPress''
-
-\erroronpage{524}{para 1, ll.4--6}{HjG}{2004/06/27}{2}
-   Change:\\
-   ``This \u{package} extends the \ldots\ font collections\u{ and}
-   should normally be loaded \ldots'' \>\\
-   ``This \u{font} extends the \ldots\ font collections\u{; the
-   corresponding \textsf{stmaryrd} package} should normally be loaded
-   \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{524}{para 2, l.7}{HjG}{2004/06/27}{2}
-   The text states: ``\u{\raisebox{1ex}{\scriptsize(\emph{kernel})}}
-   identifies symbols \ldots''. However, later on only
-   ``\u{\raisebox{1ex}{\scriptsize(\emph{ker})}}'' is used.
-   [E.g., Table~8.10 on page~527 (|\hbar|)
-   and    Table~8.11 on page~528 (|\angle|).]
-
-\erroronpage{524}{para 2, l.-3}{HjG}{2004/06/27}{2}
-   The text speaks of ``Alphabetic symbols'' -- but the referenced
-   Table~7.30 on page~435 calls it ``Alphabet character''~!?
-
-\erroronpage{524}{exa 8-9-1}{HjG}{2004/06/27}{2}
-   The |fleqn| option is used, but in the output, the two equations
-   seem to be right aligned rather than left aligned!\\
-   Indeed true: this is because  in \textsf{amsmath} the |\mathindent|
-   added on the left is 
-   actually a rubber length (see page 471) that is automatically
-   shortend if there is not enough space.
-
-\iffalse % more blue align stuff
-\erroronpage{524}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
-   Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
-
-\erroronpage{525}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
-   Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
-\fi
-
-
-\erroronpage{526}{para -1, l.1}{CKr/FMi}{2005/02/20}{4}
-Change: ``The unaccented ASCII Latin letters and Arabic
-    numeral digits (see Table~8.8) \u{all} referred to\ldots''
-  \> ``\ldots \u{are} referred to\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{527}{para 2, l.1}{HjG}{2005/05/21}{4}
-   Replace:\\
-   ``in the first \u{columns} of Table~8.9'' \>
-   ``in the first \u{rows} of Table~8.9''
-
-\erroronpage{527}{para 2, l.5}{HjG}{2004/06/27}{2}
-   Change:
-   ``Similarly, the list of lowercase Greek letters \u{there is}
-   no omicron'' \>\\
-   ``Similarly, the list of lowercase Greek letters \u{contains}
-   no omicron''
-
-\iffalse % more blue align stuff
-\erroronpage{528}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
-   Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
-\fi
-
- \erroronpage{527}{table 8.10}{BMo/CAR}{2004/05/21}{2} 
-         This table would be
-         better if reordered, in particular so that the first row
-         contains: \verb=\aleph \beth \gimmel \daleth=.  This would
-         make the this text correct: ``The first four [entries in
-         table 8.10] are Hebrew letters.''
-
-
-\erroronpage{527,528}{table 8-10/11}{FMi}{2006/08/09}{s}
-   Added the missing symbol from amssymb: |\circledR|, |\yen|,
-   |\checkmark|, and |\maltese|. 
-
-  The general distribution of symbols between the two tables is a bit
-  questionable, but this will stay as it is.
-
-\erroronpage{528}{table 8-11}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
-   Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table
-   entries.
-
-\erroronpage{528}{table 8.11}{LHe}{2008/02/08}{}
-    |\dag| and |\ddag| are |\mathord|s not |\mathbin| as claimed in table
-    8.13. 
-
-
-\seriouserroronpage{529}{table 8.12, l.3}{JGr}{2004/06/10}{2}
-    \verb=\mathring{x}=  is missing its accent.
-
-\erroronpage{529}{para 1, l.2}{CKr}{2005/04/24}{4}
-  Replace: ``looked up |\neq|'' \> ``looked up |\ne|\u{\texttt{g}}''
-
-\erroronpage{530}{table 8-13}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
-   Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table
-   entries.
-
-\erroronpage{530}{table 8.13}{LHe}{2008/02/08}{}
-    |\dag| and |\ddag| are not |\mathbin|s, hence don't belong in this table
-    and they
-    aren't (as claimed in legend) synonyms of |\dagger|
-    and |\ddagger| respectively.
-
-\erroronpage{531}{table 8.15}{BMo/FMi}{2004/05/21}{2}
-  The commands starting with |\var...| are only partially in blue to
-  indicate their relationship with those commands missing the ``var'' in their
-  names. But this is more confusing than helpful, so they are now made
-  fully blue.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{531}{table 8.15}{CAR/FMi}{2004/06/05}{2}
-  |\obar| is listed twice while |\obslash| (also from stmaryrd) is missing
-
-\erroronpage{531}{table 8-15}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
-   Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table
-   entries.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{532}{tables 8-16, 8-17}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
-   Since |\precsim| is not a negated symbol, it should be moved from
-   Table~8-17 to Table~8-16, where its sibling |\succsim| already
-   lives.
-
-\erroronpage{532}{tables 8-16/17}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
-   Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table
-   entries.
-
-\erroronpage{532}{table 8.17}{CKr}{2005/02/22}{4}
-   Add: ``\ldots or, \u{if} flagged\ldots''
-
-\iffalse % more blue align stuff
-\erroronpage{533}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
-   Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
-\fi
-
-\erroronpage{533}{tables 8-18/19}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
-   Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table
-   entries.
-
-\iffalse % more blue align stuff
-\erroronpage{534}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
-   Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned (horizontally).
-\fi
-
-\erroronpage{534}{table 8-20}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
-   Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table
-   entries.
-
-\erroronpage{534}{tab. 8.20}{HjG}{2004/06/28}{2}
-   1. |\hookleftarrow| is listed twice.\\
-   2.  Some ``compound'' symbols have different line widths in their
-   ``head'' and ``tail'' parts:
-   |\Longleftarrow|, |\Longmapsfrom|, |\Longmapsto|, |\Longrightarrow|.
-
-
-\erroronpage{534}{table 8-21}{MBr}{2004/08/02}{2}
-   Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table
-   entries.
-
-\erroronpage{535}{table 8-22/23}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
-   Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table
-   entries.
-
-\erroronpage{537}{table 8-27}{DIs/FMi}{2006/08/09}{s}
-   Added the four missing delimiters from amssymb: |\llcorner|, |\lrcorner|,
-   |\ulcorner|, and |\urcorner|. Updated the table note and galley text accordingly.
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Chapter 9}
-
-\erroronpage{540}{para -2, l.6}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
-    Replace: ISO-8859-x \> ISO 8859-x
-
-\erroronpage{540}{para -1, l.4}{FMi}{2004/07/20}{2}
-Plural: ``Clearly, 8 bits \u{are} not sufficient\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{541}{para 1, l.-2}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
-   Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8
-
-\seriouserroronpage{543}{table 9.1}{MHe/JBr}{2004/06/10}{}
-     The Babel implementation on the CD is missing the australian and
-     newzealand
-     options. If you need them, download a new version of Babel.
-
-\erroronpage{543}{table 9.1}{JBr/WaS}{2004/07/31}{2}
-    Replace: ``\texttt{english}, \texttt{USenglish}
-    (\texttt{\itshape american}, \texttt{\itshape canadian}), \texttt{UKenglish}
-    (\texttt{\itshape british}), \texttt{australian} (\texttt{\itshape
-    newzealand})''
-
-    Add footnote: ``\textit{The option \texttt{\upshape english}
-  combines American hyphenation patterns 
-  with a British date format.}''  
-
-
-\erroronpage{545}{exa 9-2-1}{JAn}{2005/09/09}{4}
-  The quotes surrounding R\'ef\'erences and Chapitre 
-  should be the french ones: use |\og| and |\fg{}|. And similar those
-  around German words should use |"`| and |"'|.
-
-
-\erroronpage{546}{para 3, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2}
-   Typo: ``pattern\u{s}''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{548}{para 2, l.4}{UFi}{2004/06/03}{2}
-     Replace: |\aliasshorthand{"}{/}| should be \verb=\aliasshorthand{"}{|}=
-
-\erroronpage{549}{para 1, l.5}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2}
-   Characters should be in `typewriter font' (as in l.2):\\
-   ``\,``;'' and ``?''\,'' \>  ``\,``|;|'' and ``|?|''\,''
-
-\erroronpage{550}{para -2, l.1--2}{CKr}{2005/02/28}{4}
-   Correct: ``Some are
-     meant to ease typing, wher\u{e}as others\ldots''
-
-
-\erroronpage{551}{tab 9.3}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{}
-   I am surprised that in Russian there is no word for ``Glossary''.
-
-   Frank: It most certainly exits :-), but right now Babel doesn't
-   know about it---so there is nothing we can do about it at the
-   moment. Actually the same problem exists with Polish, although here
-   I got a translation ``s\l{}ownik termin\'ow'' which will eventually
-   find its way into Babel.
-
-\erroronpage{552}{exa 9-3-4}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
- The words \texttt{i"lusio} and il$\cdot$lusio in the example are
- incorrect. They should be \texttt{i"lusi\string\'o} and il$\cdot$lusi\'{o}
- respectively %(ref: TB 14-3-252-259)
-
-
-\seriouserroronpage{553}{para 4}{UFi}{2004/06/03}{2}
-
- Replace with:  ``Another popular shorthand is |"-|, which indicates a
- hyphenation point (like |\-|), but without supressing
- hyphenation in the remainder of the word:''
-
-\erroronpage{553}{exa 9-3-8}{FMi}{2004/06/03}{2}
- Replace the example body with:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\fbox{\parbox[t]{1cm}{minister"-president}} \quad
-\fbox{\parbox[t]{1cm}{minister\-president}} \quad
-\fbox{\parbox[t]{1cm}{ministerpresident}}
-\end{verbatim}
-to show the differences between |"-|, |\-|, and no hyphen.
-
-\erroronpage{553}{exa 9-3-9}{FMi}{2004/06/03}{2}
- Replace the example body with:
-\begin{verbatim}
-1. \present{Gutenberg-Universit"at}
-2. \present{Gutenberg"-Universit"at}
-3. \present{Gutenberg""Universit"at}
-4. \present{Gutenberg"=Universit"at}
-5. \present{Gutenberg"~Universit"at}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\erroronpage{554}{para 4, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2}
-   Replace: ``|~n~|\meta{letter}'' \> ``|~n|''
-        and ``|~N~|\meta{letter}'' \> ``|~N|''
-
-\erroronpage{554}{exa 9-3-11}{UFi/MGo}{2004/06/03}{2}
- Replace body with: 
-   ``|En fran\c{c}ais on doit mettre un \fg petit espace\fg\|
-     |devant la ponctuation double: comme cela!|
-     \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{556}{item 2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2}
-   Remove:
-   ``\ldots\u{, with the addition that also \texttt{'u} and
-   \texttt{'U} are made available}.''
-\iffalse
-auf s.556 unten (1. item) steht, dass der ' fuer Catalan mit allen
-vokalen verwendet werden kann; das gilt auch fuer Galician (2. item);
-deswegen macht der u.g. nebensatz wenig sinn, denn U gehoert ja zu den
-vokalen! -- war vielleicht 'N gemeint? (aber auch das wird bei
-Galician schon erwaehnt!)
-\fi
-
-\erroronpage{556}{para 4, l.2}{UFi}{2004/06/03}{2}
- Correct spelling: ``\ldots optional \u{because} the acute accent has\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{557}{exa 9-3-19}{FMi/JBe}{2005/03/20}{4}
- Replaced the example text with a spanish example showing 3 levels of
- quotations.
-
-\erroronpage{558}{para -1, l.2}{UFi}{2004/06/03}{2}
- Add comma:  ``day, month\u, year''
-
-\iffalse % alternative (but needs to change two pages)
- Replace:
- ``\ldots |\hebdate| to translate any Gregorian date, given \u{the three
- arguments \emph{day}, \emph{month},
- and \emph{year},}
- into a Gregorian date in Hebrew.''
-\fi
-
-\erroronpage{561--562}{para 2, l.-1; para 2, l.1}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
-      The number 999999 (and 1000, in the second instance) should not
-      be written with a period as thousands-separator as this is
-      confusing for readers used to a different convention.
-
-\erroronpage{562}{para 2, l.1+2}{FMi/DPa}{2004/07/24}{2}
-   Change: ``digits \u{before the decimal point} are expressed'' \>
-   ``digits \u{denoting multiples of a thousand} are expressed''
-
-\erroronpage{563}{l -18/-17}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{4}
-The non zero \texttt{lccode} for the apostrophe is not
- a speciality of the Italian language; this non null assignment is made at least
- also for Catalan and for French; it should be done for all languages that use
- the apostrophe for replacing an elided vowel.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{564}{table 9.5}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
-   Add a note that the definition of \verb=\th= conflicts with its standard
-   definition as the LICR object ``\th{}'' (thorn).
-
-\erroronpage{564}{tab. 9.5}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/18}{2}
-   In the `Serbian' column, ``|\sh| sh'' is listed twice;
-   replace the second instance with ``|\arsh| arsh''.
-
-\erroronpage{564}{para -1, l.5}{ERy}{2004/08/06}{2}
-   Change: ``helpfull'' \> ``helpful''
-
-\erroronpage{565}{line 1}{JGr}{2004/06/16}{2}
-  Missing space in: Anotherlayout
-
-\erroronpage{569}{l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
-   Misspelled name:
-   ``Andrew Janishe\u{w}sky'' \> ``Andrew Janishe\u{v}sky''
-   (This affects p.1081, too!)
-
-\erroronpage{571}{l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
-   Replace: ``UNIX-like'' \> ``UN*X-like''
-   (to match spelling elsewhere in the book)
-
-\erroronpage{571}{ll.3+4}{MKu/FMi}{2004/08/03}{2}
-   Change: ``ISO-IR-111'' \> ``ISO-IR~111'' \\
-   and  ``ISO-IR-144'' \> ``ISO-IR~144''
-
-\erroronpage{571}{para 4}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
-   Code page ``|mnk|'' listed twice.
-
-%\erroronpage{572}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
-%   Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
-
-\erroronpage{573}{descr. env.}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
-   Items \texttt{T2B:} and \texttt{T2C:} ``Crimean~Tatar'' \> ``Crimean-Tatar''
-
-\erroronpage{573}{para 3, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
-   Typo: ``pac\u{ak}ge'' \> ``pac\u{ka}ge''
-
-\erroronpage{574}{para 6, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
-   Replace: ``The |cb| font use\u{s} \ldots''
-         \> ``The |cb| font\u{s} use \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{574}{para 7, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
-   Replace: ``translation'' \> ``transliteration''
-
-\erroronpage{575}{tab 9.7}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
- I do not recognize my \texttt{grmn1000} font table; at least
- it is incomplete compared with the one that has been uploaded on CTAN in 2002,
- well ahead of the publication of this Second Edition.
-
- (Unfortunately an older tfm file was used so that some glyphs do not
- show up in the table)
-
-\erroronpage{576}{tab. 9.9}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
-   Replace: ``Diaresis'' \> ``Dia\u{e}resis''
-
-\erroronpage{576}{tab 9.9}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
-|<'otan| does not produce the Greek word on its right,
- which was by mistake obtained with |<'o|\texttt{\'otan}
-
-\erroronpage{576}{tab 9.10}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
- In the first line all the examples with upper case letters
- are wrong in the sence that these glyphs cannot appear in real text,
- hence they are removed.
- The last two lines are wrong with both lower and upper case
- letters. The former error implies a hiatus between an initial capital letter
- and a preceding vowel that by definition of ``initial'' is missing. The latter
- error is related to the fact that spirit and accent are separated, the former
- to the left of the vowel, the latter over the vowel.
-
- Part of the problems are due to a missing |\languageattribute{greek}{polutoniko}|.
-
-\erroronpage{579}{table 9.12, l.7}{HjG}{2005/06/02}{4}
-  Remove extra right brace: ``|\fontfamily{fr}|\u{\texttt{\textbraceright}}''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{580}{example file \texttt{language.dat}}{WaS}{2004/06/14}{2}
-  \u{\texttt{us}}\texttt{english} \> \texttt{\u{US}english}\\
-  \u{\texttt{uk}}\texttt{english} \> \texttt{\u{UK}english}
-
-\seriouserroronpage{580}{\texttt{language.dat} on CD}{WaS}{2004/06/14}{}
-The language name problem, i.e.,
-
-  \u{\texttt{us}}\texttt{english} \> \texttt{\u{US}english}\\
-  \u{\texttt{uk}}\texttt{english} \> \texttt{\u{UK}english}
-
-is also present in the language.dat file on
-the book CD.
-
-\erroronpage{581}{para 2, l.2}{UFi}{2004/06/04}{2}
-    Six "languages" are loaded ...: seven?
-
-\erroronpage{581}{para 1, l.2}{WaS/FMi}{2004/06/14}{2}
- Change: ``\ldots loaded first by INI\TeX{}; English in the example
- above).''
- \> ``\ldots loaded first by INI\TeX{}); for compatibility reasons this language
-      should contain US-English hyphenation patterns.''
-
-\erroronpage{581}{para 2, l.2}{WaS}{2004/06/14}{2}
-  Language names are to be corrected according to p.580.
-
-\iffalse
-% no space. do what? probably nothing right now
-\erroronpage{581}{para 2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{}
-   Add a footnote to explain the meaning of the term
-   ``hyphenation trie''?
-\fi
-
-\erroronpage{583}{para 1, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
-   Wrong number: ``(line 32)'' \> ``(line 34)''
-
-\erroronpage{583}{para 1, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
-   Replace: ``\texttt{welsh.\u{sty}}'' \> ``\texttt{welsh.\u{ldf}}''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{585}{}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
-The line:\\
- \comando{\adddialect\{austrian\}\{german\}}\\
- and the following one correspond neither to lines 102\textendash 103 of the language
- skeleton, nor to the grammar of the \comando{\adddialect} on page 584; this
- description as well as the skeleton file apparently require that the language
- name be preceded by \comando{\l@}; in facts, for example,
- the \texttt{germanb.ldf} contains the line:\\
- \comando{\adddialect}\comando{\l@austrian}\comando{\l@german}
-
-\seriouserroronpage{586}{code line 2}{TSS}{2004/05/26}{2}
-  Extra closing brace after \verb|\def\germanhyphenmins|.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{589}{syntax box}{UFi}{2004/06/04}{2}
-  Change: |\addto\csname[code]| \> |\addto\csname{code}| (wrong braces)
-
-\erroronpage{591}{para 1, l.5}{UFi}{2004/06/04}{2}
-  Extra character: ``The third argument, \emph{ex\u{c}ec}, contains\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{592}{para 3, l.2+4}{PPN}{2004/05/25}{2}
-    Replace: ``Panday'' \> ``Pand\u{e}y''  (sorry)
-
-\seriouserroronpage{592}{para 3, l.3}{PPN}{2004/05/25}{2}
- Replace ``\textsf{bang}'' with ``\textsf{bengali}''.  This
- package is available on CTAN in the \textsf{languages/bengali/pandey}.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{592}{para 3, l.4 }{PPN}{2004/05/25}{2} 
-  Replace ``\textsf{denag}'' with ``\textsf{devnag}''.  
-  This package is on CTAN \texttt{languages/devanagari/velthuis}.
-
-\erroronpage{592}{para 5, l.1}{CKr}{2004/10/15}{4}
-    Replace: ``E\u{hit}opian'' \> ``E\u{thi}opian''
-
-\erroronpage{592}{general remarks}{PPn}{2004/05/25}{}
-Additional remarks not for inclusion in the book: For \TeX{}, \LaTeX{}
-in languages of India, 
-there are several nice packages.  An overview can be found in the
-following {\sc TUGboat} Articles;
-
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item Anshuman Pandey, \textsl{An overview of Indic Fonts for \TeX{}},
-{\sc TUGboat} Volume 19, Number 2 / June 1998 115---119
-\item Anshuman Pandey, \textsl {Typesetting Bengali in \TeX{}}, {\sc
-TUGboat} Volume 20, Number 2, June 1999 119---126
-\item C. V. Radhakrishnan, \textsl{A case for \TeX{} in India}, {\sc
-TUGboat} Volume 19, Number 1, March 1998, 6---9.
-\item Karel P\'{\i}\v{s}ka, \textsl{A conversion of public Indic fonts
-from METAFONT into Type I format with} {\sc TeX{}TRACE}, Volume
-23, Number 1, 2002, 70---73
-\item
-Yannis Haralambous and John Plaice, \textsl{Low-level Devan\=agari
-support for Omega-- Adapting {\sf devnag}}, i
-Volume 23, Number 1, 2002, 50---56
-\end{enumerate}
-
-In addition to these articles, TUGIndia has uploaded two
-\LaTeXe{} packages (i) Malayalam for \LaTeXe{}, and (ii) Kannada
-\LaTeX{}, both available from www.sarovar.org.
-
-A remark on {\sf devnag} package:-- Originally developed by Frans
-Velthuis in 1991, it was upgraded for use with \LaTeXe{} (made
-NFSS-complaint), and maintained by a team consisting of Dominik
-Wujastyk, John Smith, Anshuman Pandey, Fran\c{c}ois Patte, and
-Zden\v{e}k Wagner. Very recently, the project has
-been handed over to TUGIndia, for further development,
-and as of May 2004, it has moved from sourceforge.net to
-sarovar.org.
-
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Chapter 10}
-
-\erroronpage{chap.10}{boxed texts}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
-   In addition to what has been reported elsewhere, here's an overview
-   of some more inconsistencies in (some of) the ``syntax boxes'' of
-   this chapter. \\
-   With parenthesized arguments, commas are part of the syntax;
-   hence they should be set in `typewriter font' (???). \\
-   The space after these commas should also be uniform.
- \\ \vspace{.5\baselineskip}
-   %
-   \begin{tabular}{@{}rrllp{44mm}@{}} \hline
-   page(s)  & box(es) & comma & space & remark \\ \hline
-   599      &         & |\rm| & no    & asterisk should be in |\tt| \\
-   602/3    & all     & |\rm| & yes   & ``...'' vs.\ ``\ldots'' \\
-   606      & 1       & |\rm| & no    & ``...'' vs.\ ``\ldots'' \\
-   606      & 2       & |\it| & no    & \\
-   607      &         & |\rm| & yes   & \\
-   608      & all     & |\it| & no    & \\
-   610      & 1--2    & |\rm| & yes   & ``...'' vs.\ ``\ldots'' \\
-   616      &         & |\it| & no    & \raggedright
-                                        also in text after box! \\
-                                        (ll.1+5 in first para)
-                                        \tabularnewline
-   639      &         & |\it| & no    & \\
-   641      & 1--2    & $^*$  & no    & \raggedright
-                                        $^*$various flaws; \\
-                                        see separate error entry.
-                                        \tabularnewline \hline
-   \end{tabular}
-
-
-\erroronpage{596}{para 4, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
-   Replace: ``is the same as \u{those} produced''
-   \> ``\ldots \u{that} \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{597}{para -1, l.-4/-3}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
-   Replace: ``\ldots, in case \u{they are} changed''
-            \> ``\ldots, in case \u{it is} changed''
-
-\erroronpage{597/598}{para -1, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
-   Delete word: ``which again \u{that} expects one argument.''
-
-\erroronpage{599}{boxed text}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
-      The asterisk after |\fancyput| should be centred and the `(' and `)'
-      should be in typewriter.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{599}{boxed text}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
-   Replace brackets by braces. (The \emph{horizontal-material}
-   argument is not an optional, but a mandatory one.)
-
-\erroronpage{600}{para 2, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
-   Replace: ``\u{don't} work'' \> ``\u{does not} work''
-
-\erroronpage{600}{exa 10-1-12}{GBa}{2004/07/28}{2}
-   The optional parameter ``[t]'' in the second example is printed as text
-in line (1).
-
-   Remove in code: ``\texttt{[t]}''
-
-   Append to previous paragraph:  ``An optional position argument is not supported.''
-
-\erroronpage{601}{l.-17}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
-Add word: Calculating the horizontal and vertical \u{distance}
-
-\erroronpage{602--603}{all boxed texts}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
-      All the parentheses `(' and `)' (9 pairs in total)
-      should be in `typewriter font'.
-
-\erroronpage{604,605,609}{}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
-   On p.604 (l. -2) and p.605 (ll. 1, 2) we have ``|join|
-   environment(s)''.\\
-   On p.605 (ll. -6, -1) these are called ``|..join| environments''.\\
-   On p.609 (para 3, l.5) it's ``|join| environments'' again.
-
-\erroronpage{606}{para 2, l.1}{HjG}{2005/05/16}{4}
-   ``The \textsf{epic} \ldots'' \>
-   either: ``\textsf{epic} \ldots''
-   or: ``The \textsf{epic} package \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{606}{para 3, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
-   Delete comma and move word:\\
-   ``This command\u{, which} is a variant \ldots\ command, allows
-   \ldots'' \>\\
-   ``This command is a variant \ldots\ command, \u{which} allows
-   \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{606}{second boxed text}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
-      Brackets should also be in `typerwriter font'.
-
-\erroronpage{606}{para -1}{HjG/FMi}{2005/05/19}{4}
-      The arguments ``\textit{$\Delta$width}'' and
-      ``\textit{$\Delta$height}'' are mistakenly used in math mode. In
-      the book that means a different font and different kerning.
-
-\erroronpage{606--608}{all boxed texts}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
-      All the parentheses `(' and `)' (9 pairs in total)
-      should be in `typewriter font'.
-
-\erroronpage{609}{}{FMi}{2004/06/07}{2}
-      Editorial comment: reprinted see earlier summary entries.
-
-\erroronpage{610}{first two boxed texts}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
-      All the parentheses `(' and `)' (6 pairs in total)
-      should be in `typewriter font'.
-
-\erroronpage{612}{exa 10-1-25}{PYu/FMi}{2004/07/05}{2}
-      The |\protect| in front of |\footnotesize| (twice) is not necessary.
-
-\erroronpage{613}{para 1, ll.2/3}{HjG}{2004/06/21}{2}
-   Citations disrupt sentence!\\
-   ``\ldots\ bundle [48,49] or [57, Chapter~6] for \ldots'' \> \\
-   ``\ldots\ bundle \u{(see }[48,49] or [57, Chapter~6]\u)''\\
-    and move the parenthesised citations to the end of the sentence.
-
-\erroronpage{614}{para 1, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
-   Missing closing quotes:
-   ``the ``extended\u{\strut''} or ``enhanced'' \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{615}{Tab.\ 10.1}{FMi}{2006/10/21}{s}
-The important driver ``vtex'' is missing. On the other hand
-some of the listed drivers are only of historical interest.
-
-\erroronpage{616}{boxed texts}{FMi}{2004/05/26}{2}
-   Corrections as outlined in summary entry above.
-
-\erroronpage{618}{boxed text}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
-   Replace: ``\textit{key val list}'' \> ``\textit{key/val-list}''
-   (also in following text).
-
-\erroronpage{619}{viewport}{BMo/FMi}{2007/10/20}{s}
-   Explanation of \texttt{viewport} key changed to better explain that it only
-   changes the space reserved but doesn't prevent printing the whole graphic
-   (unless \texttt{clip} is used additionally)
-
-\erroronpage{620}{editorial change}{FMi}{2007/10/20}{s}
-   Text changes on previous page results in different page break.
-
-\erroronpage{620}{para 1, l.1; para 2, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
-   Replace:
-   ``the first \u{seven} keys'' \> ``the first \u{eight} keys''\\
-   ``The first \u{nine} keys'' \> ``The first \u{ten} keys''
-
-\erroronpage{620}{para 5, l.2}{FMi}{2005/04/27}{4}
-   Replace:
-   ``\ldots in the \u{optional arguments}.'' \>
-   ``\ldots in the \textit{key/val-list}.'' 
-
-%\erroronpage{621}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
-%   Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
-
-\erroronpage{623}{para 1, l.7}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
-   Delete word: ``some \u{of} key combinations''
-
-\erroronpage{623}{boxed text}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
-   Replace: ``\textit{key val list}'' \> ``\textit{key/val-list}''
-   (also in following text).
-
-\erroronpage{630}{para 3, l.3}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2}
- Replace: ``the next |\parbox| examples'' \> ``the next
-        \u{\texttt{tabular}} examples''
-
-\erroronpage{631}{para.2, l.6}{FMi/HjG}{2006/10/22}{s}
-  Ersetze: "`\u{This point} is shown \ldots"' \>
-           "`\u{This} is shown \ldots"'
-
-\erroronpage{631}{para -1, l.-1}{JBr}{2004/08/02}{2}
-   Replace: ``\textit{key val}'' \> ``\textit{key/val}''
-
-\erroronpage{632}{fig. 10.2}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
-   The horizontal extent of the box is called ``|length|'' \>
-   probably better: ``|width|''.\\
-   Missing standalone horizontal specs:
-   ``|[l]|'' $\equiv$ ``|[lc]|'';
-   ``|[r]|'' $\equiv$ ``|[rc]|''.
-
-\erroronpage{632}{boxed text}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
-   Replace: ``\textit{key val list}'' \> ``\textit{key/val-list}''
-
-\erroronpage{633}{para 1, ll.4/5}{HjG}{2005/05/16}{4}
-   Add character: ``A matrix \ldots\ appear\u{s} below.''
-
-\erroronpage{633}{l.-2}{HjG/DPa}{2004/06/07}{2}
-   Replace: ``The material in the section can be compared to
-   Sebastian\ldots'' \>
-   ``The material in this section is similar to that of Sebastian\ldots''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{633}{example}{HjG}{2006/10/21}{s}
-  The first column shows incorrect output: instead of x=0mm it uses some
-  internal default.
-
-\erroronpage{634}{editorial change}{FMi}{2006/10/21}{s}
-  Fix on previous page will change page break.
-
-
-\erroronpage{637}{footnote 2}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{2}
-   Bug in \texttt{url.sty} generated extra space.
-
-\erroronpage{639}{boxed text}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
-   The parentheses `(' and `)' should be in `typewriter font'.
-
-\erroronpage{640}{para -1, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
-   ``the second |\vector| is truncated'' \>
-   ``the second |\vector| is not rendered correctly''
-
-\erroronpage{641}{first two boxed texts}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
-   The parentheses `(' and `)' around ``x1,y1'' (3 pairs in total)
-   should be in `typewriter font'.\\
-   All coordinates should be in (math) italic with subscripts
-   (cf., e.g., pp.607/610): $x_1$, $y_1$, $x_2$, $y_2$.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{641}{para 2 l.1}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2}
-  Replace: ``between points (x1,y2)'' \> ``between points (x1,\u{y1})''
-
-\erroronpage{641}{syntax boxes}{FMi}{2004/06/01}{2}
-  The variable parts do not show the right fonts.
-
-\erroronpage{641}{para 3, l.1}{ReSt}{2005/04/17}{4}
-  Remove: ``The |\Curve| command\u{s} is similar\ldots'' 
-
-\erroronpage{641}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
-   Second occurrence of mandatory argument should use the same font as
-   the first one, i.e., ``\textit{m}'' instead of ``\texttt{m}''.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{641}{para 4, ll.2/3}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
-   Change sentence:\\
-   ``Like |\linethickness|, it is an absolute value \u{in points}
-   (i.e., not affected by |\unitlength|)\u{ with the unit omitted}.''
-   \>\\
-   ``Like |\linethickness|, it is an absolute value (i.e., not
-   affected by |\unitlength|)\u{, given in any of \LaTeX's units}.''
-
-\erroronpage{642}{item 6, l.2}{ReSt}{2005/04/28}{4}
-  Remove: ``font information \u{information} to allow\ldots''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{643}{para 4, l.3}{MSc}{2004/06/04}{2}
-        delete ``,and .gif''
-
-\erroronpage{643}{para 3, l.1}{FMi}{2005/11/11}{s}
-  Unfortunately Th\`anh's name is misspelled. The correct spelling
-  is ``H\`an Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}} Th\`anh''.
-
-\erroronpage{643}{para 4, l.5}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
-Add: ``\ldots can be converted to PDF by
-ImageMagick's \texttt{convert} utility\u{, \texttt{eps2pdf}} (\u{both
-of} which call \texttt{ghostscript} 
-internally), \texttt{Acrobat Distiller}, or\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{646}{l.1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/08}{2}
-Add:
- ``(If the \texttt{dvi} file contains more than one
-page several output files are generated.)''
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Chapter 11}
-
-\erroronpage{651}{1st example}{PYu}{2004/07/01}{2}
-  ``Page 9 :'' should be typeset ``Page 9:''.
-
-\erroronpage{652}{2nd example}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2}
-   Missing colon: ``Page 22\u{\strut:}''
-
-\erroronpage{652}{l.-3}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2}
-   Surplus words: ``The latter case \u{is for} allows for \ldots''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{654}{para 2 l.7}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2}
-  Missing |}|:  ``like
-  |\index{\texttt{|\emph{key}|}|\u{\texttt{\textbraceright}} and''
-                                
-
-
-%That's a nice one: somehow the copy-editor has but the output is one
-%of the few remaining graphics in the book, sigh
-
-\seriouserroronpage{656}{figs. 11.3+4}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2}
-   The text on p.649, l.1 claims:
-   ``Figures 11.3 and 11.4 on page 656 show the input and generated
-   output of a small \LaTeX{} document, \ldots, together with the
-   result of including the \textsf{showidx} package \ldots''
-   This does not quite hold: There are some differences in the text
-   and the output of \textsf{showidx} contains some index entries not
-   present in the source.
-
-\vspace{.5\baselineskip}
-   %
-\hspace*{-100pt}\begin{minipage}[b]{\linewidth}
-   \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} \hline
-   \multicolumn{3}{c}{Differences in the text} \\ \hline
-       & source (fig. 11.3) & output (fig. 11.4) \\ \hline
-   \S1 & \ldots actually written into that file \u{only} \ldots
-       & \ldots actually \u{only} written into that file \ldots \\
-   \S2 & \u{To} prepare the index \ldots
-       & \u{In order to} prepare the index  \ldots\\
-   \S2 & \ldots, \u {such as} \ldots
-       & \ldots, \u{like} \ldots \\
-   \S3 & \ldots by \u{the index processor} \ldots
-       & \ldots by \u{\texttt{makeindex}} \ldots \\ \hline
-   \multicolumn{3}{c}{Missing index entries} \\ \hline
-       & \multicolumn{2}{l}{include index} \\
-       & \multicolumn{2}{l}{Final production run} \\
-       & \multicolumn{2}{l}{makeindex@\texttt{makeindex} program
-             \emph{(2nd instance)}} \\ \hline
-   \end{tabular}
-\end{minipage}
-
-\vspace{.5\baselineskip}
-The source has now been edited to match the printed output.
-
-
-\erroronpage{656}{}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{s}
-   How horrible the page rotated counterclockwise! 
-
-\erroronpage{657}{\texttt{-p} item, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2}
-   Add word: ``\ldots the three \u{special} cases \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{660}{tab 11.1, note}{JMH}{2005/08/06}{4}
- Swap the words ``single'' and ``double''
-
-\iffalse
-% not a bug make it look nicer 
-\erroronpage{661}{tab. 11.2, right col.}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{}
-   Inter-line spacing in multiple-line entries ???\\(Keywords:
-   |headings_flag|, |item_x1|, |delim_0|, |page_precedence|)
-\fi
-
-\erroronpage{661}{tab. 11.2, l.12}{JMH}{2005/08/06}{4}
- The identifier referred is ``\texttt{heading\_flag}'', but the
- description uses the word ``\texttt{flag}''.
-
-
-\erroronpage{662}{l.6}{RPa}{2004/09/14}{4}
-    The |-p| option is described on page 657.
-
-
-% in short rnaRA is correct
-\seriouserroronpage{664/665}{para -2/-1}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2}
-   Confusion: default value of |page_precedence|:\\
-   In para~\mbox{-2}, l.\mbox{-1}:
-     ``\ldots; the default is |rRnaA|, as noted in Table~11.2 on
-     page~661.''
-   But in that table, ``|"rnaRA"|'' is given!\\
-   In para~\mbox{-1}, l.\mbox{-2}:
-     ``\ldots\ default |page_precedence| of |rnaRA| \ldots''!\\
-   (Also note that the remarks on p.666, para~2, suggest |rRnaA|,
-   referring to the same table as above.)
-
-Changed to consistently refer to rnaRA.
-
-page 666 changed to reflect rnaRA:\\
-`` \ldots\ assumes that pages numbered with lowercase Roman
-numerals precede those numbered with Arabic numerals, which in turn
-precede those numbered with the lowercase alphabet, uppercase Roman
-numerals and finally the uppercase alphabet. 
-
-
-\seriouserroronpage{661/664-5}{}{FMi}{2005/08/14}{4}
-
-  Confusion: the changes made in the second printing were wrong! The
-  default for |page_precedence| is |rRnaA| after all. (Or more
-  precisely: the program code shows |rnaRA| as the default but that
-  value is never used and the program logic implements |rRnaA| -- what
-  a mess.)
-
-  Most of that section rewriten to better explain the limitations of
-  MakeIndex in the area of ``funny'' page numbers.
-
-
-\seriouserroronpage{666}{para 4 l.5 and l.6}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2}
-  Add extra visual space in second index: ``Likewise, 
-  \verb*=\index{a space}= and 
-  \verb*=\index{a  space}= produce\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{668}{boxed text}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2}
-   Slight inconsistency (also in subsequent text: para~\mbox{-2}):
-   File arguments named ``\emph{idx1 idx2 \ldots}'' -- as opposed to
-   pp.~655 and~674, where they're named ``\emph{idx0 idx1 \ldots}''.
-
-\erroronpage{669}{para 3}{JS}{2004/07/24}{2}
-   Since xindy ignores all macros, it has no problems at all with
-   formatting macros, but more problems with macros producing text.
-   Substituted this paragraph with:
-
-   ``\texttt{texindy} ignores unknown
-   \TeX{} commands by default under the assumption that they do not
-   produce text. It also knows about typical text-producing commands
-   like \verb=\LaTeX= and \verb=\BibTeX= and handles them correctly.
-   If you have your own command definition that produces text, or if you
-   use one supplied by a package, then the entry is sorted
-   incorrectly. You will either need to specify an explicit sort key
-   in your index entry, as in \verb=\index{prog@\Prog}=, or write a
-   \texttt{xindy} style file with a merge rule, as explained in
-   Section~11.3.4.
-
-   Be aware that producing index entries in arguments of commands has
-   its own pitfalls, e.g., in 
-   \verb=\command{Properties of \Prog\index{\Prog}}=.  
-   Then \LaTeX{} commands might be expanded
-   before they are written to the \texttt{idx} file and the placement
-   in the index will depend on the expansion of \verb=\Prog=.''
-
-\erroronpage{669}{para -2, l.3}{MKu/FMi}{2004/07/01}{2}% already done by fmi
-   Add: ``\ldots \verb|\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}| to all her
-   documents \u{(or on recent Linux distributions the 
-   option \texttt{utf8})}, while\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{669}{section 11.3.2, para 2, L.3}{JMH}{2005/08/06}{4}
-"*her* documents": why a female *her*?
-
-\erroronpage{670}{table 11.3}{TMW/JS}{2004/06/07}{2}
-   texindy can only work with Latin scripts out of the box. Removed
-   all other languages, and checked list of supported languages with
-   current xindy ``\LaTeX{} Companion Release''.
-
-\erroronpage{671}{para 2}{JS}{2004/06/07}{2}
-Replace with: ``There are about 50 predefined languages available, 35 of them are
-readily usable with \texttt{texindy}. They are listed in
-Table~11.3 on the facing page; you select one of them with the
-\texttt{texindy} option~\texttt{-L}. The other predefined
-languages have non-Latin scripts, their usage is described in the
-\texttt{xindy} documentation.
-
-
-\erroronpage{672}{table 11.4}{TSS/JS/CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
-   The \verb|word-order| module has two essentially equivalent
-   descriptions. The |letter-order| module doesn't mention that
-   it's turned on by texindy option \texttt{-l}. Use ``so-called'' as
-   an example for |ignore-hyphen|. Add table footnote ``When two
-   entries are identical except for ignored characters, those
-   characters are not ignored any more.''
-
-\erroronpage{673}{para 5, ll.2/3}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2}
-   Words need to be swapped:
-   ``multiple \u{characters may} form a unit''
-
-\erroronpage{674}{para 1 l.1}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2}
-    Extra word: ``those \u{of} available''
-
-\erroronpage{674/675}{boxed text and item list below}{JS}{2004/07/24}{2}
-    Add option |[-C codepage]|. Add explanation between option |-L|
-    and |-q|: ``Use \textit{codepage} as internal base
-    encoding for sorting. This is used for fine-grained control of language
-    module selection, needed only for non-Latin scripts.''
-
-\erroronpage{675}{example code}{JS}{2004/07/24}{2}
-    Exchange xindy example style file with one that works. (Half of the
-    lines were problematic in subtle ways.)
-
-\erroronpage{679}{example 3, para after the source}{JMH}{2005/08/06}{4}
- \texttt{:define-attributes} \> \texttt{define-attributes}
-
-\seriouserroronpage{679}{descr of theindex}{DSch}{2005/05/23}{4}
-  Comparing the code in TLC2 with \texttt{book.cls} made me realize
-that the |\columnsep| command must come \emph{before} |\twocolumn| in
-order to have the desired effect.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{680}{descr of theindex}{DSch}{2005/05/23}{4}
-  Comparing the code in TLC2 with \texttt{book.cls} made me realize
-that the |\columnsep| command must come \emph{before} |\twocolumn| in
-order to have the desired effect.
-
-\erroronpage{680}{First code block}{AFV}{2006/01/13}{s}
-   Correct: |\mark|\texttt{\u k}|both| \>
-   |\markboth|
-
-\erroronpage{681}{para 1 of \S 11.4.3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
-    Extra word: ``augments \u{the} \LaTeX's indexing mechanism''
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Chapter 12}
-
-\erroronpage{general}{several pages}{HVo/FMi}{2004/05/21}{} 
-    The German word  ``Schuldrecht'' is incorrectly hyphenated as
-    ``Schul\-drecht'' in several examples due to the fact that English
-    hyphenation patterns are used unless the language is
-    explicitly marked. This is a deliberate effect, see pages 719 and
-    733--734.
-
-\erroronpage{683}{para 3, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/12}{2}
-   Missing word:
-   ``The chapter begins \u{with} a short introduction \ldots''
-
-
-\erroronpage{684/685}{exa 12-1-2, l.-2 of source}{BMo/FMi}{2004/05/16}{2}
-      ``But then it might not'' should be ``But then they might not''
-      for parallelism with the ``Multiple authors'' to which it is
-      referring.
-
-      Also changed: ``Multiple authors'' \> ``Entries with multiple
-      authors''
-      so that it is clear that not the authors are a problem (though
-      come to think of it: given the example's authors\ldots)
-
-\erroronpage{685}{exa 12-1-1/2}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2}
-   Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data
-   base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change
-   slightly in a reprint.
-
-
-\erroronpage{687}{para 1}{FMi}{2004/08/03}{2}
-Add: ``Depending on the layout produced by the class,
-it may result in \u{a normal space,} some extra space\u, or in starting a new line.''
-
-\erroronpage{688}{figure 12.1}{JMH}{2005/07/18}{4}
- Replace in first item: |\cite| \> |\citation|
-
-\erroronpage{690}{entry test97}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/18}{2}
-      Add ``\texttt{and others}'' to the author field. Otherwise the
-      example explanations in chapter 13 (pages 793--797) are
-      partially wrong.
-
-      Editorial comment: This change will affect the output of a
-      number of examples in chapter 12 as well.
-
-\erroronpage{691}{syntax box}{HjG}{2004/06/13}{2}
-   Set commas in `typewriter font'
-
-\erroronpage{694}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/13}{2}
-   Missing comma: `\,``see [2--3,7\u,13]''\,'
-
-\erroronpage{696}{para 1, l.1}{DAl}{2005/08/21}{4}
-   Missing word: ``\ldots option \u{is} shown in Example 12-2-9\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{697}{para 3, l.5}{HjG}{2004/06/13}{2}
-   Move period: `\,``Ref\u{''.}\,' \> `\,``Ref\u{.''}\,'
-
-%%\erroronpage{702}{para 2, l.2}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{}
-%%      ``Evidently'' does not seem to me to be quite the right word here.
-%
-% not convinced yet /FMi
-
-\erroronpage{705}{exa 12-3-17/18}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2}
-   Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data
-   base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change
-   slightly in a reprint.
-
-\erroronpage{705}{para 3, l.5}{TMi}{2004/08/27}{4}
-   Replace ``Geophysics'' with ``Geophysical''.
-
-\erroronpage{707}{exa 12-3-22}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2}
-   Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data
-   base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change
-   slightly in a reprint.
-
-\erroronpage{707}{exa 12-3-22, l.-2 of source}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
-      ``But then it might not'' should be ``But then they might not''
-      for parallelism with the ``Multiple authors'' to which it is
-      referring.
-
-      Also changed: ``Multiple authors'' \> ``Entries with multiple
-      authors''
-
-
-\erroronpage{708}{para 3, l.6}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2}
-  Replace: ``situati\u{ui}n'' \>  ``situation''
-
-\erroronpage{708}{para 4, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/14}{2}
-   Add: ``when using \u{the} \texttt{chicago} \u{\BibTeX\ style}.''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{710}{para 4, l.2}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
-      Replace: 
-      ``locate the printed version.'' \> ``locate the
-     article within the journal.''
-
-\erroronpage{713}{para 1, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/14}{2}
-   Replace: ``|\citep|'' \> ``|\citealp|''
-
-\erroronpage{717}{para 1, l.4}{JMH}{2005/07/18}{4}
-Add word: ``If you \u{only} want to specify an \textit{annotator},
-\ldots''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{719}{para 4, l.-2/-1}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2}
-  Extra word:  ``the \u{the} journal'' \\
-  Correct explanation:  ``\ldots the journal name\u{, volume number,}
-  and year of publication, which is why we got ``TUGboat \u{10
-  [}1989\u]''.'' 
-
-\seriouserroronpage{719}{syntax box}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/14}{2}
-   Order of optional arguments are like |\cite| (i.e., swapped):\\
-   |\citetitle[|\emph{post-note}|]{|\emph{key(s)}|}|  or
-   |\citetitle[|\emph{annotator}|][|\emph{post-note}|]{|\emph{key(s)}|}|\\
-   |\cite*[|\emph{post-note}|]{|\emph{key(s)}|}| or
-   |\cite*[|\emph{annotator}|][|\emph{post-note}|]{|\emph{key(s)}|}|
-
-\seriouserroronpage{722}{para 2, ll.2/3}{HjG}{2004/06/14}{2}
-   Correct explanation: ``\ldots is always ``author name, journal,
-   \u{volume,} and year''.''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{723}{syntax box}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/14}{2}
-   Order of optional arguments are like with |\cite|:\\
-   |\fullcite[|\emph{post-note}|]{|\emph{key(s)}|}| or
-   |\fullcite[|\emph{annotator}|][|\emph{post-note}|]{|\emph{key(s)}|}|
-
-\erroronpage{726}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/14}{2}
-   Delete comma:
-   ``\ldots\ when used together\u, with \ldots''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{727}{para 3, l.-3}{JBe}{2004/06/01}{2}
-  Replace: \texttt{\textbackslash jbnovarioref} \>
-  \texttt{\textbackslash jbignorevarioref} 
-
-\erroronpage{727}{examples 12-5-21/22}{FMi}{2004/06/03}{2}
-  Not wrong, but it looks funny: due to the chosen example height the
-  footnote from the previous page (not shown) is partially carried
-  over so we get ``43311-7'' as the first item in the footnote. That
-  is the last part of the ISBN number see example 12-5-20.
-
-  Previous page enlarged by one line to avoid this.
-  \verb|\AtBeginDocument{\enlargethispage*{\baselineskip}}|
-  added to (hidden) preamble commands.
-
-\erroronpage{729}{para 1, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/14}{2}
-   Correct: ``to ``Ibid.\u{, \S\,3}''.''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{730}{example 12-5-28}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2}
- Citation 7 and 8 are similar, but the description above says
- something else...
-
- To correct this mistake and to better show what happens, the example
- was changed to contain a slightly different set of citations (same
- change was made to example 12-5-27):
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Full citations: \cite{aschur} \cite{bschur} 
-  not shown on the left!
-\newpage 
-  text \cite[\S\,7]{aschur} text
-  \cite[\S\,8]{aschur} \cite[\S\,16]{zpo}
-  text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur} \cite{aschur}
-  text \cite[\S\,3]{zpo}
-\end{verbatim}
-And the text above the example was changed as follows:
-
-  ``If \texttt{name\&title\&auto} was selected (either implicitly or
-explicitly), then the following happens: the first citation of a
-publication automatically displays the full entry (citation~5 in the
-next example).  In case of repeated citations to unambiguous works
-only the name of the author(s) are shown (citation~8). For ambiguous citations 
-this will be done only for immediately following citations
-(citation~4). However, if there are
-intervening citations, then the name(s) and short titles are shown
-(citations~3, 6, and~7).''
-
-\erroronpage{731}{para 1, l.4}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/15}{2}
-   Correct/change to: ``that \u{two}
-             citation\u{s} \ldots\ \u{are} actually wrong:''
-
-\erroronpage{732}{para 3. l.2}{JMH}{2005/07/18}{4}
-Replace: ``in which case \u{the first} cross-reference \ldots''
-\> ``in which case \u{a} cross-reference \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{734}{para 1, l.2}{CKr}{2005/05/7}{4}
-   Correct: |\bibgerman| \> |\bib|\u{\texttt s}|german|
-
-\erroronpage{734}{para 2, l.-1}{CKr}{2005/03/24}{4}
-   Remove surplus letters: ``get the correct\u{ion} hyphenation.''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{741}{l.-5}{HjG}{2004/06/15}{2}
-   Missing closing brace:
-   |\renewcommand\opcit{\textit{supra}|\u{\texttt{\textbraceright}}
-
-\seriouserroronpage{743}{item 3}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2}
- Equal sign missing: \texttt{sortkey\u{ = }"Bismarck, Otto von"}.
- 
-\erroronpage{744}{exa 12-5-48/49}{HjG}{2004/06/15}{}
-   There's a spurious space before all occurrences of
-   ``\textsc{D. E. Knuth}''! \\ This is (partly, ie in the footnote)
-   due to a missing percent in the definition of |\@realcite| and
-   |\@printbibliography| in the camel package.  Seems that a problem
-   with the volume parsing in camel is the reason for the surplus
-   spaces showing up in the bibliography output.  Reported to the
-   author.
-
-\erroronpage{745}{ll.3/4}{HjG}{2004/06/15}{2}
-   Missing metaness:\\
-   ``\ldots\ \texttt{jobname.tts}'' \>
-   ``\ldots\ \meta{jobname}\texttt{.tts}''\\
-   ``\ldots\ \texttt{jobname.lts}'' \>
-   ``\ldots\ \meta{jobname}\texttt{.lts}''
-
-\erroronpage{746}{tab 12.2}{HjG}{2004/06/15}{2}
-   Replace (`bibtopic' column, row 4; `multibib' column, row 7):\\
-   ``no'' \> ``No''
-
-\erroronpage{746}{Tab. 12.2}{THa}{2004/06/21}{2}  
-  Change ``Requires tailored .bib files''  \> ``Works with standard
-  .bib files'' 
-  (and change matching row entries)
-
-\erroronpage{746}{Tab. 12.2}{THa}{2004/06/21}{2} 
-  Change: ``Above typeset together somewhere'' \>
- ``Group bibliographies together''
-
-\erroronpage{749}{para -1, l.1}{THa}{2004/06/22}{2} 
-  Missing accents: ``Jose Alberto Fernandez'' \> ``Jos\'e Alberto
-  Fern\'andez'' 
-  
-\erroronpage{750}{para -3, l.-2}{CKr}{2005/03/31}{4}
- Delete surplus word: ``\ldots as \u{the} the auxiliary files would be
- overwritten.''
-
-\erroronpage{752}{para 1, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/15}{2}
-   Delete backslash:
-   ``\ldots in an \texttt{\u\textbackslash article} class).''
-
-\erroronpage{753}{para 4, l.5}{HjG}{2004/06/15}{2}
-   Replace: ``|\bibliography|'' \> ``|\bibliographystyle|''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{755/756}{}{THa}{2004/06/21}{2}  
-  Wrong limitation of multibib: The whole passage from ``A final
-  difference'' up to  ``|nocite|.'' should be replaced with something
-  like: ``The multibib package (since version 2.3 of 2004/01/24) is
-  compatible with most other packages that provide extensions to the
-  cite mechanisms, including \textsf{cite}, \textsf{natbib}, and
-  {jurabib}. Moreover, the package provides a general interface which
-  allows to add arbitrary extensions of cite commands to be recognized
-  by \textsf{multibib}.''
-
-  Editorial comment: change affects pagebreak position.
-
-\erroronpage{756}{Ex. 12-6-10}{THa/FMi}{2004/06/21}{2}
-  Replace source text with:
-   |\LaTeX{} offers an interface to include|\\
-   |graphics \citelatex{LGC97}. \LaTeX's|\\
-   |default citation scheme is| \\
-   |number-only \cite{vLeunen:92}.|\\
-  i.e., move/remove the sentence periods. This should not affect the
-  output as the superscript is moved and double periods are removed.
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Chapter 13}
-
-% perhaps
-\erroronpage{758}{para 3, ll.1/2}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
-    Delete word: ``\ldots\ to look for
-   \u{management} tools that help in managing such databases.''
-
-\erroronpage{758}{para 4}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/16}{2}
-  Add+change: ``Once everything is under control, we return in
-   \u{Section~13.5} to the task of typesetting
-and look at how different \BibTeX{} styles can be used to produce
-different bibliography layouts from the same input. As there may not
-be a suitable style for a particular set of layout requirements
-available, Section~\u{13.5.2} discusses how to
-generate\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{763}{tab. 13.1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/16}{2}
-   In the explanation for \texttt{misc}, replace:\\
-   ``(i.e., the entire field is empty)'' \>
-   ``(i.e., the entire entry  is empty or has only ignored fields).''
-
-\erroronpage{764}{para -3, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
-   Add: ``following a field \u{name (and \texttt= sign)}''
-
-\erroronpage{765}{tab. 13.2}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
-   In the explanation for \texttt{type}:\\
-   l.2: Add word:
-        ``For the \u{entry} type \texttt{phdthesis} \ldots''\\
-   l.3: Punctuation is not part of string:
-        ``|type = "{Ph.D.} dissertation|\texttt{\u.}|"|'' \>
-        ``|type = "{Ph.D.} dissertation"|\u.''\\
-   l.5: Punctuation is not part of strings:\\
-        ``\texttt{chapter = "1.2\u," type = "Section\u."}'' \> \\
-        ``\texttt{chapter = "1.2"}\u{ and} \texttt{type = "Section"}\u.''
-
-\erroronpage{765}{`key's description, l.1}{JMH}{2005/06/29}{4}
-Remove ``cross-referencing'': cross-referencing just uses key appearing in
-|\cite| commands.
-
-\erroronpage{766/767}{several places}{DAl}{2005/09/12}{4}
-  Replaced ``Miguel Lopez Fernandez'' by ``Miguel Parra Benavides''
-  as the original name would really require accents that are not yet
-  discussed at this point.
-
-\erroronpage{766}{para 6, l.1 }{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2}
-  Move comma:  Fernandez\u{,''}  should be Fernandez\u{'',}
-
-\erroronpage{767}{l.7}{SPe}{2007/05/21}{s}
-``Miguel Parra Benavides'' is missing closing quotes.
-
-\erroronpage{767}{l.10}{SPe}{2007/05/21}{s}
-``Parra'' and ``Benavides'' are missing closing quotes.
-
-\erroronpage{768}{para 4, l.4}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2}
-  Replace:  ``(see Section 13.2.2)'' \> ``(see below)'' \\
-  After all we are in 13.2.2 :-)
-
-\erroronpage{770}{para 1, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
-   Replace: ``text \u{field} of \BibTeX\ \u{entries}'' \>
-            ``text \u{part} of \BibTeX\ \u{fields}''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{771}{verb. text}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
-   Surplus closing brace:
-   ``|"\providecommand\url[1]{\texttt{#1}}|\texttt{\u\textbraceright}|"|''
-
-\erroronpage{771}{l.-3}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
-   Change: ``different sorting rules from English'' \>
-            ``sorting rules different from those of English''
-
-\erroronpage{772}{l.-5}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
-   Shell command line should be underlined (as on pp.~775--778).
-
-\erroronpage{773}{para 3, ll.2/3}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
-   Change: ``put \u{from \BibTeX}\ into the \texttt{.bbl} file'' \>
-           ``put into the \texttt{.bbl} file \u{by \BibTeX}''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{773}{para 3, ll.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
-   Change: ``and \u{an} additional \LaTeX\ run'' \>
-           ``and \u{two} additional \LaTeX\ run\u{s}''
-
-\erroronpage{773}{para -2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
-   Add: ``articles and book\u{s}''
-
-\erroronpage{775}{para -2, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
-   Change font: ``in the \texttt{\u{string}} parameter'' \>
-                ``in the \emph{\u{string}} parameter''
-
-\erroronpage{777}{program output}{FMi}{2004/08/03}{2}
-After changing the bib file  this line comes out as:
-\begin{verbatim}
-%% "EX/tex.bib", line 92: Unexpected value in ``year = "1980ff"''.
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\erroronpage{777}{para -1, l.-3}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
-   Change: ``all \u{entries} are examined'' \>
-           ``all \u{fields of an entry} are examined''
-
-\erroronpage{777}{para -1, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
-   Change: ``value part of the \u{entries}'' \>
-           ``value part of the \u{fields}''
-
-\erroronpage{778}{para 4,l.2}{JMH}{2005/07/18}{4}
- Replace:  ``\texttt{year=1980ff}'' \> ``|year={1980ff}|''
-
-\erroronpage{779--784}{throughout}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
-   Shell command lines should be underlined (as on pp.~775--778).
-
-\erroronpage{779}{para 3, l.2/3}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
-   Add: ``one ore more \BibTeX\ databases as its argument\u{(s)}''
-
-\erroronpage{779}{footnote 2}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
-   Add second hyphen: ``after the \texttt{-} option.''
-                  \> ``after the \texttt{-\u-} option.''
-
-\erroronpage{780}{top}{FMi}{2004/08/03}{2}
-   Spurious space on top of page.
-
-\erroronpage{784}{para 1, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
-   Typo (forgotten backslash!?):
-   ``Progpybliographer'' \> ``\textsf{pybliographer}''
-
-\erroronpage{787}{l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
-   Shell command line should be underlined (as on pp.~775--778).
-
-\erroronpage{787}{para -2, l.1}{CKr}{2005/04/20}{4}
-   Remove surplus letter: ``The \textsf{JBibtexManager} program
-   develop\u{p}ed by Nizar Batada''
-
-\erroronpage{788}{fig. caption}{FMi}{2004/05/14}{2}
-   Add: The \textsf{JBibtexManager} workspace with the \u{(German locale)}
-
-\erroronpage{788}{footnote}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
-   Replace: ``Most of these restrictions have been lifted in the
-  new version of JBibtexManager.''
-
-\erroronpage{789}{para 2, l.1}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
-  Replace: ``\ldots are kept unchanged but they are
-           neither visible nor modifiable from within the program.'' \\
-   \>
-  ``\ldots are neither visible nor modifiable
-    except when using the ``raw \BibTeX'' mode in the newest version of
-    the program. ''
-
-
-\erroronpage{789}{para 3}{FMi}{2005/06/02}{4}
-Replace whole paragraph with:
-``The program is not available on CTAN. Its current home is
-\texttt{https://www.jabref.org}, where it was merged
-with a similar project called  \textsf{BibKeeper}
-under the new name \textsf{JabRef}.''
-
-\erroronpage{789}{para 5, l.3}{FMi}{2004/05/14}{2}
-   Small rewrite:
-   The only ``foreign'' export formats supported are \texttt{.bbl} files
-   \u{and \texttt{.htm} files} (i.e., processing a selection of entries with
-   \BibTeX{} or \BibTeX8 from within the program and producing HTML
-   from a selection of entries\u{)}.
-
-\erroronpage{791--793}{tab 13.4}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
-   \texttt{apa.bst} -- add:
-       ``American Psychology Association \u{\BibTeX\ style}'' \\
-   \texttt{jmb.bst} -- add:
-       ``\emph{Journal of Molecular Biology}  \u{\BibTeX}\ style''\\ 
-   Some journal names are written in italic, other's aren't:
-       Astronomy; Behavioral and Brain Sciences; Human Biology.
-
-
-\erroronpage{793}{para 1, l.2}{SN}{2004/06/11}{2}
-   Remove surplus word: ``using another \u{the} \BibTeX{} style''.
-
-\erroronpage{793}{para 2,l.5}{DAl}{2005/09/03}{4}
-   Remove comma: ``\ldots wich will show us\u{,} how different\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{794}{exa 13-5-1/2}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2}
-   Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data
-   base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change
-   slightly in a reprint.
-
-\erroronpage{795}{exa 13-5-3/4}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2}
-   Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data
-   base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change
-   slightly in a reprint.
-
-\erroronpage{795}{para 2, l.2}{JMH}{2005/07/18}{4}
- Replace:  ``author's name'' \>  ``authors' names''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{795}{para 2, ll.4/5}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
-   The text states: ``Also note the interesting label produced for the
-   reference with more than three authors.'' \\
-   However, example 13-5-4 cannot show this, as there are only three
-   authors (item~[GUD97]).
-
-\erroronpage{796}{exa 13-5-5/6}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2}
-   Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data
-   base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change
-   slightly in a reprint.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{796}{para 1, ll.-2/-1}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
-   The text states: ``Note that the entry with more than three authors
-   has now been collapsed, showing only the first one.'' \\
-   Again, example 13-5-5 does not show this, as there are only three
-   authors, and all three are shown (item~[5]).
-
-\seriouserroronpage{797}{para 3, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
-   Replace:
-   ``\ldots; as a result, we get an incomplete \u{first} entry.'' \>
-   ``\ldots; as a result, we get an incomplete \u{second} entry.'' \\
-   (Obviously, the citation of \texttt{LGC97} has been added to
-   example 13-5-7 \emph{after} this text was written.)
-
-\erroronpage{797}{exa 13-5-7}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2}
-   Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data
-   base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change
-   slightly in a reprint.
-
-\erroronpage{798}{tab 13.5, l. 1-2}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{s}
-  Replace: ``Erwin'' \>
-  '`Ervin''
-
-\erroronpage{798}{para 1, l.3}{CKr}{2005/04/23}{4}
-   Remove surplus word: ``\ldots, then it is all that \u{it} is necessary.''
-
-\erroronpage{800}{Citation scheme,l.2}{DAl}{2005/09/03}{4}
-    Replace letter: ``\ldots different questions th\u{a}n if you  
- choose\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{802}{para 2, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2}
-   Replace: ``derivation'' \> ``deviation''
-
-\erroronpage{802}{para -1, l.3}{FMi}{2005/06/02}{4}
-   Replace wrong braces:
-    ``|\urlprefix\url[|\textit{field-value}|]|'' \>
-    ``|\urlprefix\url{|\textit{field-value}|}|'' 
-
-\erroronpage{803}{para -2, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2}
-   Replace: ``in the second phase of the \u{formatting}'' \>
-            ``in the second phase of the \u{processing}''
-
-
-\erroronpage{806}{list, item 3}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2}
-   Extra character: ``Printed in the order in which the\u{e}
-   references\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{806}{para -3}{FMi}{2005/06/02}{4}
-   Move this paragraph to the bottom of the page since it is really an
-   explanation about the functions defined for each publication type.
-
-\erroronpage{808}{table 13.8}{JMH}{2005/07/18}{4}
- Replace description for |int.to.chr$| with:
- ``Translates integers into a characters using the ASCII mapping''
-
-\erroronpage{810}{\texttt{fin.entry} example}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2}
-   Replace in ``\emph{After Modification}'' part (2~times):
-   ``|\sc|'' \> ``|\scshape|''
-
-\erroronpage{811}{para 2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2}
-   Replace: ``at the beginning of this section'' \>
-            ``on the facing page''
-
-            
-
-\CHAPTER{Chapter 14}
-
-\erroronpage{814}{para 6, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
-   Delete doubled word:
-   ``The most important \u{important} commands \ldots''
-
-%% not really a bug but inconsistent
-\erroronpage{814}{para -1, l.-2}{HOb}{2004/05/28}{2}
-  Explicitly show spaces: \verb*=% \iffalse= \ldots\  \verb*=% \fi=
-
-\erroronpage{815}{syntax boxes 2+3}{HOb}{2004/05/28}{2}
-  For clarification the argument of |\DescribeMacro| and that of
-  |\begin{macro}| should both start with a |\|.
-
-\erroronpage{816}{para -3, l.4+}{HOb}{2004/05/28}{2}
- Change sentence:
-  Note that \u{such short forms for \texttt{\textbackslash verb},
- just} like \texttt{\textbackslash verb} itself, 
- cannot appear in the argument of another command, but 
- \u{the characters} may be used
- freely inside \texttt{verbatim} and \texttt{macrocode} environments.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{820}{para 2, last line}{DHL}{2004/05/16}{2}
-  Change to: ``lines 1, 2, and \u{4} if \texttt{Bname} is also
-asked for, and lines 1, \u{3}, and 4 otherwise.''
-
-\erroronpage{820}{para 3, l.5}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
-  Remove surplus space: ``behind \%\u{~} signs\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{820}{table 14.1}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
-  Entries not sorted correctly: swap |\CheckSum| and |\CheckModules|
-
-\seriouserroronpage{821}{descr.\ of
-           \ttfamily\textbackslash DeleteShortVerb}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2} 
- \verb=\MakeshortVerb= should be \verb=\Make=\u{S}\texttt{hortVerb}\\
- \verb=\MakeshortVerb*= should be \verb=\Make=\u{S}\texttt{hortVerb*}
-
-\erroronpage{821}{table 14.1}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
-   As suggested by HOb (p.815):
-   ``|\DescribeMacro{\|\emph{cmd}|}|'' and
-   ``|\begin{macro}{\|\emph{cmd}|}|''.
-
-\erroronpage{822}{table 14.1, entry 2}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
-   |\meta{|\emph{arg}|}| ``Print \u{the} argument \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{822}{table 14.1, entry 3}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
-  Replace with: \verb=\SpecialEscapechar{\=\emph{char\/}\verb=}=
-
-\seriouserroronpage{822}{table 14.1, entry -2}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
-  Wrong default: ``(default |*|)'' \> ``(default |!|)''
-
-\erroronpage{823}{table 14.1}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
-   As suggested by HOb (p.815):
-   ``|\SpecialIndex{\|\emph{cmd}|}|'',
-   ``|\SpecialMainIndex{\|\emph{cmd}|}|'', and
-   ``|\SpecialUsageIndex{\|\emph{cmd}|}|''.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{824}{table 14.1, entry 6}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
-  Typo: |\MakePercentCommand| \> |\MakePercentComment|
-
-\erroronpage{825}{para 3, l.1}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2}
-  ``\% sign'' \> ``|%| sign''
-
-\erroronpage{825}{para 5, l.1}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2}
-  ``target'' \> ``target machine''
-
-% making the syntax box bigger affects next page as well:
-\seriouserroronpage{826/827}{code box}{UFi/FMi}{2004/05/24}{2}
- Closing brace of \verb=\generate{...}= is missing. Also it would be
- better if the box shows that several |\file| commands can be used.
-
-\erroronpage{826/827}{para -1\slash para 2}{HjG}{2005/05/15}{4}
-   The descriptions referring to the syntax box do not characterize
-   the changed contents of that box (due to a previous error report).
-
-   Not only a single \textit{result-file} is possible:\\
-   ``Within the argument to |\generate| you specify the
-   \textit{result-file} you want to produce by using a |\file|
-   declaration.''
-
-   The text ``as given above'' does no longer hold:\\
-   ``With the syntax specification for |\generate| as given above,
-   you can produce one \textit{result-file} from one or more
-   \textit{source-files}.''
-
-\erroronpage{826}{l.2}{HjG}{2005/02/26}{4}
-    Replace:  LaTeX \>  \LaTeX{}
-
-\erroronpage{826}{para -2, l.-3}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
-   Add: ``only the code piece\u{s}''
-
-\erroronpage{827}{para 2, l.-1}{HjG}{2005/05/15}{4}
-   ``source files'' \> ``\emph{source-files}''
-
-\erroronpage{827}{}{FMi}{2004/06/08}{2}
-   Editorial comment: reprinted because of pagebreak changes.
-
-\erroronpage{828}{para 3, l.2}{DHL}{2004/05/16}{2}
-   Extra word: ``If so, \u{case}'' \> ``If so,'' 
-
-\seriouserroronpage{829}{syntax box}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
-   |\preamble|, |\endpreamble|, |\postamble|, and |\endpostamble| all
-   have to be on lines by themselves, so the displayed syntax is a bit
-   misleading (to say it nicely).
-
-\erroronpage{829}{para -2, l.-2/-1}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
-   Add word: ``in \u{the} \textsc{docstrip} package documentation''
-
-\erroronpage{830}{para 4, ll.5/6}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
-   Change:
-   ``In addition, the user \u{has configured} the \textsc{docstrip}
-   program \ldots'' \>
-   ``\ldots\ \u{has to configure} \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{830}{para 5, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
-   Add: ``in the \textsc{docstrip} \u{script}''
-
-\erroronpage{831}{ll. 4 to 15}{UFi/FMi}{2004/05/27}{2}
-   The |\usedir| declarations in the example are not in accordance
-   with the TDS set-up. They show what \textsf{jurabib}
-   currently implements in its \texttt{.ins} files.
-   However, the correct set-up would be:
-\begin{verbatim}
-   \usedir{tex/latex/jurabib}
-     \file{jurabib.sty}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{package}}
-     \file{dejbbib.ldf}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{german}}
-     ...
-   \usedir{bibtex/bst/jurabib}
-     \file{jurabib.bst}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{jurabst}}
-     ...
-   \usedir{doc/latex/jurabib}
-     \file{jbtest.tex}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{test}}
-     ...
-\end{verbatim}
-   This also requires to change the text following.
-
-\erroronpage{831}{ll.16/17}{HjG}{2004/06/09}{2}
-   Double interword space?
-   (if so: 2x visible, 1x vanished in line break)\\
-   ``in \ |tex/...|'' \qquad yes, bug in \texttt{url}.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{831/832}{general}{HjG}{2004/06/09}{2}
-   Replace throughout: |\DeclareDirectory| \> |\DeclareDir|.\\
-   Unfortunately, \texttt{docstrip} is not consistent in its command names.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{832}{l. 5}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2}
-  Missing \texttt{*}: |\DeclareDir|\u{\texttt{*}}|{tex/bibtex/...|
-
-\erroronpage{832}{code blocks}{DPa}{2004/08/04}{2}
-  Three instances of |tex/bibtex| in |\DeclareDir| should lose the |tex/| to 
-  conform to TDS and change made on page 831
-
-\erroronpage{832}{2. code block}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{s}
-  Replace: |text/latex/base| \> |tex/latex/base|
-
-\erroronpage{832}{para 4, l.-2}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
-  Change: ``\ldots a single |\UseTDS| in\ldots'' \>
-  ``a |\UseTDS| and a |\BaseDirectory| declaration in\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{832}{para 5, l. -3}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
-  The ``\TeX{} Live CD'' is  spelled incorrectly as
- ``\TeX{} live'' or  ``\TeX live''
-
-\erroronpage{832}{l.-2}{HjG}{2005/05/15}{4}
-   Underline, as it is command line input.
-
-\erroronpage{833}{para -1, l.1}{J-CCh}{2005/07/17}{4}
-   Spurious extra blank between ``Another potential''.
-
-
-\erroronpage{834}{para 4, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/09}{2}
-   Change: ``These command\u{s}''
-
-\erroronpage{834}{para 5, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/09}{2}
-   Closing parenthesis should not be in `typewriter font':\\
-   ``(after |\begin{document}|\u)''
-
-\erroronpage{834}{para 5}{FMi}{2007/11/13}{}
-  Explain that |\cmd| can't be used with conditionals, e.g., those produced
-  with |\newif| .
-
-\erroronpage{835}{para 6, l.2}{DHL}{2004/05/16}{2}
-Missing letter: ``the source files into a
-``user'' documentation and a\u{n} ``implementation'' part.''
-
-\erroronpage{835}{para 6, l.5}{DHL}{2004/05/16}{2}
-Missing word: ``as the \textsf{doc} package \u{is} loaded''
-
-\erroronpage{835}{ll.-6/-4}{HjG}{2004/06/09}{2}
-   Replace:
-   ``\ldots\ \u{and no} configuration file.'' \>
-   ``\ldots\ \u{without a} configuration file.''
-
-\erroronpage{837}{exa 14-4-1}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{}
-   Editorial comment: example has to be reprocessed whenever this
-   chapter is modified to show correct rcs checkin (otherwise input
-   and output will not match).
-
-\erroronpage{837}{para 2,l.3}{DAl}{2005/09/03}{4}
-   Replace:
-   ``running \u{heading}'' \>
-   ``running \u{header}''
-
-\erroronpage{838}{code box}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2}
- \texttt{\$Id\$}:  first |$| uses wrong font (2 times)
-
-\erroronpage{839}{exa 14-4-2}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{}
-   Editorial comment: example has to be reprocessed whenever this chapter is modified to
-   show correct rcs checkin (otherwise input and output will not match).
-
-\seriouserroronpage{839}{item 1, l.1 and l.3}{AHo}{2004/09/02}{4}
-   Replace: \texttt{nottoday} \> \texttt{notoday}
-
-\seriouserroronpage{839}{item 2, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/09}{2}
-   Replace brackets with braces: ``\texttt{%
-   \char`\\pagestyle\u\textbraceleft fancy\u\textbraceright}''
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Appendix A}
-
-\erroronpage{842}{para 2, l.5}{PYu/FMi}{2004/07/03}{2}
-  Remove: ``\ldots
-   \texttt{A}\ldots\texttt{Z})\u{ in case of command names prefixed with a
-   backslash}.''
-
-\erroronpage{842}{para 3, marginal}{FMi}{2004/08/01}{2}
-  Change: ``Environments and command names'' \> ``Environments''
-
-\erroronpage{842}{para 3}{PYu/FMi}{2004/08/01}{2}
-  Remove:  ``On
- the other hand, names of environments \u{and counters}
-  are different.''
-
-Add: ``In this case the
-\texttt{*} is part of the name \u{and spaces preceding it are not ignored}. Thus, when writing
-\verb*=\begin{figure *}=, the space would become part of the name \u{and
-is not recognized as the start of a \texttt{figure*} environment}.''
-
-
-\erroronpage{843}{para 3, l.2}{YvH}{2004/05/28}{2}
-   Missing word: ``and |\z@| contain |@| \u{in} their name'' 
-
-\erroronpage{843}{para 4, l.3}{PYu}{2004/07/03}{2}
-   Change: ``to do: the difficult''  \>  ``to do\u; the difficult''
-
-\erroronpage{844}{para 4, l.4}{PYu/FMi}{2004/07/04}{2}
-   Replace: ``Thus, the above example could be shortened to'' \>
-          ``Thus, the definition in the above example should be
-          replaced as follows:''
-
-\erroronpage{846}{para 1, l.2}{ARi}{2004/07/02}{2}
-        A period should follow the right parenthesis and ``without''
-        should be capitalized.
-
-\iffalse
-% maybe
-\erroronpage{845/846/847}{syntax boxes and text}{FMi}{2004/07/04}{}
- Replace: ``\textit{command definition}'' \>
-          ``\textit{command-definition}''
-\fi
-
-\erroronpage{847}{para. 5, ll. 2-3}{PYu}{2004/07/04}{2}
- For consistency replace \meta{cmd}with \textit{cmd}
-and \meta{command definition} with  \textit{command definition}.
-
-
-\erroronpage{847}{para -2, l.3}{VVo}{2008/09/02}{}
-Replace: ``An error is raised if the definitions differ, ldots''
-\> ``A warning is shown if the definitions differ, \ldots''
-
-
-\erroronpage{851}{para 5, l.-2}{FMi}{2004/07/20}{2}
-  Add + change font: ``It also defines \u{the command}
-  |\the|\u{\textit{newctr}} to\ldots'' 
-
-\erroronpage{852}{code block 1, l.2}{JGr}{2004/06/10}{2}
-   Second \verb=\makeatletter= should be \verb=\makeatother=
-
-\erroronpage{852}{para 3, l.-3}{FMi}{2004/06/23}{2}
-   ``\u{For that reason} the next example'' \> ``\u{As a result} the next example''
-
-\erroronpage{852}{para -1, l.3}{FMi}{2004/07/24}{2}
-Move word:  ``|\setcounter| or |\addtocounter| \u{command} or when\ldots'' \>
-  ``\u{command} |\setcounter| or |\addtocounter| or when\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{852}{para -1, l.-3}{THa/FMi}{2004/06/23}{2}
-Change:
-  ``It is \emph{not} suitable to print that number! For that reason a
-  set\ldots'' \>
-  ``However, the command cannot be used to typeset the value of the
-  counter! For that purpose a set\ldots''
-
-
-\erroronpage{853}{l.6}{THa/FMi}{2004/06/23}{2}
-  Missing space: ``c,\u{~}\dots, z'' 
-
-\erroronpage{853}{para 4,ll.2+3}{HjG}{2004/05/25}{2}
-   Add word: ``\ldots definitions for sectioning \u{counters}''
-
-\erroronpage{853}{counter code block}{FMi}{2005/06/09}{4}
-The order of declarations of the counters is incorrect; they have to be
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcounter{part}                
-\newcounter{section}  
-\newcounter{subsection}[section]
-\newcounter{subsubsection}[subsection]
-\end{verbatim}
-or you will receive a ``counter not defined'' error.
-
-\iffalse
-\erroronpage{853}{general}{THa/FMi}{2004/06/23}{}
-  Perhaps ``|\the|\meta{ctr}'' should be written without the meta
-  braces to match the form used on p.~852. \\
-  Then again, perhaps not.
-\fi
-
-\erroronpage{854}{ll. 1+2}{FMi}{2004/05/25}{2}
-   Add word and commata: ``Only the representation\u{, prefix,} and
-             label field commands 
-             are defined \ldots''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{854}{code block 1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/25}{2}
-Replace with approx:\\[6pt]
-\hspace*{-140pt}\begin{minipage}[b]{\linewidth}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand\theenumi  {\arabic{enumi}}       \renewcommand\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}   
-\renewcommand\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}}      \renewcommand\theenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}}
-\end{verbatim}
-\begin{verbatim}
-                                               \renewcommand\p@enumii{\theenumi}
-\renewcommand\p@enumiii{\theenumi(\theenumii)} \renewcommand\p@enumiv{\p@enumiii\theenumiii}
-\end{verbatim}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand\labelenumi  {\theenumi.}           \newcommand\labelenumii{(\theenumii)}
-\newcommand\labelenumiii{\theenumiii.}         \newcommand\labelenumiv{\theenumiv.}
-\end{verbatim}
-\end{minipage}
-
-
-\erroronpage{855}{fig A.1, l.4}{JAn}{2005/09/09}{4}
-  Change  ``Did\^ot'' \> ``Didot'' (no caret); and delete the 
-comma after inch 
-
-
-\erroronpage{855}{fig A.1}{CBe/FMi}{2004/07/27}{2}
-Add: \texttt{ex} \quad Height of a small ``x'' in the current font \u{(approximately)}
-\\
-Add: \texttt{em} \quad Width 
-            of capital ``M'' in current font  \u{(approximately)}
-
-
-
-\erroronpage{856}{tab A.2, ll.1-3}{YvH}{2004/05/28}{2}
-  Correct: ``horizonal'' \> ``horizon\u{t}al'' (three times)
-
-\erroronpage{856}{tab A.2, l.6}{PYu}{2004/07/05}{2}
-  Add: ``a \u{solid} horizontal line''
-
-\erroronpage{857}{table A.3}{V-Li}{2004/09/14}{4} 
-  |\vspace{len}| is missing
-
-\erroronpage{858}{l.-8}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/26}{2}
-   Add: ``\u{missing or} misplaced |\item|'' 
-
-\erroronpage{858}{syntax box}{PYu}{2004/07/03}{2}
-  |\addvspace{|\textit{space}|}| should be typeset in a smaller font.
-
-\erroronpage{859}{para -4, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
-   Typo: ``ar\u{r}ises'' \> ``arises''
-
-\erroronpage{860}{para 1 of \S A.2, l.5}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
-   Replace: ``that behaves similarly to a\ldots''
-   \> ``that behaves \u{much like} a\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{861}{l.-2}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
-   The \(\Longleftrightarrow\) in the margin seems to sport a tiny
-   gap in the middle (seems to be a lucida set-up problem).
-
-\erroronpage{866}{para 2 of \S A.2.3, l.5}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
-    Words need to be swapped: ``height of a \u{box framed} with
-    |\fbox| or |\framebox|''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{867}{ll.1/2 after exa A-2-17}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
-    \(2 \times 5.3\,\mathrm{pt} + 0.4\,\mathrm{pt} = 11\,\mathrm{pt}
-    \ne 12\,\mathrm{pt}\) so skip should be $5.8\,\mathrm{pt}$.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{868}{Table A4.}{UFi}{2004/05/22}{2}
-   Default value of depth of \verb=\hrule= should be 0.0pt (not 0.4pt).
-
-\seriouserroronpage{871}{para 2, l.2}{UFi}{2004/05/21}{2}
-   ``binary operators (, , , )'' should be typeset
-   ``binary operators (\texttt{+}, \texttt{-}, \texttt{*}, \texttt{/})''.
-
-
-\erroronpage{875/876}{tab. A.5}{FMi}{2004/07/28}{2}
-   Add: ``\TeX{} switches \u{(can only be queried)}''   \\
-   Add: ``\LaTeX{} switches \u{(last two can be set)}'' \\ \qquad (these are
-   |@afterindent| and |@tempswa|)\\
-   Add row:\\
-    |@afterindent| \quad \parbox[t]{7cm}{Switch checked by command
-                 |\@afterheading| (usually used in headings) to
-                 prevent (if |false|) indentation of next
-                 paragraph.}
-
-  Editorial comment: change moves pagebreak.
-    
-\seriouserroronpage{878}{codeline 4 (?)}{UFi}{2004/05/22}{2}
- |\usepackage[german]{varioref}[2001/09/0]:| day number is missing
- (test for version doesn't work then anymore!)
-
-\erroronpage{886}{fig.~A.1}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2}
-   Add: \verb=\ProcessOptions= \u{\texttt{\char`\\relax}} 
-   (cf. hint on p.~882!)
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Appendix B}
-
-\erroronpage{891}{para 1, l.7}{DHL}{2004/05/16}{2}
-Missing letter: ``\verb=l.167 \par=\u{\texttt{t}}\verb={Text}=''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{892}{para 1, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
-   ``\verb=\romen= (lines 1 and~2)''
-   \>
-   ``\verb=\romen= (lines 2 and~3)''
-
-\erroronpage{892}{para -1, ll.2--4}{HOb/FMi}{2004/05/22}{2}
- Add: ``Technically, a moving argument is an argument
-        that is internally expanded by \LaTeX{} without typesetting it
-        directly\u{ (e.g.}, by using the internal \LaTeX{} construct
-        |\protected@edef|\textsuperscript{1}\u).'' 
-
-\erroronpage{893}{para 2, l.8}{MHo/FMi}{2004/10/05}{4}
- Replace:
-   ``On the other hand, |\cong| is fragile\ldots''
-   \>
-   ``On the other hand, |\[...\]| is fragile\ldots''
-
-
-\erroronpage{894}{l.-7}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
-   Add word: \ldots still open) \u{or} will be swallowed\ldots
-
-\erroronpage{896}{item 1}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
-   Not in alphabetical order: move one item down.
-
-\erroronpage{896}{item 4}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
-   Not in alphabetical order: move four items down.
-
-\erroronpage{896}{item -1}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
-   Whether or not the image size can be automatically determined
-   depends on the graphics driver. Last sentence rewritten as follows:\\
-   ``It usually does this automatically, for example, for
-\texttt{.eps} files by reading the bounding box
-information. However, depending on the graphics driver, it may be
-unable to extract this information from binary
-bitmap images such as \texttt{.jpg}, \texttt{.gif}, and \texttt{.png} files.''
-
-\erroronpage{897}{item 5}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
-   Not in alphabetical order: move one item down.
-
-\erroronpage{899}{item 1}{JGr}{2004/06/10}{2}
-   The extra \verb=\or= could result from bad use of \verb=\ifthenelse=
-
-\erroronpage{899}{item 5}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
-  The ``\TeX{} Live CD'' is  spelled incorrectly as
- ``\TeX{} live'' or  ``\TeX live''
- 
-\erroronpage{901}{item 3}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
-  The ``\TeX{} Live CD'' is  spelled incorrectly as
- ``\TeX{} live'' or  ``\TeX live''
- 
-\seriouserroronpage{902}{l.5}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
-   Missing letter: ``\texttt{\char`\\dis\u{c}retionary}''
-
-\erroronpage{907}{item 5, l.2}{CKr}{2005/05/30}{4}
-   Add missing word: ``\ldots or \texttt{figure}, \u{is} encountered\ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{907--909}{item 2}{UFi/FMi}{2004/07/31}{2}
-  \TeX{} error message missing: ``\texttt{No room for a new ...}''
-
-  The packages loaded in your document require more internal registers
-(|\count|, |\dimen|, \ldots) than  there are available in \TeX. Try
-processing your document with e\TeX{} and additionally load the
-\textsf{etex} package.
-
-   Editorial comment: affects pagebreaks for 908/909 as well.
-
-
-
-\erroronpage{909}{middle}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
-   In the sample output, the lines ``\texttt{<*> samplefile.tex}'' and
-   ``\texttt{? }'' should be indented by the same amount as the first
-   four lines.
-
-\erroronpage{909}{l.-2}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
-   Missing interword space: ``an\u{ }\verb=\addvspace= command''
-
-%%check (that's me)
-\iffalse
-\erroronpage{911}{item 5}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{}
-   ``To the author's knowledge, \ldots''
-   \>
-   ``To the authors' knowledge, \ldots''
-\fi
-
-\erroronpage{913}{item 1}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
-   Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8
-
-\erroronpage{913}{item 1}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
-   Not in alphabetical order: move four items down.
-
-\erroronpage{913}{item -3, l.-3/-1}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
-   Replace word: ``\ldots commands \u{and}, if necessary, masking a line
-   break in the source with a \verb=%= sign.''
-
-\erroronpage{914}{l.8}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
-   Missing interword space: ``\verb=\spacefactor=\u{ }only''
-
-\erroronpage{917}{footnote}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
-  Replace footnote with: ``In modern distributions \LaTeX{} is automatically
-  using the e\TeX{} program. On older installations you may have to 
-  call a different program (e.g.,  \texttt{elatex} instead of
-  \texttt{latex}) when processing a 
-  document.''
-
-
-\erroronpage{918}{l.-13}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
-   Misplaced comma:\\
-   ``\ldots\ arguments thereby, using up \ldots''
-   \>\\
-   ``\ldots\ arguments, thereby using up \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{920}{item 2}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
-   Not in alphabetical order: move one item down.
-
-\erroronpage{921}{item -2}{MBr}{2004/08/03}{2}
-   Not in alphabetical order: move item to top.
-
-\erroronpage{923}{item 1}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
-   Not in alphabetical order: move one item down.
-
-\erroronpage{924}{item 2, para 2, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
-   Typo: ``th\u{r}ough'' \> ``though''
-
-\erroronpage{925}{l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
-   Missing interword space: ``the command\u{ }\verb=\symbol=''
-
-\erroronpage{925}{item -2, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
-   Extra word: ``are \u{the} those'' \> ``are those''\\
-   Surplus space: `` register~\u~0'' \> ``register~0''
-
-\erroronpage{925}{item -2}{MBr}{2004/08/03}{2}
-   Not in alphabetical order: move item one up.
-
-\seriouserroronpage{926}{item 4, title}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
- ``\verb=Overfull \hbox (badness= \meta{number}\texttt)'' should be
- ``\verb=Overfull \hbox (=\meta{number}\texttt{pt too wide)}''
-
-\erroronpage{926}{item 5, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2}
-   Typo: ``built'' \> ``build''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{926}{item 5, title}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
- ``\verb=Overfull \vbox (badness= \meta{number}\texttt)'' should be
- ``\verb=Overfull \vbox (=\meta{number}\texttt{pt too wide)}''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{928}{item 6, title}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
- ``\verb=Tight \hbox='' should be ``\verb=Tight \vbox=''
-
-\erroronpage{930}{item 1, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2}
-   Omit paragraph indentation!
-
-\erroronpage{930}{item 4, l.2}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
- Typo: ``i\u{t}entify'' \> ``identify''
-
-\erroronpage{931}{item 4, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2}
-   Add: ``\ldots\ package \u{or class} in question.''
-
-\erroronpage{931}{item 4}{JGr}{2004/06/10}{2}
-  The warning also happens if you give absolute or relative
-  pathnames like \verb=\documentclass{base/article}=
-
-\erroronpage{931}{item 6}{MBr/FMi}{2004/08/03}{2}
-   Order here is debatable but a ``,'' may not be good for visual
-   sorting, so move this item one up (placeholder are always sorted to
-   top so it doesn't pass ``package-or-class''.
-
-\erroronpage{932}{para 4, l.1}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
- Typo: ``\u{t}which \> ``which''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{935}{ll.3--5}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2}
-   The text claims:\\
-   ``The output is slightly different: the name \u{and the type} of a
-   token are not shown by |\meaning|; instead, only its ``meaning'' is
-   presented.''\\
-   However, as example B-3-1 depicts, the type \emph{is} shown; hence,
-   the sentence should be changed to:\\
-   ``The output is slightly different: the name
-   of the token \u{is} not shown by
-   |\meaning|; instead, only \u{its type and} its ``meaning''
-   \u{are} presented.''
-
-\erroronpage{936}{para 1, l.3}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
- Closing brace should be after ``19'' and not at end of line.
-
-\erroronpage{938}{para -1, l.3}{UFi/FMi}{2004/05/23}{2}
- Difficult to understand; replace:
-  ``\ldots a large \u{increase in} \texttt{t=} between'' 
-
-\erroronpage{939}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2}
-   Words need to be swapped:
-   ``\ldots\ \TeX{} indicates \u{this fact} with \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{941}{l.19/20}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2}
-   Add: ``so-called demerits \u{(\texttt{d=})}''
-
-\erroronpage{942}{l.22}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2}
-   Change: ``several ways to reach \u{\texttt{@@2}};''
-   \> ``several ways to reach \u{\texttt{@@6}};''
-
-\erroronpage{943}{para -1 of \S B.3.3, l.-6}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2}
-   Typo: ``shinkability'' \> ``shrinkability''
-
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Appendix C}
-
-\erroronpage{general}{several pages}{FMi}{2005/07/01}{4}
-   Appendix was partially rewritten to reflect changes in the layout
-   of the web sites. More importantly:  CTAN changed their ftp
-   software and stopped supporting the generation of directory
-   archives on the fly. Instead they now offer precompiled
-   \texttt{zip} files that can be downloaded.
-
-\erroronpage{947}{ll.-2/-1}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2}
-   Missing word: ``it is best \u{to} access''
-
-\erroronpage{947}{para -1, l.5}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{2}
-   Bug in \texttt{url.sty} generated extra space.
-
-\erroronpage{948}{para -1, l.5}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
- Show short name: ``\ldots\ \TeX{} Users Group (\u{TUG}, United States)''
-
-\erroronpage{950}{para 1, l.2}{FMi}{2006/09/12}{s}
- Replace: Figure C.\u{2} \> Figure C.\u{1}
-
-\erroronpage{950}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2}
-   Typo: ``a site that i\u{s} not too distant''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{953}{l.11}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2}
-   Replace line: ``\verb=>>>>>>> 1.6='' \>
-   ``\texttt{200-index graphicx}''
-   (probably due to an incomplete merge with CVS)
-
-\erroronpage{954}{para 3, l.1}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4}
-   ``\TeX live'' \> ``\TeX{} Live''
-
-\erroronpage{955}{para 2, l.4}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4}
-   Remove surplus word:
-   ``in \u{the} Thomas Esser's \texttt{tetex} distribution''
-
-\erroronpage{955}{para -2, l.-4}{MHe}{2004/05/22}{2}
-     Letters need to be swapped: ``eig\u{ht}eenth''
-
-\erroronpage{956}{cn: entry}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4}
-   Replace:
-   ``\u{name}: Hong Feng'' \> ``\u{contact}: Hong Feng''
-
-\erroronpage{957}{col. 2, l.15}{TMW}{2004/06/07}{2}
-   This should read ``Lietuvos \TeX'o Vartotoj\k{u} Grup\.{e}''.
-
-\erroronpage{958}{col. 1, l.19}{TMW}{2004/06/07}{2}
-   An acute accent should be added: ``Toru\'n''
-
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Bibliography}
-
-\erroronpage{963}{[1]}{CKr}{2005/06/20}{4}
-   Url changed: \url{https://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/font/T1_SPEC.PDF}
-   2017: url no longer valid; maybe \url{https://www-cdf.fnal.gov/offline/PostScript/T1_SPEC.PDF}
-
-\erroronpage{963}{[2]}{CKr}{2005/06/20}{4}
-   Url changed: \url{https://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/ps/5001.DSC_Spec.pdf}
-   2017: url no longer valid; maybe \url{https://www-cdf.fnal.gov/offline/PostScript/5001.PDF}
-
-\erroronpage{963}{[3]}{CKr}{2005/06/20}{4}
-   Url changed:
-   \url{https://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/ps/5002.EPSF_Spec.pdf}
-   2017: url no longer valid; maybe \url{https://archive.org/details/5002.EPSFSpec}
-
-\erroronpage{964}{[5]}{CKr}{2005/06/20}{4}
-   Url changed:
-   \url{https://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/pdf/PDFReference.pdf}
-   2017: url no longer valid; maybe \url{http://www.adobe.com/content/dam/acom/en/devnet/pdf/pdfs/PDF32000_2008.pdf}
-
-
-\erroronpage{965}{[17], l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
-   Delete character: ``in a\u{n} multi-language setting''
-
-\erroronpage{966}{[25]}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
-  First line of online resources is not flush right but centered.
-
-\erroronpage{971}{[74]}{FMi}{2006/09/18}{s}
-  Add ``Lars Hellstr\"om'' as author.  Change date to December 2004.
-  Change comment to ``Documentation for
-  the fontinst utility package that supports \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{973}{[88]}{TSS}{2004/05/26}{2}
-  The bibliography entry for "The Art of Computer Programming" lacks
-  ISBN numbers: 0-201-89683-4, 0-201-03822-6, and  0-201-03803-X.
-
-\erroronpage{973}{[90], l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
-   Words need to be swapped:
-   ``\ldots do not look as \u{beautiful now} as they did in the past.''
-
-\erroronpage{973}{[91]}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
-  First line of online resources is not flush right but centered.
-
-\erroronpage{975}{[107], [109], [110], [111]}{HjG}{2004/06/21}{2}
-  Incomplete URLs:\\
-  \texttt{https://www.latex-project.org\u{/news/latex2e-news/}}\\
-  \texttt{https://www.latex-project.org\u{/help/documentation/fntguide.pdf}}\\
-  \texttt{https://www.latex-project.org\u{/help/documentation/cfgguide.pdf}}\\
-  \texttt{https://www.latex-project.org\u{/lppl/}}
-
-\erroronpage{976}{[117]}{FMi}{2005/11/07}{s}
-  The title is ``E-\TeX: Guidelines for Future \TeX{} Extensions''.
-
-\erroronpage{977}{[124]}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
-  First line of online resources is not flush right but centered.
-
-\erroronpage{977}{[124]}{FMi}{2005/07/09}{4}
-  Link is missing a period:
-    \url{https://www.latex-project.org/publications/tug99}\texttt{\u.pdf}
-
-\erroronpage{978}{[138]}{FMi}{2005/06/25}{4}
-  Now has appeared:  24\#1, pp.~105--114, 2004. URL:
-  \url{https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb24-1/plaice.pdf}
-
-\erroronpage{979}{[143]}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
-  Missing period: Robert M\u. Ritter
-
-\erroronpage{979}{entry 146, l.3}{RWa}{2004/06/01}{2}
-   Missing word: ``for \LaTeX\ \u{and} a possible''
-
-\erroronpage{980}{[151]}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2}
-  Remove: ``\LaTeX\u{Joachim Schrod}.'' 
-
-\erroronpage{980}{[153]}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2}
-  Swap words: ``often are'' \> ``are often'' 
-
-\erroronpage{980}{[155]}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2}
-  Missing word:   ``For \u{the} \textsf{kuvio} system\ldots'' 
-
-\erroronpage{980}{[157]}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
-  First line of online resources is not flush right (stray space?).
-
-\erroronpage{981}{[158]-[162]}{RKo}{2005/11/11}{s}
-  Unfortunately Th\`anh's name is misspelled (accents in [161/2]). The correct spelling
-  is ``H\`an Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}} Th\`anh''.
-
-  Furthermore, the surename is H\`an so the entries should have been sorted
-  under H (something that can't be corrected easily).
-
-\erroronpage{981}{[161]}{CKr}{2005/07/06}{4}
-  Remove surplus name in text: ``User\u{Sebastian Rahtz} manual \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{981}{[162/3], title}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2}
-  Change: ``Makeindex'' \> ``makeindex''
-
-\erroronpage{982}{[168]}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
-  First line of online resources should be:\\
-  \texttt{https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/\u{tb11-3/tb29vulis.pdf}}
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Index}
-
-\erroronpage{983--1082}{index}{FMi}{2004/06/11}{}
-  I do not list changes to the index that are results of other errata
-  entries as they are too difficult to track. Instead I will put an
-  updated index on the web at
-  \url{https://www.latex-project.org/help/books/tlc2-ap4.pdf} once in a while.
-
-\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/06/08}{2}
-  Editorial comment: the whole index has been reprinted.
-
-\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2005/09/08}{4}
-  Editorial comment: the whole index has been reprinted.
-
-\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/06/08}{2}
-  Add index entries into production notes, e.g., for example setup,
-  hanging punctuation, \ldots
-
-\erroronpage{983}{para 1, l.3}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
-  Remove surplus word: ``\ldots one of \u{the} the following''
-
-\seriouserroronpage{983}{para -2}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
-  The text explains the meaning of bold and blue page numbers,
-  but fails to point out the significance of slanted (italic)
-  ones---there is none: blue italic indicates normal example blue bold
-  indicates example and also important info.
-
-\erroronpage{988,1009}{}{CKr}{2004/10/10}{4}
-  Replace: ``alphabetical document headings''
-  \> ``alphabetically numbered document headings''
-
-and
-
-     ``document headings / alphabetical''
-  \>
-     ``document headings / alphabetically numbered''
-
-\erroronpage{990}{}{J-CCh}{2005/07/17}{s}
-  Correct range: author-date citations / history of (699, 700)
-
-\erroronpage{992}{}{J-CCh}{2005/07/17}{s}
-  Correct:  ``B\u{\'e}zier'' 
-
-\erroronpage{993}{}{SEg}{2005/04/26}{4}
-  bibliographies/authors/name,formatting shows 798--1092 but should be
-  just 798
-
-\erroronpage{1000}{}{J-CCh}{2005/07/17}{s}
-  Correct range: Citation systems /
-   author-date /
-     history of (699, 700)
-
-\erroronpage{1007}{}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2}
-   Add page entry for |\DeclareFontSubstitution|
-   back to 431 (para~2).
-
-
-\erroronpage{1014}{secound col., l.8}{MSc}{2004/06/04}{2}
-        missing index entry for ``eTeX, TeX extension''
-
-\erroronpage{1017}{}{FHa}{2004/10/05}{4}
- The index entry for "floats / placement control" lists pages 286-983
- for information.  I think that is a bit too much.  It should probably
- end at page 291.
-
-
-\erroronpage{1019}{}{J-CCh}{2005/07/17}{s}
-  Correct range: fonts /
-   oblique (333)
-
-\erroronpage{1020}{}{CKr}{2005/01/09}{4}
-  Replace ``fonts / URW Antigua'' \> ``fonts / URW Anti\u{q}ua'' 
-
-\erroronpage{1034}{first col.}{FMi}{2004/05/15}{2}
-  Add entry: ``lists / enumerated / user-defined, 151''
-
-\erroronpage{1035}{}{THa}{2004/07/02}{2}
-  ``\textsf{makeindex}'' \> ``\textsl{MakeIndex}''
-
-\erroronpage{1041}{}{FMi}{2004/08/02}{2}
-  ``\texttt{NACRO} \BibTeX{} command'' \>
-  ``\texttt{MACRO} \BibTeX{} command'' 
-
-\erroronpage{1051}{secound col., l.14}{MSc}{2004/06/04}{2}
-        missing index entries for ``pdftex'' on p.7 and p.643
-
-\erroronpage{1069}{}{FMi}{2004/11/07}{4}
-  Replace: ``text symbols / setting-up''  \>
-           ``\u{math} symbols / setting-up''  
-
-
-\erroronpage{1076}{}{CKr}{2005/01/09}{4}
-  Replace ``URW Antigua'' \> ``URW Anti\u{q}ua'' 
-
-
-\CHAPTER{People}
-
-\erroronpage{1080}{page}{FMi}{2004/07/26}{4}
-   Editorial comment: Needs manual breaking in index output file for
-   second and fourth printing.
-
-\erroronpage{1081}{col 1}{FMi}{2004/06/22}{2} 
-  Missing accents: ``Fernandez, Jose Alberto '' \> `Fern\'andez, Jos\'e Alberto'' 
-  
-\erroronpage{1081}{col 1}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2}
-   Change page number in entry:
-   ``Fukui, Rei, xxvii, 405, \u{969}'' \> ``\ldots, \u{968}''
-
-\erroronpage{1081}{col 1}{LMa}{2004/05/14}{2}
-  The name ``M\o ller Neergaard, Peter'' should be sorted as
-  ``Neergaard, Peter M\o ller''.
-
-\erroronpage{1081}{col 2}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
-   Change page number in entry:
-   ``Hufflen, Jean-Michel, 761, \u{971}'' \> ``\ldots, \u{970}''
-    
-\erroronpage{1081}{}{HjG}{2004/07/08}{2}
-   Add page entries for ``Kettler, Howard'' and ``Frutiger, Adrian''
-   to ``People'' index back to 374.
-
-\erroronpage{1082}{}{HjG}{2004/07/08}{2}
-   Add page entry for ``Smith, Ralph'' to ``People'' index back to 376.
-
-
-\erroronpage{1082}{col 1, l.19 }{PPn}{2004/05/25}{2}
-   Replace ``Panday'' with ``Pandey'' (very sorry for the typo).
-
-\erroronpage{1082}{col 1}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
-   Replace ``Wing, Wai'' with ``Wong, Wai'' (very sorry for the typo).
-
-\erroronpage{1082}{col 1}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
-   Change page numbers in entry:
-   ``Mittelbach, Frank, \ldots, 976--\u{978, 980}, \ldots''
-   \> ``\ldots, 976--\u{979}, \ldots''
-
-\erroronpage{1082}{}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
-   Add page entry for ``Rahtz, Sebastian''
-   back to 981 (bib-item [161]).
-
-
-
-
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Biographies}
-
-\erroronpage{1084}{Goossens image}{THa}{2004/06/23}{2}
-  Spurious gray square in upper right corner of framed image of Michel
-  Goossens.
-
-\erroronpage{1085}{para 3, l.6}{MSc}{2004/05/19}{2}
-   Replace ``TeX'' with ``\TeX''.
-
-
-\CHAPTER{Production Notes}
-
-\erroronpage{1089}{para 4, l.4}{FMi}{2004/07/21}{2}
-  Add:  ``\ldots this typographical icing \u{(package
-  \textsf{pdfcprot})} was\ldots'' 
-
-\erroronpage{1089}{l.-5}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
-  Missing period: \ldots files\u. It \ldots
-
-\erroronpage{1090}{para -3, l.-4}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2}
-  Change/add: ``paragraphs ending \u{with a} single word \u{line}''
-
-\erroronpage{1091}{top}{WAd}{2004/05/08}{2}
-   The series title in the box does not use a real caps and small caps
-   font but a faked one (compare with the front cover where
-   the font \emph{Christiana} designed by Gudrun Zapf-von Hesse is used).
-
-\end{erratalist}
-
-
-\setcounter{collectmore}{3}
-
-\begin{multicols}{3}[Thanks to all who have found errors or
-   omissions. Listed are the people who found an errata entry first.]
-\contributor{AFV}{Alfonso Fernandez-Vazquez}
-\contributor{AHo}{Antti Honkela}
-\contributor{AMa}{Arni Magnusson}
-\contributor{ARi}{Alan Ristow}
-\contributor{BMo}{Brooks Moses}
-\contributor{BeB}{Bernd Burghardt}
-\contributor{CAR}{Chris A. Rowley}
-\contributor{CBC}{Charles B. Cameron}
-\contributor{CBa}{Cristian Battaglia}
-\contributor{CBe}{Claudio Beccari}
-\contributor{CKr}{Claudia Krysztofiak}
-\contributor{DAl}{Daniel Alonso i Alemany}
-\contributor{DAr}{Donald Arseneau}
-\contributor{DCa}{David Carlisle}
-\contributor{DHL}{Dan Luecking}
-\contributor{DIs}{Daniel Isaacson}
-\contributor{DSch}{Dirk Schlimm}
-\contributor{ERy}{Elizabeth Ryan}
-\contributor{FHa}{Ferdy Hanssen}
-\contributor{FMi}{Frank Mittelbach}
-\contributor{GBa}{Gerhard Bachmaier}
-\contributor{HOb}{Heiko Oberdiek}
-\contributor{HPB}{Harold P. Boas}
-\contributor{HVo}{Herbert Voss}
-\contributor{HjG}{Hubert G\"a\ss lein}
-\contributor{J-CCh}{Jean-C\^ome Charpentier}
-\contributor{JAn}{Jacques Andr\'e}
-\contributor{JBez}{Javier Bezos}
-\contributor{JBe}{Jens Berger}
-\contributor{JBr}{Johannes Braams}
-\contributor{JCh}{Joel Chan}
-\contributor{JGr}{Jose Grimm}
-\contributor{JJN}{Jarmo Niemel\"a}
-\contributor{JLV}{Juan Luis Varona}
-\contributor{JMH}{Jean-Michel Hufflen}
-\contributor{JS}{Joachim Schrod}
-\contributor{JTa}{Juhani Takkinen}
-\contributor{LHe}{Lars Hellstr\"om}
-\contributor{LMa}{Lars Madsen}
-\contributor{LSchu}{Lothar Schumacher}
-\contributor{MBr}{Marion Braams}
-\contributor{MGo}{Michel Goossens}
-\contributor{MHCL}{Martin Hiu Chung Law}
-\contributor{MHe}{Martin Hensel}
-\contributor{MHo}{Morten H\o gholm}
-\contributor{MKo}{Markus Kohm}
-\contributor{MKu}{Markus Kuhn}
-\contributor{MLa}{Mark Laplante}
-\contributor{MLi}{Martin Liebmann}
-\contributor{MSc}{Martin Schr\"oder}
-\contributor{MSch}{Michael Schutte}
-\contributor{NBe}{Nelson Beebe}
-\contributor{PPN}{P.P. Narayanaswami}
-\contributor{PYu}{Peng Yu}
-\contributor{RKo}{Reinhard Kotucha}
-\contributor{RPa}{Reimo Palm}
-\contributor{RSt}{Ralf Stubner}
-\contributor{RWa}{Richard Walker}
-\contributor{ReSt}{Rebecca Stiels}
-\contributor{SCo}{Steven Douglas Cochran}
-\contributor{SEg}{Stephen Eglen}
-\contributor{SPe}{Sa\v sa Petrovi\' c}
-\contributor{THa}{Thorsten Hansen}
-\contributor{TMW}{Thomas Widmann}
-\contributor{TMi}{Tom Micevski}
-\contributor{TSS}{Tommi Syrj\"anen}
-\contributor{UFi}{Ulrike Fischer}
-\contributor{UZi}{Uwe Ziegenhagen}
-\contributor{V-Li}{Christian Faulhammer}
-\contributor{VPe}{Vivi Petersen}
-\contributor{VVo}{Vladimir Volovich}
-\contributor{WAd}{William Adams}
-\contributor{WaS}{Walter Schmidt}
-\contributor{YiL}{Yiannis Lazarides}
-\contributor{YvH}{Yvon Henel}
-\contributor{hajk}{Henk Koster}
-\contributor{usw}{Ulrich Dirr}
-\end{multicols}
-
-
-Other people have sent us corrections for errors already found.
-Thanks to all of you!
-
-If you find further errors please report them to one of the authors, e.g.,
-\begin{quote}\ttfamily
-  frank.mittelbach@latex-project.org
-\end{quote}
-preferably in a form usable directly in this file, i.e.,
-\begin{flushleft}
-|\erroronpage{|\textit{page-number}|}{|\textit{line-identification}|}{|%
-   \textit{your-initials}|}{|\textit{date}|}{}| \\
-   \hspace*{2em}\textit{description of the the erratum}
-\end{flushleft}
-Here is an example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\erroronpage{5}{para 3, l.1}{MOs}{1997/06/01}{}
-   ``LaTeX'' should be typeset ``\LaTeX''.
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\end{document}
-
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc2.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index c1e585e94f4..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc2.pdf
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tulm.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tulm.pdf
index d98593cb25c..fcdbb53a174 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tulm.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tulm.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.pdf
index 1f038d0aadb..c5f8d2818a6 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.tex
index 0e14bb9389f..08054168377 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 % \iffalse meta-comment
 %
-% Copyright 1993-2015
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2019
 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
 % in this file. 
 % 
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 % The latest version of this license is in
 %    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
 % and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
-% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+% version 2008 or later.
 % 
 % This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
 % 
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
 
 \title{\LaTeXe~for authors}
 
-\author{\copyright~Copyright 1995--2015, \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\
+\author{\copyright~Copyright 1995--2019, \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\
    All rights reserved.}
 
-\date{30 March 2015}
+\date{27 January 2019}
 
 
 \begin{document}
@@ -988,6 +988,7 @@ in \emph{\LaTeXcomp}, and the interface for class- and package-writers
 is described in \emph{\fntguide}.
 
 \begin{decl}
+|\normalfont|\\
 |\rmfamily|\\
 |\sffamily|\\
 |\ttfamily|\\
@@ -1007,6 +1008,7 @@ both a change of series and a change of shape, to give a bold italic
 font.
 
 \begin{decl}
+|\textnormal|\arg{text}\\
 |\textrm|\arg{text}\\
 |\textsf|\arg{text}\\
 |\texttt|\arg{text}\\
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/utf8ienc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/utf8ienc.pdf
index c27d6a58388..37338ebb5ac 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/utf8ienc.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/utf8ienc.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/webcomp.err b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/webcomp.err
deleted file mode 100644
index f604d8ef35a..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/webcomp.err
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,381 +0,0 @@
-\newcommand\erratafiledate{1999/06/05}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% To produce a printed version of this errata file run this file through
-% LaTeX. It will unpack a small class file (if not already present) and
-% a configuration file with the extension .cfg. You might want to modify
-% the setting in this configuration file to print only a partial errata
-% suitable for your printed revision of this book, see details in the
-% .cfg file.
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-\begin{filecontents}{ttcterrata.cls}
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 1997,2004,2005,2007 Frank Mittelbach
-%% This class file is licenced under LPPL latest version;
-%% see https://www.latex-project.org/lppl
-%
-%
-% It sets up a few commands used to format the errata entries for books in the
-% Addison-Wesley Series:
-%
-%    Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting
-%
-% hence the name. However, anybody who likes to use it is free to apply it for
-% errata files of other books.
-%
-% Changes:
-%
-% v1.0a - changed name from errata.cls to ttcterrata.cls
-
-\ProvidesClass{ttcterrata}
-  [2007/11/10 v1.0a Mini class for errata files; subject to change (FMi)]
-
-\LoadClass{article}
-
-\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1}
-\addtolength\textwidth{5cm}
-\addtolength\oddsidemargin{-3cm}
-
-\addtolength\textheight{36pt}
-
-\RequirePackage{shortvrb}
-\MakeShortVerb{\|}
-
-\RequirePackage{array,longtable}
-\RequirePackage{multicol}
-
-
-\newcommand\erratagetnumber{}
-\def\erratagetnumber#1/#2/#3\erratagetnumber{#1#2#3}
-
-
-\newcommand\gobbleerrata{%
-  \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup
-     \let\endgobble\egroup
-     \let\hideamp\relax
-     \let\\\relax\let\par\@@par}
-
-\newcommand*\hideamp{&}
-
-\let\endgobble\relax
-
-
-\newcommand\erratastartdate{}
-\newcommand\myprinting{1}
-
-
-\newcommand\doweprint[2]{%
-  \ifnum \myprinting < \if!#2!1000 \else \ifx s#2 1000\else#2 \fi\fi
-   \ifnum \expandafter\erratagetnumber\erratastartdate\erratagetnumber <
-          \erratagetnumber#1\erratagetnumber \relax
-     \@tempswatrue
-   \else
-     \@tempswafalse
-   \fi
-  \else
-    \@tempswafalse
-  \fi
-}
-
-
-
-\newcommand\includedentries{entries after = \erratastartdate}
-\newcommand\printedentries{between \erratastartdate\space and}
-
-\newcommand\showallerrors{%
- \renewcommand\includedentries{all errata entries}%
- \renewcommand\printedentries{up to}
- \renewcommand\doweprint[2]{\@tempswatrue}}
-
-
-\newcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{%
-    \if!#2!\textbf{#1}\else\textit{#1}\rlap{\textsuperscript{#2}}\fi}
-
-\newcommand\norevisionnumbers{%
-  \renewcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{\textbf{##1}}}
-
-\IfFileExists{\jobname.cfg}
-  {
-   \input{\jobname.cfg}
-   \typeout{***************************************************}
-   \typeout{*}
-   \typeout{* Configuration file for \jobname.err found }
-   \typeout{*}
-   \typeout{***************************************************}
-  \AtEndDocument{
-   \typeout{***************************************************}
-   \typeout{*}
-   \typeout{* If you wish to generate an errata listing}
-   \typeout{* containing only errors found after a certain revision}
-   \typeout{* and/or only errors found after a certain date}
-   \typeout{* modify the information stored in \jobname.cfg}
-   \typeout{*}
-   \typeout{* Current settings are:}
-   \typeout{*}
-   \typeout{* \@spaces  printing of your book = \myprinting}
-   \typeout{* \@spaces  include \includedentries}
-   \typeout{*}
-   \typeout{***************************************************}
-  }}
-  {}
-
-%% \erroronpage <page> <line info> <contributor> <date> <fixed in revision>
-
-\newcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
-   \endgobble
-   \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
-   \if@tempswa
-     \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-   \else
-     \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-     \expandafter\gobbleerrata
-   \fi
-   \hideamp \\%
-   \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
-   \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
-}
-
-\newcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{%
-   \endgobble
-   \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
-   \if@tempswa
-     \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-   \else
-     \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-     \expandafter\gobbleerrata
-   \fi
-   \hideamp \\%
-   \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill
-   \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
-   \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
-}
-
-\newcommand\CHAPTER[1]{\endgobble
-  &\\[4pt]%
-  \multicolumn{4}{l}{\framebox[10cm][l]{\textbf{\normalsize\strut#1}}} \\}
-
-\newenvironment{erratalist}
-  {\begin{longtable}{r>{\raggedright}p{2cm}l>{\raggedright}p{10cm}l}}
-  {\endgobble\end{longtable}}
-
-\newcommand\erratatitle[2]
-  {\begin{center}\LARGE\bfseries
-      Errata list for #1\\[5pt](\myprinting.\ printing)\\[10pt]
-      \small Includes all entries found \printedentries\space #2\\
-      (For other periods/print runs reprocess this document
-      with different config settings)
-   \end{center}%
-   \markright{Errata for #1 (\printedentries\space #2)}%
-   \thispagestyle{plain}%
-   \vspace{20pt}}
-
-\pagestyle{myheadings}
-
-\AtBeginDocument{\small}
-
-\setlength\parindent{0pt}
-\setlength\parskip{2pt}
-
-\newcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{\sffamily#1} #2\par}
-
-% some special shortcuts overwriting existing commands:
-
-\let\u\underline
-\renewcommand\>{$\to$}
-
-%%% some code suggested by Thorsten Hansen to count the number of
-%%% contributions by individuals (will work only if we do not get
-%%% too many :-)
-
-\def\count@contributors#1/#2/#3\@nil{
-   \@ifundefined{c@#1}{\newcounter{#1}}{}\stepcounter{#1}%
-%%%   also count secondary:
-%%%   \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\newcounter{#2}}{}\stepcounter{#2}%
-}
-
-\renewcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
-   \count@contributors#3/secondary/\@nil
-   \endgobble
-   \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
-   \if@tempswa
-     \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-   \else
-     \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-     \expandafter\gobbleerrata
-   \fi
-   \hideamp \\%
-   \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
-   \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
-}
-
-\renewcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{%
-   \count@contributors#3/secondary/\@nil
-   \endgobble
-   \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
-   \if@tempswa
-     \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-   \else
-     \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
-     \expandafter\gobbleerrata
-   \fi
-   \hideamp \\%
-   \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill
-   \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
-   \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
-}
-
-\renewcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{%
-  \sffamily#1} #2\@ifundefined{c@#1}{}{ (\arabic{#1})}\par}
-
-\end{filecontents}
-
-
-\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.cfg}
-%
-%
-% Configuration file for the errata listing of 
-%
-%  The LaTeX Web Companion
-%
-%
-% \erratastartdate 
-%
-%    Specifies the date from which on
-%    errata entries should be listed. 
-%
-%    The format is YYYY/MM/DD.
-%
-%    The default below ensures that all
-%    entries are typeset.
-%
-\renewcommand\erratastartdate{1999/05/01}
-
-%
-% \myprinting
-%
-%    Specifies which (revised) printing you
-%    own. For example, if you have the second
-%    printing set this to 2 so that errors 
-%    already corrected in that printing will not
-%    appear in your errata listing.
-%
-%    The default below ensures that all
-%    entries are typeset.
-%
-\renewcommand\myprinting{1}
-%
-%
-% \norevisionnumbers
-%
-% Specifies that all page numbers in the errata are shown in the same
-%    format (bold face) irregardless of whether or not they are fixed
-%    in some revision. The default is to print corrected errors in
-%    italic and add the revision number as a superscript. 
-%
-%
-% \showallerrors
-%
-% With this command you tell the program that all errata entries are
-%    supposed to be generated. This makes \myprinting and
-%    \erratastartdate basically obsolete so this isn't turned on by
-%    default.
-%
-%
-\endinput
-\end{filecontents}
-
-
-
-\documentclass{ttcterrata}
-
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\erratatitle{The \LaTeX{} Web Companion}{\erratafiledate}
-
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-@book(A-W:GR99,
-   author = {Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz},
-   title = {The {\LaTeX} Web Companion},
-   substitle = {Integrating {\TeX}, HTML, and XML},
-   series =       "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting",
-   publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
-   address   = {Reading, Massachusetts},
-   year = 1999,
-   ISBN =         "0-201-43311-7",
-   LCCN =         "QA76.76.H94G66 1999",
-   pagenums = {xxii + 522},
-   source-infos = {yes},
-   bibliography = {yes},
-   index = {yes},
-   price = "US\$39.95",
-   note  = "With Eitan M. Gurari and Ross Moore and Robert S.
-            Sutor.",
-)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\begin{list}{}{\setlength\leftmargin{0cm}\setlength\rightmargin{5cm}}
-\item[]
-The latest version of this file (\texttt{\jobname.err}) can be found
-as part of the \LaTeX{} distribution.
-
-The first column in the table shows the page number of the errata
-entry.  Superscript numbers in the first column refer to the printed
-revision in which this entry was corrected. The second column gives
-the precise location, negative line numbers are counted from the
-bottom of the page. The third column shows the first finder of the
-problem.  
-
-\end{list}
-
-
-\begin{erratalist}
-
-%=======================================================================
-\CHAPTER{Chapter 6}
-
-\erroronpage{247}{3 para l.5}{MGo}{1999/06/05}{}
-   GenCod \> GenCode
-
-\CHAPTER{Appendix B}
-
-\erroronpage{418}{3 para}{MGo}{1999/06/05}{}
-   The \texttt{book} element types (lines 10--\u{15})
-
-\end{erratalist}
-
-
-
-%==========================================================================
-
-\bigskip
-
-
-\begin{multicols}{3}[Thanks to all who have found errors or
-   omissions. Listed are the people who found an errata entry first.]
-\contributor{MGo}{Michel Goossens}
-\end{multicols}
-
-
-If you find further errors please report them to one of the authors
-\begin{quote}\ttfamily
-  sebastian.rahtz@oucs.ox.ac.uk\\
-  goossens@cern.ch 
-\end{quote}
-preferable in a form usable for this file, i.e.,
-\begin{flushleft}
-|\erroronpage{|\textit{page-number}|}{|\textit{line-identification}|}{|%
-   \textit{your-initials}|}{|\textit{date}|}{}| \\
-   \hspace*{2em}\textit{description of the the errata}
-\end{flushleft}
-Here is an example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\erroronpage{4}{l.-7}{PMcJ}{1998/06/11}{}
-   surprisingly \> surprising
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/webcomp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/webcomp.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 43153cab113..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/webcomp.pdf
+++ /dev/null